2003-01-01,Major C. E. Yate,Northern Afghanistan,Hardback,9781904303091,24.99,"The Joint Afghan Boundary Commission - an Anglo-Russian venture whose task it was to delineate the frontier between Northern Afghanistan and Russia’s Central Asian territories, scientifically and permanently, thus replacing the 1873 line drawn from vague and inaccurate maps - was to rendezvous at Sarakhs, on the modern border of Iran and Turkmenistan, in October 1884. Presented as a series of letters written at different times from the commission, and published in connected form, Yate’s Northern Afghanistan describes in detail the year-long progress of the commission. Included are valuable notes on Herat and its extant buildings, before the strategic destruction of a number of these for defensive purposes, together with descriptions of Mazar-i-Sharif, the Oxus, and the Hindu Kush mountains. This is a fascinating, first-hand account of Afghanistan’s political demarcation - many features of which, such as the Wakhan Corridor, remain with us today - and of travel through an area whose potential for destability persists to the present day. This edition maintains all the material from the original 1888 edition, including the plan of Balkh. Only the maps have been reduced in scale. ",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2003-01-01,Arminius Vambery,Travels in Central Asia,Hardback,9781904303077,24.5,"Vambery’s Travels in Central Asia describes the author’s celebrated journey through Central Asia in 1863, motivated by linguistic research. Disguised as a dervish and travelling with a party of Muslim pilgrims, he succeeded in crossing the dreaded Turkoman desert via the ancient bed of the Oxus, and visiting the cities of Khiva, Bokhara and Samarkand without detection. As well as describing these cities during their final years of independence (all were annexed by Russia within ten years of his visit), Vambery gives considerable details of the social and political relations, character and customs of the region. Finally, he provides a vivid narrative of caravan life, and of a remarkable journey in which he went in constant danger of exposure. This edition maintains all the material from the original 1864 edition, including the various tables, and illustrations. Only the map has been reduced in scale.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2005-04-01,Matthew Birchwood and Matthew Dimmock,Cultural Encounters Between East and West,Hardback,9781904303411,39.99,"A radical reappraisal of the relationship between ‘east’ and ‘west’ is currently underway. Critical approaches to the early modern period have too often tacitly assumed a binary opposition between a civilised Christendom and the encroaching barbarity of the ‘infidel’. Whilst the conquest of Constantinople of 1453 did indeed became a potent symbol of Ottoman imperial ambition, the complexity of the cultural negotiations in the myriad encounters - diplomatic, mercantile, religious and military - of the following years refutes the Euro-centric assumptions of traditional historiography. 1453 to 1699: Cultural Encounters between East and West seeks to bring together exciting new work in this emerging field from across the international academic community. The product of a successful inter-disciplinary conference, this volume engages with fields of history, cultural studies, art history, literary theory and anthropology, comprehensively remapping the complex contours of East-West encounters. In the light of current world events, the need to historicise and contextualise this relationship is more urgent than ever.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2005-10-01,Geraldine Barnes with Gabrielle Singleton,Travel and Travellers from Bede to Dampier,Hardback,9781904303510,39.99,"The essays in this collection -- a selection of papers presented at the University of Sydney Centre for Medieval Studies workshop, ‘Travel and Cartography from Bede to the Enlightenment’ (August 22-23, 2001) – track a variety of travel narratives from the eighth century to the eighteenth.  Their voyages, which extend from from the literal to the spiritual, the political, and the artistic, show how the concept of narrative mapping has changed over time, and how it encompasses cosmogony, geography, chorography, topography, and inventory.  Each essay is concerned in some way with the application of the medieval geographical imagination, or with the enduring influence of that imagination upon post-medieval travel and discovery writing.
This book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate university students and to a broad range of academics across the disciplines of literature and history.  It will be of particular interest to medievalists and scholars of the early modern period and to readers of, the new (1997) scholarly journal, Studies in Travel Writing.
The volume will also appeal to a more general, informed readership interested in the history of travel and the history of ideas, early contact with indigenous people, and encounters between East and West.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2005-12-01,Lee M. Roberts,Germany and the Imagined East,Hardback,9781904303589,34.99,"German-speaking Europe is an array of images that have emerged from varied discourses about itself and its neighbors, and “Germany and the Imagined East” revolves around the exchange of views on and in the vast construct called “the East.” The world has been divided conceptually in countless ways, but the works in this volume treat aspects of Germany as both part of and also separate from any perception of an eastern border. From the former German Democratic Republic,“East Germany,” to Österreich—whose name loses its eastern association in the English version, Austria,—the East begins within the very world of the German language. But it is also the expanse off to the right of Germany, within which essays in this collection treat such political and cultural distinctions as former Yugoslavia, Romania and Russia in Eastern Europe, or Turkey and Persia in the Near East, spreading through India to China and Japan in the Far East. With a variety of perspectives on literature, film, philosophy, architecture, music and history, these essays comprise a multidisciplinary collage that invites scholars from all departments to explore the wealth of insights German Studies has to offer on East-West relations.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-01-01,Alyson Brown,Historical Perspectives on Social Identities,Hardback,9781904303688,29.99,"This collection of work on the theme of identities was the result of a conference held in the spring of 2005 at Edge Hill under the auspices of The Centre for Liverpool and Merseyside Studies.  Whilst a significant proportion of the research focused on Liverpool and the North West, the theme of identities was sufficiently broad to entice scholars from diverse and varied fields.  This collection, therefore, reflects the range of work presented and discussed at the conference and the multi-layered and multi-facetted nature of identity.

Contributors to this edited collection examined the concept of identity in Britain through a range of historical perspectives, concerning themselves primarily with the later modern period.  They reflect the extent to which nineteenth and twentieth century British social, cultural and political change has given rise to pluralist, fragmented and fractured identities and highlight the extent to which class, gender, religious and institutional frameworks have shifted continually.  This publication will therefore be of interest to those working in diverse fields but who share an interest in the importance of identity as a decisive cultural, social, economic and political determinant.

Questions of identity have centred a good deal of debate in the social sciences, especially since the reception of Foucault's work in the English-speaking world in the last couple of decades.  This has often taken a theoretical form.  Attempts to link theory with analytical practice have been strongest in the field that might be characterised as the 'politics of identity'. At any rate this has provided an important instance of theoretical and practical conflict. Herethe focus of the debate has been around questions of gender, nation, language, economy, security and race.  It has tried toto clarify crucial divisions in the analysis of identity as between explanatory and constitutive models, and between positivist and post-positivist procedures.  For the most part these intense and extensive concerns have passed by largely unnoticed among historians practising in Britain in the well-found but conventional idioms of political and social history.

What this conference volume seeks to do is to help redress thedeficit, to domesticate some of the theoretical and polemical exchanges around 'identity' into a world of practical,yet conceptually aware historical work.  This is a difficult but surely worthwhile task: to broach various imaginaries of identity, issues of identitarian politics, and questions of identity formation on a series of relatively familiar historical contexts. 

Of course, no selection of subjects for practical research in this way can be exhaustive.  The group of essays offered here is sufficiently wide, and occasionally gratifyingly unexpected, at least to begin the job, to stimulate others and, most importantly, to interject theoretical concern into historial fields sometimes lacking it.

Ten essays are included, together with the editor's introduction.  The pieces are bound together by a common strategy not a shared empirical territory.  They range from studies of gendered identity formation , to regional identities formed around seaside resorts, to empirical questions of class and capitalism and their identitarian politics,  to historical analysis of mourning, and on to language, nationality, deafness, motherhood and their inflection in identity in past time.  

This well-edited combination of shared conceptual purpose and variety of empirical form seems to me to work well.  The book will be widely used in a variety of historical fields, not least in those which have been the most resistant to recenttheoretical innovations in the social sciences.  

Keith Nield
Editor
SOCIAL HISTORY

'This is a fascinating and wide-ranging collection of essays linked by the over-riding theme of identity. While primarily historical in their focus, the essays will be of interest to more than just historians. They raise a variety of interesting conceptual and theoretical issues, from, for instance, the significance of the staymaker in the formation of eighteenth-century female identity, to the relationship between regional identity and late-nineteenth and early twentieth century Lancashire seaside resorts.'
 

 
Sam Davies,
Professor of History,
School of Social Science,
Liverpool John Moores University",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-03-01,Annick Cossic and Patrick Galliou,Spas in Britain and in France in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries,Hardback,9781904303725,14.99,"Originating from the age-old belief that water springing from the depths was endowed with healing properties, spas, which first blossomed in the West during the heyday of the Roman Empire, again gained importance and fame in the 18th and 19th centuries, as the increasing medicalisation of thermal water drew crowds to the best-sited or best-organised watering places of European economically developed countries. As, in most cases, none but the social elites could afford to spend time and money in such spots, investment followed, both in terms of architecture and of leisure, since visitors, after having been convinced by their physicians, high society journals or word of mouth, had to be kept happy as well as made fit. Simultaneously competition grew as spas vied for patronage, both within national borders and across Europe, the alleged quality of their waters being flaunted in the jingoistic battles of words which served as forerunners to the grislier actions of WW1.
Being the major lieus of high society leisure and pleasure, spas underwent the same decline as the prewar moneyed classes which patronized them and lost ground, both to more exotic destinations and to seaside resorts, which, likewise, promoted health and well-being, but in a less elitist environment and at a cheaper price. Thalassotherapy, grafting on the success of the latter and making much of the relaxation and physical fitness derived from natural elements such as seawater or seaweeds, is the latest avatar of that long story which the papers of the conference held in Brest (France) in May 2005 here purport to tell.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-04-01,Shlomo Shoham,Ark in the Authentic Domain,Hardback,9781904303770,34.99,"This volume is an innovative exposition of the person and teaching of Rabbi Johanan Ben Zakkai (the Rivaz), the 1st century Jewish sage who crossed the lines over to emperor Vespasian during the siege of Jerusalem. He proclaimed that for the Jews the learning of the Torah was even more essential than independence. Hence, he asked for permission to study the Torah at Jabneh, where after the destruction of the Second Temple he established the famous schools for religious studies. He is very controversial within Orthodox circles until this very day. However, we claim that he saved Judaism as it is studied and upheld throughout the generations of scholarship in the diasporas of Babylon, Spain, North Africa and Europe. The story and the saga of Rabbi Johanan Ben Zakkai is presented in this volume within the context of the history of the Jews and Judaism.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-05-01,Aoileann Ní Éigeartaigh and David Getty,Borders and Borderlands in Contemporary Culture,Hardback,9781904303831,29.99,"It is entirely appropriate that this book should be produced in Dundalk. Located on the Northern rim of the Irish Pale, this town has straddled a border for centuries. Over the past thirty years, it has come to be closely identified with violent Republicanism both by the Unionist community in Northern Ireland and by  Constitutional Nationalists in the South. Against such a hostile background academics attached to the Institute of Technology there have bravely confronted and interrogated these processes which have so blighted the history not only of Dundalk but of places and spaces throughout the world similarly located.

In a wide-ranging series of articles, perhaps the strongest message to emerge is that of border as limitation. The notion of border as a liminal space where worlds converge, new realities emerge and transcendence is possible rarely surfaces. Instead, the border as a physical manifestation of divisiveness is repeatedly explored. 

In a passionate statement of solidarity with the Palestinians, Lavalette describes the construction of the apartheid wall: “The wall is eight feet high and has a watchtower every three hundred metres. Although there are no maps, it is thought it could end up being close to one thousand kilometres in length by the time it is completed” (p. 18).

Yndigegn shows how spatial borders gradually become mental borders such that, as visual borders disappear, new invisible borders appear (p. 33). The article explores the dualism of borders—simultaneously protecting those inside from external threats while also preventing those inside from reaching or engaging with the outside world.

Ni Eigeartaigh takes up the duality theme in the exploration of individualism as a process either of liberation or one of alienation. Taking the title from an aphorism of Kafka’s “My Prison Cell, My Fortress”, she explores a view of contemporary society as repressive, and of its inhabitants as complicit in the repression. Drawing on a wide span of literature and disciplines, she teases through the paradox of contemporary society that the freedom gained from the liberation of the individual from communal obligations and repression has resulted in a loss of identity and an overwhelming sense of isolation and powerlessness. She concludes that in the “absence of a restrictive system of social control, the individual is forced to take responsibility for his own actions….It is to avoid this responsibility that many…choose the security of the prison cell above the hardship of the outside world.”

Her paper does not go on to look at the potential role of the State or of fundamentalist movements in playing on the fear and disconnectedness of the citizenry as an equally likely outcome to that of a stronger capability for personal responsibility. One could argue for instance that the Euoropean Fascist movement and the Nationalist movement of the early- to mid-twentieth century were both based precisely on the dislocation at personal and social level resulting from the breakdown of pre-industrial communitarian ties.

While there is no attempt in the book to elucidate any particular developmental relationship between the different contributors, two broad themes may be detected—a concern with borders as socio-political and geographical constructs on the one hand and a concern with the formation of identity in the individual’s relationship to the wider society on the other.

Some light is cast on the latter issue by de Gregorio-Godeo who posits discourse as a core concept in identity formation. This leads to the conclusion that individual identity, in this case individualism, is in fact socially constructed in a “dialectical interplay between the discursive and the social identities included—so that they are mutually shaped by each other” (p.93). Using critical discourse analysis, he goes on to explore changing notions of masculinity as evidenced in the Health sections of men’s magazines.
","“This is an important book. It explores the fundamentals of discord, power differentials and oppression at personal, national and global levels. It calls attention to the ways in which ʻspace, place, identity and war interact with each other to produce situations where the absence of peace and security becomes endemicʼ (p.32). It is being published at a time when ancient borders between the East and the West are yet again the subject of international strife and present possibly the most ominous single threat to global harmony and peace. It shows that a country such as Ireland, with its own very particular history, is uniquely placed to explore boundaries and to negotiate agreed borders on the geopolitical front. To the extent that this book begins and contributes to such a process it is to be greatly welcomed.”

—Tom Collins, National University of Ireland

“Individual and collective identity seems to be impossible without borders, i.e. a clear distinction between me/us and the others. Borders even appear to be something human beings do need. Historically the national states, political alliances and religious movements have managed to establish borders as if they are natural. We are witnessing currently a similar endeavour (by politicians, journalists and scientist) to make us think in terms of cultures. 

However, to define myself or ourselves, the others are needed. In any case, it is a type of communication. And historically, with regard to human and societal development, people have had all types of exchange across the borders. Borders are links. 

Of course borders have been helpful in terms of protection and security. There might even be liberties which can only be experienced within borders (territorial, social or legal ones), but surely people have been suffering severely because of restrictions and compulsions due to borders, too. The wall in Germany forced thousands, millions of people to stay in the GDR and bear the undemocratic regime. Even this border of barbed wire had been permeable to some amount: by TV, letters and packages and visits from the West. East Germans could manage to go West until 1961 via Berlin, then a few succeeded in escaping under high personal risk; pensioners got permission to leave GDR, others could attend family events in West Germany; in the 1980s more and more citizens applied for legal permission to emigrate. The political unification was based on a collective identity doubtless, though there used to be a kind of East-West tension in Germany, which did not disappear totally. Sometimes East Germans have experienced unification as annexation and patronizing, and many of those (two or three million) who were close to the regime lost their jobs (and privileges). There are, it cannot be ignored, people in West Germany, who ʻmissʼ the borders, too: the access of the ʻEastʼ (beginning with GDR 1990, the enlargement of 2004, not ending with Romania and Bulgaria) is threatening for them because of economic reasons—hence the ʻtraditionalʼ (i.e. cold war based) reluctance can easily be utilized for political purposes.

With regard to borders the European Union is a postmodern project which deserves respect and support—not only because it has reduced the importance of national borders (reduced only, as it is still governed by national governments). But it is far from being or becoming something like a (just bigger) national state. It has got a new quality, as its borders are changing and relative. Inside the EU there is, for instance, a distinction between the Eurozone and the rest. There are quasi member states (like Switzerland or Norway) and privileged associates (ACP-countries), and access is not restricted principally (Turkey, Croatia, Ukraine, etc.). Internal and external EU borders are not absolute, but variable.

Borders give structure. It is necessary to know where which tax legislation is in force. It facilitates political participation when people can identify the administrator of the local school. It is helpful to know what is the range of a ʻsocial or regional fundʼ. Historically and till today, the crucial issue was: borders have had manifold, multiplied functions. If one and the same border delineates people in several or even all aspects, in terms of property, territory, political systems, ideology, religion, ethnicitiy, language, or culture then it is a total border. This total border neglects and oppresses the reality of exchange and the human need of communication. Borders which structure reality under one aspect only are helpful. Total borders are dangerous.

Trade is universal. Borders cannot prevent people from exchanging goods (and, by the way, knowledge). Whereas cultural scientists used to analyze the appearance of a particular item in the territory (cultural circle), more and more politicians argue in terms of ʻculturesʼ which can be distinguished as if there are borders between them. In order to reject this type of culturalism it suffices to recognize that culture is no ʻthing,ʼ but a term for that what people believe, feel and act. And as people communicate with each other and move, there is no border between cultures. But of course particular people share particular patterns of behaviour while others do not. But altogether, they have communities, maybe, of fashion or lifestyle. The Islamic world is a media world like Western countries.

Due to migration and mobility, including all types of tourism, and the media in general, people are communicating. ʻCultures are in exchangeʼ―we would like to say; however, this is not correct, as ʻcultureʼ is an abstract term, no actor. There are cultural industries (TV, advertisement) which try to influence people’s desires, perceptions, patterns of behaviour etc., but have recognized yet that there are so many different ʻsubcultures,ʼ lifestyles and living conditions that any marketing has to cope with that variety.

There are persons who do overcome borders as they come over borders. Sometimes the political borders change and thus citizenship; Franz Kafka for instance, born in Austrian Empire, continued to speak and write in German language as a citizen of Czechoslovakia. Others, for instance the painter Lyonel Feininger, are transnational because of their parents (e.g. German-American couples). Think about the third generation of immigrants in Germany―they have still links and ligatures to their home country, Turkey for instance. Those transnational personalities give an example how borders can be crossed. Let us take into account people living in all the borderlands, regions like at the river Rhine, which brings together French, German and Swiss people. Be aware of a double town like Görlitz-Zgorzelec, which has good chances to become nominated as European capital of culture 2010―neglecting the German-Polish border, but using it, too (as a relative, linking border). 

The view on borders is fascinating and highly productive for human scientists. Thus we are grateful for this volume, edited by David Getty and Aoileann Ni Eigeartaigh, which hopefully can reach publicity beyond the borders.”

―Wolfgang Berg, Dean, Faculty of Social Work, Media and Culture, University of Applied Sciences, Merseburg/Germany


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-05-01,Dave Postles,"Naming the People of England, c.1100-1350",Hardback,9781904303879,32.99,"Medieval historians have for some time recognized the significance of personal naming processes and patterns for the illumination of social relations such as kinship and spiritual kinship or godparenthood. Increasingly, they are employing the investigation of personal naming (anthroponymy) as part of their elucidation of cultural change-attempting, through changes in patterns of personal naming, to discern cultural transitions and transformations. Recent coordinated research on the European continent has produced major collaborative discussion of the cultural implications of naming in France, the Iberian peninsular, and 'Italy'. The fruits of new research into the 'Germanic' lands have also richly enhanced our understanding of cultural change there. So it is predicated that a new trans-European culture arose in the centuries about and after the year 1000.
Omitted from this coordinated understanding of the arrival of a new European cultural tradition (as it came to persist) is the British archipelago. We are, however, far from devoid of scholarly examination of the culture of personal naming in the British Isles. An older generation of linguists produced a basic foundation, although it has not remained free of some criticism. Subsequently, several scholars have independently advanced the interpretive analysis (Clark, Fellows Jensen, Insley, and McClure).
At one level, then, this book attempts a synthesis of that previous, highly valuable, but diffuse, research, to make it more widely known, understood and accessible. At another level, nonetheless, it engages with what has become a prevailing narrative of cultural change in England after the Norman Conquest: the rapid transformation of English naming (and culture) through the assimilation of a new, dominant, extraneous influence. By reinserting the detail and complexity, it is hoped to demonstrate that far from a single uniform (homologous) culture, there existed residual, even resistant, and 'regional', cultures. The account, it is hoped, presents a cohesive, new narrative of the cultural implications of personal naming in England, whilst also addressing important issues of gender, politics, and social organization.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-05-01,Linda Risso and Monica Boria,Politics and Culture in Post-War Italy,Hardback,9781904303916,39.99,"This volume originates from the Society for Italian Studies Postgraduate Colloquium that has taken place at University of Cambridge in April 2005. It gathers together articles by British, Irish and Italian young researchers working on various aspects of Italian Studies broadly defined since the end of World War II. The volume offers original insights into lesser known aspects of post-war Italian culture and introduces innovative perspectives on literature, women’s studies, cinema, history and politics. The result is the interdisciplinary and original examination of Italian culture and society in the last sixty years.
The articles are divided into four sections according to the chronological period and the subject they deal with: Female figures, wartime and beyond, Post-war cultural representations, Political writings, Domestic and international Italian politics. Each section is a coherent ensemble and constitutes an example of the far-reaching results achieved by interdisciplinary research.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-06-01,Steve Glassman,Florida Studies: Proceedings of the 2005 Annual Meeting of the Florida College English Association,Hardback,9781904303930,39.99,"Florida was the first region of the United States to be discovered, explored, and, after a fashion, settled by Euroamericans. Its population in the early 21st century is approaching 17 million. Within years the number of people living in the state will surpass those living in New York, and the Sunshine State will become the most populous area east of the Mississippi. The first book in English about Florida was written by Jean Ribault. A French adventurer, Ribault established a colony of Huguenots near present-day Jacksonville. He was captured by the very able Spanish commander Pedro Menendez, who ordered his French rival and all his minions killed.

The state’s long and colorful past is matched by its equally long and colorful literary production. Strangely, critical assessment of Florida literature has lagged far behind. With this volume, the Florida College English Association has formally begun an effort to correct this lamentable oversight. Included are papers on every aspect of Florida literature and history by scholars from every part of the state who are employed in every kind of institution of higher learning. Of special interest are the studies of Florida literature in the 19th century and in the late 20th and early 21st centuries, areas that are generally ignored in national journals. The papers on the contributions of African-American literary figures, such as Zora Hurston and James Weldon Johnson, are noteworthy. Of particular interest are the suggestions for teaching Florida studies in the classroom, which can be adapted for high school as well as college students.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-07-01,"Jacqueline Genet, Sylvie Mikowski and Fabienne Garcier",The Book in Ireland,Hardback,9781904303978,39.99,"This volume on the Book in Ireland, originally published in France, brings together contributions by scholars in Irish studies from both countries and by Irish professionals in the field such as writer-publishers and curators.

In three different sections, it explores the relation between Irish people and the printed word in various contexts, beginning with the emergence of private presses which, from the late 19th century onwards, and following the example of William Morris’s Kelmscott Press in England, renewed a time-honoured editorial and typographical tradition. It highlights the importance of the printed word in the passing on and circulating of ideas, through translation, teaching, political propaganda, or the publishing of literary anthologies.

It emphasizes the major role played by periodicals in Irish cultural life and the building of an Irish identity in a country where, for a variety of reasons, people were in the habit of reading more newspapers and magazines than books. 

Significantly originating from France, where the conceptual framework of the history of the book was devised, this volume brings under scrutiny many previously unexplored aspects of the field.


Praise for the book:
'These are all scholarly essays of real rigour and originality. The collection is a commendably bold and wide-ranging introduction to the Irish book in its many guises and languages.'

Declan Kiberd, Professor of Anglo-Irish Literature and Drama
UCD School of English and Drama


Inspired by William Morris, and carried along by the impetus of the Arts and Crafts Movement and the Celtic Revival, a great many publishing houses came into being at the beginning of the 20th century in Ireland. Most of them pursued the ideal of the “Book Beautiful” and devoted themselves to the cause of a literature of quality. Between 1967 and 1974, the Irish University Press continued to shape the publishing landscape; the Raven Arts Press stood out for its non-conformist spirit, rejecting the values of the Irish Renaissance, but discovering young talents and reprinting forgotten authors. One consequence of this effervescence was to stimulate readership. The study of the production and circulation of publications reveals both the desire to assert a national identity, including a renewed interest in the Gaelic language, and the wish to spread ideas, as shown, for example, by the propaganda newspaper published by the Sinn Féin Printing and Publishing Company. Encouraged by the creation of Aosdána, Irish writing showed a diversity eminently illustrated by the authors of The Field Day Anthology. From as early as 1830, periodicals took advantage of the increasing habit of reading and developments in printing: as they were cheaper than books, they became a principal means of access to literature for Irish people. The abundance of magazines such as The Dublin University Magazine, Studies and The Honest Ulsterman were ample testimony to the variety of social and cultural preoccupations.

The Book in Ireland, edited by Jacqueline Genet, Sylvie Mikowski and Fabienne Garcier, explores these various enterprises and their impact.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-07-01,Stuart Mitchell,The Brief and Turbulent Life of Modernising Conservatism,Hardback,9781847180094,39.99,"The Brief and Turbulent Life of Modernising Conservatism is an examination of government tensions and frustrations during a time of economic and social flux. It concentrates on the development of domestic industrial policy in the Conservative Party between 1945 and 1964, with particular emphasis on Harold Macmillan’s and Sir Alec Douglas-Home’s administrations. Between the general elections of 1959 and 1964, the Conservative Government effected a series of striking and dangerously controversial policy transformations in response to its recognition of Britain’s relative economic decline. These adjustments were both practical and strategic. The administration’s aim was extraordinarily ambitious. It sought to fashion a recognisably modern and dynamic, yet socially stable, nation that could retain its place in the international élite. Thereby, the Party hoped to ensure its own continuation in power. The author considers policy innovations that included an ill-starred attempt to join the European Community, the development of macro-economic planning, and the abolition of resale price maintenance–an exploit which roused the Tory Party to unusual heights of passion. The book does not simply regurgitate an orthodox high political narrative. Instead, it investigates topics of interest to modern historians and political scientists alike. It will be of value to anyone interested in questions of modern political ideology, social and economic change, the nature of popular political support, or the constraints on state power in the post-war world.




","""The remarkable electoral record of the Conservative Party in the Twentieth Century has not been matched by a corresponding level of academic interest.  This relative neglect has left important gaps in our knowledge of post-war British political history.  For example, the governments of Harold Macmillan and Alec Douglas-Home (1957-64) are often misunderstood.  Popular memories of this period are dominated by the Profumo Affair and the satire boom of the early 1960s, which gave the impression of a Conservative Party which was out of touch with social change.  Stuart Mitchell's important study will help to revise this dominant impression.  Drawing on all the main primary sources, he shows that the Conservatives were accutely aware of the challenges of modernity.  Indeed, many of their problems arose from their various attempts to adapt to social and economic change.  Mitchell presents an engrossing account of the struggle between 'modernisers' and more traditional figures within the party.  This gives his book considerable topical relevance, in addition to its merits as a well-researched contribution to political history.""
Dr. Mark Garnett, Research Fellow, University of Leicester




""This is an important study which speaks both to the study of the past and 
debates on the present. It fills a gap in literature on the history of the 
post-war Conservative party, but should also be read by those engaged in, or 
commentating on, present day developments in David Cameron's Conservative 
Party.""

Dr. Richard Grayson
Lecturer in British Politics
Goldsmiths College, University of London


""A learned and well written account. Timely."" 

Dr. Anthony Seldon
Founding Director of the Institute of Contemporary British History

""Mitchell's text draws an elaborate picture of a critical turning point in the British social-history through an examination of the complex internal political dynamics that animated policy discussions within the ruling Conservative Party in this period.""

Konstantin Kilibarda, York University, CEU Political Science Journal. Vol. 4, No. 4, Autumn 2009
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-08-01,Peter Donaldson,Ritual and Remembrance: the Memorialisation of the Great War in East Kent,Hardback,9781847180230,34.99,"This book seeks to explore the spate of memorial construction that took place at civic and local level in the immediate aftermath of the Great War. At the heart of the work lies an examination of the layering of memory in this commemorative activity as the war dead were remembered in their various different roles, as citizens, work colleagues, school alumni, club members, parishioners, regimental comrades and, of course, fathers, husbands and sons. The study concentrates on the major urban centres of Canterbury, Folkestone and Dover, each of which experienced something of a revival during the war years and sought to perpetuate this renewed standing through the rituals of remembrance. 

Yet, though the focus is on the conflicts and compromises that underpinned communal commemoration, sight is not lost of the private tragedies that lay at the heart of collective remembrance. In uncovering the process by which local dignitaries actively sought the participation of the bereaved in the rites of constructing a war memorial, not least through the compilation of the names of the fallen, an impression of the almost palpable sense of sorrow that pervaded society in the immediate aftermath of the fighting is captured.

It is the impact of these conflicting claims, the tension that existed within this complex matrix of remembrance and the extent to which the memory of the fallen was shaped by the demands of competing schemes that forms the basis of this study. In particular the focus falls on the memorialisation process itself, the debates over form and style, the rituals of naming and financing and the ceremonies for unveiling and dedication, for it was in this often lengthy and convoluted process that those in authority could assume control over the rites of mourning and transform private grief into a public narrative.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-09-01,Geoff Baker and Ann McGruer,"Readers, Audiences and Coteries in Early Modern England",Hardback,9781847180360,29.99,"This book draws on and contributes to the wealth of recent research in the history of the book and the history of reading. All six case studies contained here are linked by the general theme of how a particular text, or type of text, may have been appropriated by an individual, a group of readers, or the author themselves. The contributors consider how the physical form of the text impacts on its readership, concluding that early modern texts do not hold a fixed meaning but are instead interpreted and appropriated in a different manner by each individual reader. Through discussions of a range of different publications, the contributors to this volume describe a period that was both vibrant and inventive in its literary output. The extension of literacy and the increased access to written material made possible by the printing press raised concerns of legitimacy and reputation, an aspect explored here in relation to the publication of plays, as well as concerns over the efficacy and role of censorship within the literary marketplace. This volume seeks to add a further contribution to the increasing interdisciplinary dialogue over the history of the book, the history of reading and the networks of exchange involved in the 'textual culture' of early modern England. Concerned with reading practices throughout the period, the contributors come from the fields of both English and history and provide a variety of new interpretations on the presentation of texts, the aims of their authors, and the ways in which their audiences received them. The range of literary and historical material covered within the chapters of this volume represents a valuable reinforcement of the need for interdisciplinary study through a demonstration of the benefits of collaboration between literary and historical scholars.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2006-10-01,Eóin Flannery,"Versions Of Ireland: Empire, Modernity And Resistance In Irish Culture",Hardback,9781847180506,34.99,"Versions of Ireland brings a refined postcolonial theoretical optic to bear on many of the most urgent questions within contemporary Irish cultural studies. Drawing on, and extending, the most advanced critical work within the discipline, the book offers a subtle critical genealogy of the development of Ireland’s diverse postcolonial projects. Furthermore, it reflects on the relevance and the effectiveness of postcolonial and subaltern historiographical methodologies in an Irish context, interrogating the ethical and political problematics of such discursive importation. Flannery’s work highlights the operative dynamics of imperial modernity, together with its representational agents, in Ireland, and also divines moments of explicit and implicit resistance to modernity’s rationalising and accumulative urges.

The book is pioneering in the facility and ease with which it navigates the interdisciplinary terrain of Irish studies. Flannery provides enabling and challenging new readings of the poetry of the bi-lingual poet, Michael Hartnett; the politically imaginative vistas of the republican mural tradition in the North of Ireland; the gothic anxieties inherent in the fiction of Eugene McCabe and the semi-fictional writing of Seamus Deane, and the differential codes of visual surveillance apparent in Irish tourist posters and late nineteenth century photography in Ireland. Versions of Ireland does not dwell on the exclusively theoretical, but offers rich critical analyses of a range of Irish cultural artefacts in terms of Ireland’s protracted colonial history and contested postcolonial condition.






","""Versions of Ireland brims with ideas and imagination, striving to push Irish studies to its limits and beyond, and the book has a critical integrity and coherence of its own. Its individual chapters are strongly researched and reverberate beyond their immediate context into wider meta-critical debates, and it is here that the real strength of the work is found. Eóin Flannery is one of the most promising critics currently working in Irish studies and Versions of Ireland reveals his talents to their full.""

Dr. Colin Graham.


""There are certain scholars whose first books cause you to sit up and pay attention, so immediately evident is the quality of the writing. My first reaction to Versions of Ireland was a mixture of awe and empathy. Throughout the book whose attractive presentation by Cambridge Scholars Press deserves high praise,  the reader is carried along by the compelling fluidity of arguments that are based on the most scrupulous research and mature reflection on how the author's thesis differs from, or is in agreement with, the theories put forward by other cultural commentators... When you finish the final essay, you are aware of having learned many new things as well as having been forced to reappraise other long-held and cherished opinions that have been revealed to be deficient or unsustainable. In conclusion, all I can say is that as a first offering these essays are a tour de force. Eoin Flannery is a young critic who will undoubtedly write many more books and, on the evidence of Versions of Ireland, we will await their arrival with bated breath.""

-Eamon Maher (Director of the National Centre for Franco-Irish Studies in ITT Dublin (Tallaght) and an Associate Editor of the Irish Book Review (The Irish Book Review, vol. 2, No. 4, Autumn 2007)


""Versions of Ireland is an exciting and innovative addition to the body of Irish and international postcolonial criticism. Flannery is an engaging and persuasive critic whose writings are both theoretically informed and politically engaged. The range of his work is exhilarating from Northern Irish murals to the poetry of Michael Hartnett to the configuration of Ireland as a tourist destination and throughout his analyses there is a keen respect for his primary materials alongside a robust and invigorating re-assessment of their meanings and importance. 

A signal virtue of Flannery’s writing is to remind his readers that Empire has by no means disappeared or been made redundant by new political arrangements. On the contrary, the force of Versions of Ireland comes from the extreme topicality of his insights into the way in which power, coercion and oppression operate and are justified. What is more, Flannery demonstrates how strategies of resistance are elaborated and how these bring with them emancipatory potential. Versions of Ireland is an important and timely book and deserves the widest possible readership in Ireland and beyond.""

Professor Michael Cronin, Dublin City University, author of Translating Ireland
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-01-01,Nicholas Meriwether,All Graceful Instruments: The Contexts of the Grateful Dead Phenomenon,Hardback,9781847180971,39.99,"All Graceful Instruments: The Contexts of the Grateful Dead Phenomenon gathers thirteen representative essays from a wide array of fields into an interdisciplinary anthology that reveals the depth and extent of this fascinating, variegated cultural phenomenon. Contributors use the techniques of literary criticism, musicology, sociology, philosophy, business theory, and more to explore the meaning and significance of the music of the Grateful Dead, the implications of their artistic and commercial success, and the social dimensions of their following, the Deadheads.

For scholars and students of American history and culture, this book makes a convincing case for why the Grateful Dead phenomenon is worthy of academic attention and what that study can offer. By focusing a wide array of critical approaches on a single, discrete subject, All Graceful Instruments provides a refreshing approach to interdisciplinary studies that should appeal to a wide audience.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-01-01,Jessica Wardhaugh,Paris and the Right in the Twentieth Century,Hardback,9781847180940,34.99,"Certain images of Paris have become icons for the left, but the Paris of the right has received far less attention. This groundbreaking collection of essays examines the relationship between Paris and the right in the twentieth century, exploring how political leaders and parties have depicted and controlled the streets, people and history of Paris, and how the city has been both context and inspiration for journalists and novelists of the right. The first part focuses on the relationship between the right, the street and the people, and describes some of the most contentious political movements in recent French history, from the anti-parliamentary leagues of the Belle Époque to the contemporary Front National. The second part examines the importance of Paris for de Gaulle and his successors in their exercise of authority and control, whether in the media, the streets, or municipal politics. Lastly, the book explores the Paris imagined and experienced by right-wing novelists from Charles Maurras to the post-war “Hussards”, mapping out an  intellectual topography and emphasising the tensions between a real and imaginary city. A Franco-British collaboration spanning history, literary studies and political science, this volume offers an original contribution to the political geography, culture and symbolism of the French capital.




","""It really is an outstanding and innovative collection of essays, which breaks new conceptual ground in exploring the politics and culture of the Right in the French capital from the nineteenth century to the present day.

This is a fascinating subject, which does much to bring a much-needed understanding of how the Right has been a durable and successful presence in the life of the capital of France from the Dreyfus Affair to the election of Jacques Chirac as mayor. It is also a volume which brings together both French and British-based scholars of France, and is (for once) genuinely multi-disciplinary, including contributions by leading scholars of literature, history and politics.

I have no doubt that the collection will have a considerable impact and should be read by all those who are interested in understanding the diverse textures and cultures of the Right in modern and contemporary France.""

Martin Conway
Baliol College, Oxford

""In this well-conceived volume of essays, the classic vision of a Paris divided between Eastern left-wing quarters and Western right-wing quarters is re-addressed with a new critical focus. From the close personal study of a Charles Maurras moving from one quarter to another as his career progressed to the more overt claiming of Parisian political space in demonstrations of the 1930s, 1960s or early twenty-first century, these essays offer a range of different insights which open up a new understanding of the relationship between the Right and the capital ... Wardhaugh modestly describes this volume as a call for new work, as an incentive for further explorations of a city that we know as much through the literature of Right and Left as we do through its political definitions. I suspect, however, that there is already a more significant conclusion to be drawn from the combined efforts of these authors: that the old heart of Paris, shaped as it is by a very particular pattern of social development, as well as the attempts of right-wing groups to assert themselves through political structures and of course, through the streets, has been for most of the twentieth-century a right-wing city, and that the claim of the Left to be the soul of Paris, as Paris is the beating political heart of France, rests more on the dominant intellectual influence of figures such as Jaures or Sartre than it does in reality, both physical and imagined, of the city as it is described here.""

-Julian Wright, University of Durham, French History, OUP, June 2008

""This stimulating volume addresses a surprisinig lack of sustained analysis, identified by editor Jessica Wardhaugh in her well crafted introduction, of the relationship between the French capital and the modern French right.

...collectively they [the authors] make impressive contributions to the historiography of the French right which are bound to stimulate further research.""

Professor Sean Kennedy, Universtiy of New Brunswick
Journal of Modern and Contemporary France, Vol 16; 3,  August 2008

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-01-01,Gilles Leydier,"Scotland and Europe, Scotland in Europe",Hardback,9781847181008,39.99,"The aim of the book is to explore the long-standing and multi-faceted relationship between Scotland and the societies and cultures of the European continent, in various epochs and from a large diversity of view points and problematics. 
The book collects most of the contributions from the IVth annual conference of the Société Française d’Etudes Ecossaises, held in Toulon in October 2005. This international conference gathered fifty European academics, working in a wide range of research fields, from social history to art history, from language to literature, from politics to civilisation and cultural studies. The interdisciplinary ambition and cross-cultural perspective of the conference are reflected in the volume. 
The book is divided into four main sections: links with Europe, visions of Europe, voices in Europe, and current political issues within the European Union. It illustrates the richness and complexity of the dialogue between Scotland and the continent over the centuries, and underlines the open, fluid and dynamic character of the Scottish identity.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-02-01,Maria Suzette Fernandes Dias,Legacies of Slavery: Comparative Perspectives,Hardback,9781847181114,39.99,"The proclamation by the United Nations General Assembly of the International Year to Commemorate the Struggle against Slavery and its Abolition during 2004 marked the culmination of recent efforts to re-engage with slavery’s past and create an intellectual, social, political and ethical climate conducive to a sustained and meaningful dialogue among cultures and civilisations. The past decade witnessed an upsurge of national and international exhibitions and conferences on the impact of slavery and the overwhelming and enduring cultural miscegenation and the demographic, socio-political and spiritual hybridisation that the phenomenon consciously or unconsciously initiated; the celebration of efforts by Abolitionists to publicise the savagery of this inhumane practice; a revival of interest in and the glorification of, the often ignored or historically negatively represented resistance to slavery by slaves themselves; and, numerous endeavours to address the negative legacies of slavery like racism, racial discrimination, xenophobia and related intolerance, which continue to impinge upon our present as part of contemporary politics. 

Yet, these ventures aimed at raising awareness of the horrors of slave trade and slavery, at honouring struggles for the emancipation of the enslaved, at examining the aftermath of slavery like the emergence of a new historic consciousness, at restoring broken links and solidarity between the historically dislocated diasporas and their countries of origin, at commemorating sites of memory, and, at celebrating artistic and cultural métissage, such as the UNESCO’s Slave Route Project, have largely focused on the Atlantic World, and the deportation of slaves from Africa to other parts of the World, raising questions about the legacy of slavery in other societies, like those in Asia, the Pacific and Europe, where slavery still remains on the margins of national and post-colonial histories. 

This edited volume is an attempt to reconsider slavery as a global human institution which has coexisted with other socio-political, economic, legal and cultural institutions. As a temporally and spatially ubiquitous phenomenon, it has generated and continues to, engender legacies, be they historical, oral or visual, which need to be compared and discussed to facilitate dialogue between cultures and civilisations and to mitigate the wounds of the past which continue to scar our present. It brings together writings by scholars from history, literature, anthropology and cultural studies who examine the indelible mark left by slavery in its various forms, on societies, cultures and peoples all over the world and attempts by artistes and writers to alleviate this stigmata of History. 

This volume consists of two sections. The first section entitled ""Connecting Histories"" explores some of the varied forms in which slavery presented itself in the last four centuries and the need to reengage with its legacies. Adhering to Manning’s contention that slavery is ""an enduring metaphor for inequities in the treatment of humans"", this section focuses on identifying the legacy of slavery and its significance in scholarship (Manning); alternate perspectives on slavery through the examination of forced labour and the dehumanising treatment of indigenous people in Australia (Read), enforced migration and labour exploitation of convicts in penal colonies (Maxwell-Stewart); and, a historical overview of Lusitanian slavery in India (D’Souza) and the hybridisation of pre-colonial slavery traditions in the perpetuation of the perkerniersstelse, or a profitably managed European settler-colony based on the global monopoly of nutmeg production, by the Dutch (Winn).

The second section of the book entitled ""Centering Discourses: Identity, Image and Text"" begins with a postcolonialist reading of Caribbean slavery as a legacy of capitalism, imperialism and plantation culture and above all, the globalization of sugar consumption (Ashcroft). The two chapters that follow resuscitate two of the many categories of slaves who were victims of historical silence, namely children in the sugar plantations of the West Indies (Teelucksingh) and Martiniquan maroons (Fernandes-Dias). Articulating with the discourse on identity and cultural appropriation introduced in the preceding essay, chapter nine provides an overview of the power struggle at work in the construction of Creole identity and its political legitimization, through a topical analysis of the process of commemoration of a ""site of memory"", Le Morne Brabant, symbol of slavery and marronage in the Mauritian collective memory (Carmignani). The final two chapters explore the problematics of presenting slavery through the adoption of a counter-hegemonic discourse, particularly through the arts. Aphra Behn’s Oroonoko which exalts the Black slave as a hero without making any explicit case for the abolition of slavery, continues to occupy the terrain of sympathist - abolitionist ambiguity (Landford) while the Amistad case, despite its numerous positive legacies, demonstrates how excessive popularization of the incident as an Abolitionist cause célèbre, resulted in an overload of historical memory to the point of obscuring historical reality (Fernandes Dias). 

Despite the volume's overarching desire to provide a global and comparative overview of the historical, ideological, economical and cultural factors that contributed to the evolution of slavery and the legacies that the institution generated, this volume is limited in the thematic, chronological and geographic terrain that it has covered. We attribute this shortcoming to the complexity of slavery itself as an institution, the problematic of defining what constitutes slavery and the historical silence maintained over its dehumanizing effects. Yet the story of slavery is also a tale of survival, of resistance and of the resilience of the human spirit to transcend oppression and preserve its inherent dignity. It is the celebration of the rich cultural fusion and métissage that rose from the ashes of human suffering. The wounds of the past need to be healed, perhaps initially, at a mythopoetic level, through the articulation of repressed collective angst and its legacies through the arts and through scholarship.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-02-01,Vartan P. Messier and Nandita Batra Pages,"Narrating the Past: (Re)Constructing Memory, (Re)Negotiating",Hardback,9781847181145,34.99,"Narrative constitutes an integral part of human existence, being omnipresent in our ordering of the world and the ways in which we transmit both knowledge and experience. Narrative construction has challenged the supremacy of empirical fact and has questioned our ability to know the past Aas it really was.  Examining a wide range of texts, from ancient Greece and medieval Britain to contemporary America, Asia, Australia, Britain and the Caribbean, the essays in this volume address the inconsistencies in master narratives to reveal that all representations of the past, like knowledge, are situated.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-03-01,Jeffrey Merrick,Order and Disorder under the Ancien Régime,Hardback,9781847181404,39.99,"This collection of revised and previously unpublished articles explores aspects of the history of monarchy, family, suicide, and sodomy in early modern, especially eighteenth-century France. The durable but flexible traditions of the Ancien Régime not only sanctified but also limited the prerogatives of sovereigns over subjects and husbands/fathers/masters over wives, children, and servants. Private and public weakness and excess in those who ruled the kingdom and the household undermined their masculinity and legitimacy. Merrick analyzes expositions of and contestations about the origins, extent, and use and abuse of gendered royal and domestic authority in a wide variety of sources, including descriptions of beehives, pamphlets published during the Fronde, statues of Louis XV, police reports about disturbed subjects, parlementary remonstrances, Jansenist polemics, essays submitted to the Academy of Berlin, the memoirs of the marquis de Bombelles, and complaints of wives against husbands and marital separation cases in Paris.
In principle, kings and husbands/fathers/masters preserved order in the kingdom and the household by controlling themselves as well as their subordinates. In practice, they sometimes provoked disorder and failed in many ways to prevent and punish disorder. Merrick’s articles on suicide and sodomy not only revisit some celebrated incidents (the deaths of the dragoons Bourdeaux and Humain, who shot themselves on 25 December 1773) and notorious characters (the “pederast” marquis de Villette and “tribade” mademoiselle de Raucourt) but also document patterns in the lives and deaths of ordinary men and women. Based, like the articles on marital disputes, on extensive archival research, they investigate changes in jurisprudence and mentalities during the eighteenth century. As a whole, this volume challenges simplistic assumptions about absolutism, Enlightenment, and Revolution. Given the number of subjects addressed and the nature of the issues involved, the engaging articles will interest many readers.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-03-01,Christer Johansson,Proceedings from the first Bergen Workshop on Anaphora Resolution (WAR I),Hardback,9781847181329,29.99,"This book presents recent research in the fields of anaphora resolution and co-reference. The contributions cover a wide range of approaches, most of which involve computational models or machine- learning techniques. The basic problems of referent analysis of text are also treated. Examples of applications include answer extraction for Q&A systems, and processing ontological information. One experiment describes the development of pronominal anaphora resolution for Tamil, using a centering approach compared to a statistically induced model. Novel research is presented on how to improve the quality of co-reference chains using a “spell correction”  
approach. The development of a graphical web interface for presenting and editing co-reference chains is described with links to an online demonstrator. Finally, an extensive annotation guideline for coding various anaphor–antecedent pairs is given. The guideline is a good starting point for any project aiming at annotating large corpora for co-reference, and it is an essential resource to assure good agreement between annotators.

The work represents international efforts, with contributors from Sweden, Norway, the Netherlands, Belgium and India. A broad view of the role of anaphora and co-reference in Language Technology and Computational Linguistics is presented. Insights and ideas for further research are presented for those interested in defining their own project within this important, but difficult, field. The book will also be useful for the beginner in the field, as it presents a wide selection of research in the area.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-03-01,Shannon P. McPherron,Tools versus Cores: Alternative Approaches to Stone Tool Analysis,Hardback,9781847181176,39.99,"The papers in this volume address an incredibly basic question in stone tool studies, namely whether a particular lithic artifact should be classified as a tool, thus implying that at some time in the past it was used directly to perform activities, or whether it should instead be classified as a core, meaning that its purpose was to produce flakes some of which were then made into tools. This question is so basic that it would seem archaeologists should have solved it by now, and in most instances this is the case. This volume, however, looks at some of the remaining problem cases in part to find out if they can be solved, but mainly because the really difficult cases raise the more challenging and interesting methodological issues, which can in turn lead us to question and overhaul long-held assumptions and long-used approaches to the study of stone tools. This is, in fact, what happens in this volume with papers that discuss assemblages from Lower/Middle Paleolithic sites in Europe and southwest Asia to more recent Holocene sites in the New World and Australia.  In some instances the very idea of classifying these artifacts as one or the other is entirely discarded; in other instances, it is assumed they fit in both categories, and the behavioral implications are assessed. The end result in each case is a richer understanding of the past less encumbered by categories archaeologists bring to the study.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-03-01,Michael Hayes and Thomas Acton,"Travellers, Gypsies, Roma: The Demonisation of Difference",Hardback,9781847181275,29.99,"This volume hopes to act as a catalyst for some new and exciting areas of enquiry in the more “liminal” interstices of Irish Studies, Traveller Studies, Romani Studies and Diaspora and Migration Studies. These disciplines are all relatively new areas of enquiry in modern Ireland, a country whose society has witnessed very rapid and wide-ranging cultural and demographic change within the short space of a decade. 

The issue of multiculturalism is not one which is particularly new to Irish society as a number of contributors to this volume point out. What is new however is an increased acknowledgement of diversity and multiculturalism in Ireland and Europe as a whole. Such an acknowledgement makes increased dialogue between “mainstream” society, older minorities such as the Irish Travellers and the many newer immigrant communities such as the Roma all the more necessary. 

For such constructive dialogue to take place it is vital that migratory peoples and their particular expressions of postcolonial identity be voiced and valued. These identities are both complex and diverse and frequently straddle a number of countries and national identities. It is hoped that this volume will go some way towards the cultivation of such dialogue.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-04-01,Katherine D. Watson,Assaulting the Past: Violence and Civilization in Historical Context,Hardback,9781847181053,39.99,"This book offers an important contribution to the comparative history of interpersonal violence since the early modern period, a subject of great contemporary and historical importance. Its overarching theme is Norbert Elias’s theory of the civilizing process, and the chapters in the book recognise, as he did, that changes in human behaviour are related to transformations of both social and personality structures. Drawing on a vast range of archival and written records from five countries, the contributors explore the usefulness of the theory—the subject of much debate over the past two decades—to explaining long-term patterns in violence, but also point to the need for further empirical and comparative studies, to reflect current thinking and developments within historical, criminological, and sociological methodologies. 

In approaching the subject from a variety of perspectives, Assaulting the Past: Violence and Civilization in Historical Context presents a comparative and qualitative assessment of violent behaviour and the experience of violence. Approaches used include the empirical and the theoretical, and the book is strongly interdisciplinary, drawing on the history of crime, history of medicine, criminology and legal history. The volume seeks to offer new insights on violence, the individual and society, to further illuminate the links between state formation, social interdependency and self-discipline that are so integral to the theory of the civilizing process.


","""Watson is mostly sympathetic to Elias...[and has] consistently turned her volume into an engagement with the theory of civilising processes.

One of the most interesting contributions to the Watson volume, the closing one by the editor herself, does provide a creative elaboration of the theory of civilisation. She discusses serial murder, asking whether its apparently growing prevalence since the 1960s is due to its being a feature of an increasingly interdependent society or, conversely, it is an example of a decivilising spurt.""

Pieter Spierenburg, Erasmus University in 'Crime, History and Societies 2008 vol. 12 No. 1

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-04-01,Donald Reid,"Germaine Tillion, Lucie Aubrac, and the Politics of Memories of the  French Resistance",Hardback,9781847181442,29.99,"Germaine Tillion, Geneviève de Gaulle Anthonioz, Lucie Aubrac, and Raymond Aubrac were among a small number of French men and women who made the decision to resist early in the Occupation. In the summer of 1940, Marc Bloch analyzed the society in which he lived in order to identify and affirm allegiance to a France truly at odds with that which was taking shape in Vichy. Bloch died in the Resistance, but his life would take on new meanings in the collective memories of postwar France. Confrontation with the Aubracs’ account of their refusal to accept the unacceptable became another  important way the French engaged with the Resistance and its legacy. The acts Tillion took during the French-Algerian War and de Gaulle Anthonioz took when confronted with poverty in the France of the trentes glorieuses, were of a piece with the radical nature of their earlier decision to resist.   
 Evocation of the Resistance provided a basis for France to reconstitute itself with honor after the war. Yet memory of the Resistance could also pose difficult issues for future generations.  Those who came of age in 1968 grappled with the memory of the intrepid resisters of the first years of the war, whose decision to resist stood as an inspiration and a challenge.  Historians, with the imperative to take the mandate to narrate the past from historical actors, to make resisters figures of history, developed complex relationships with those who had resisted. The essays in this collection address how resisters made sense of the wartime and postwar world in terms of their resistance, and how others made sense of the Resistance itself and its legacy by engaging with resisters and their histories.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-04-01,Tatjana Aleksić,Mythistory and Narratives of the Nation in the Balkans,Hardback,9781847181510,39.99,"The idea of this collection is to bring to the forefront various ways in which the literary poetics of Balkan nations interrelates with their national poetics, and present recent and innovative explorations of literature and film which actively engage with national poetics, a kind of mythopoiesis of the modern Balkans. 

In proposing an approach to the national question that lies distinctly in the liminal space best designated as mythistory, the collection brings together two dominant approaches to national discourse. The first tends to interpret the nation as a myth, an artificial creation, an invention, even a “dream.” The other is a mapping of the nation that considers its historically progressive role. It is their multifaceted dynamics that brings to the foreground a unique national mythopoetics. 

Mythistory is explored through its multifold engagement with the text: as a major element in the universal nationalist discourse, as a narrative strategy extensively utilized in Balkan literary and film narratives, and as a particular technique in approaching the text. Through the insights gained from literary and critical theory, historical analysis, and cultural anthropology, this collection seeks to reveal the application of mythistorical discourse upon narratives responding to nation-forming historical events. The texts in this collection articulate very distinct agendas of gender, identity, culture, philosophy, and aesthetics, all interwoven with national problematic, but steer away from the definition by which mythistory is relegated to the transparently propagandist.


","""The volume edited by Tatjana Aleksić contains superb essays illuminating the complexities of this region, from Greece, Bosnia, Albania, post-Yugoslavia or the Danube, combined with the most relevant theoretical articulation of the current geopolitical and postcolonial thought, narrative and film theory. The volume probes the founding myths of the area and the historical cataclysms and narratives that develop on their background, from classical Greece to modern times. As such, Mythistory and Narratives of the Nation in the Balkans is an indispensable book.""
Dragan Kujundžić, University of Florida, editor of The Other Europe and the Translation of National Identity (2003), and the author of Returns of History (1997).

""The collection Mythistory and Narratives of the Nation in the Balkans succeeds admirably in its goal of “providing new perspectives on Balkan nationalism without falling into either self-denouncing or self-vindicating discourse.” The contributors examine the efforts of Balkan novelists and intellectuals to “write their nations” in the face of centuries of geopolitical and discursive domination by empires to the east and the west: European and American, Ottoman and Soviet. They pose hard questions regarding the adequacy of available narratives of Balkan nationalism. And they invite us to think of
nationalism itself as complex and politically polyvalent mode of being. Both students of Balkan literature and culture and students of “the poetics of the nation” will find much to appreciate and ponder here.""

John McClure, Professor of English, Rutgers University

""Just at the moment when discussion of the Balkans seems no longer 'fashionable', this collection comes to prove the centrality of the Balkan problematic both to considerations of contemporary politics and interdisciplinarity itself. The book is an exemplary instance of multiple idioms of interpretation that nonetheless spring from the subject matter itself. *Mythistory and Narratives of the Nation in the Balkans* is a worthy companion to its predecessor, *Balkan as Metaphor*, and is certain to become
standard reference in the debates around globality and nationalism.""

—Stathis Gourgouris, Professor of Comparative Literature, UCLA, author of
*Dream Nation* (1996) and *Does Literature Think?* (2003).
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-04-01,"Rosalind Crone, David Gange and Katy Jones",New Perspectives in British Cultural History,Hardback,9781847181558,39.99,"This book is composed of a selection of papers presented at a conference in Cambridge in December 2005. Cultural history is a relatively new sub-discipline. Over the past few decades, it has become increasingly apparent that a new generation of historians has emerged. These scholars have become concerned with research, sources and questions traditionally beyond the scope of the discipline of history. Indeed, recent monographs in history have demonstrated a growing awareness of the cultural imagination in analyses of patterns of change and continuity in the past. Such a movement has also encouraged the development of new networks between different disciplines in the Arts and Social Sciences.

The authors of these chapters come from a wide range of academic backgrounds. While all are concerned with crucial issues of the past, they represent a substantial variety of disciplines. In addition to the historians are those trained and working in literary studies, art history, design, music and science. As early-career scholars, the research they present is cutting edge: these contributions represent the very latest trends in cultural studies and demonstrate the attempts of new researchers to answer the most current and challenging questions that are being proposed in this field.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-04-01,"Hedda Friberg, Irene Gilsenan Nordin and Lene Yding Pedersen",Recovering Memory: Irish Representations of Past and Present,Hardback,9781847181473,39.99,"Various ways of collecting, storing and recovering memories have been the focus of the most recent joint research project carried out by a group of Irish Studies scholars, all based in the Nordic countries and members of the Nordic Irish Studies Network (NISN). The result of the project, Recovering Memory: Irish Representations of Past and Present, is a collection of essays which examines the theme of memory in Irish literature and culture against the theoretical background of the philosophical discourse of modernity. Offering a wide range of perspectives, this volume examines a plurality of representations—past and present—of memory, both public and private, and the intersection between collective memory and individual in modern Ireland. Also explored is the relation between memory and identity—national and private—as well as questions of subjectivity and the construction of the self. Given Ireland’s tragic past and its long history of colonisation, it is inevitable that various aspects of memory in terms of nationality, post-colonialism, and politics also have bearing on this study.

The volume is divided into five sections, each of which examines one broadly defined aspect of memory. The introductory section focuses on memory and history, and is followed by sections on memory and autobiography, place, identity, and memory in the work of novelist John Banville. Within each section, the individual writers engage in a fruitful dialogue with each other and with the approaches of such theorists as Arendt, Husserl, Merleau-Ponty, Ricoeur, and Baudrillard.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-05-01,Keith Flett,1956 and all that,Hardback,9781847181848,34.99,"Through the Smoke of Budapest 50 Years On

The February 2006 Conference of the London Socialist Historians Group was held at the Institute of Historical Research in central London, one of a series of such conferences over the previous ten years.

Assembled were a modest group of academics and activists come to mark the 50th anniversary of the events of 1956, and to do so in a particular way. Firstly by presenting new historical research on the questions under review rather than trotting out tired orthodoxies. Secondly by linking historical inquiry to political activism.

It was queried why such a conference was held in February 2006 rather than in the autumn, and the answer was a simple one. To intervene historically in the debates of the year by setting a socialist historical agenda for doing so.

The opening plenary heard from Sami Ramidani, an Iraqi exile now lecturing at a British University, from Stan Newens, who had been present at the protests in 1956 and from Nigel Wilmott, the letters editor of the Guardian but here speaking about Hungary. The flavour was one both of historical recall of the events of 1956 and of contemporary political parallels. Indeed during this session news came through via text message that the left-wing MP George Galloway had been detained in a Cairo jail overnight and an emergency protest called at the Egyptian Embassy for later in the day.

The next two sessions focused on the key moments of autumn 1956, Hungary and Suez but again with new research examining their wider significance. Mike Haynes looks at the origins of the Hungarian revolt, in terms of workplace politics while Anne Alexander reviews the impact that Suez had on Nasser’s reputation within the Arab world and Arab nationalist politics.

In the afternoon there was a widening of the focus. One session examined the impact of the events of 1956 on left-wing organisation and in particular the orthodox Communist or Stalinist tradition. Terry Brotherton took a fresh look at the impact of 1956 on the Communist Party of GB, while Toby Abse focused on how the events of that year worked their way through in the largest of the Western European CPs, the Italian. Alan Woodward examined how the crisis of Stalinist politics opened new possibilities for libertarian left-wing ideas. 

 The other focused on the rise of a new left as a result of the crisis of 1956. Paul Blackledge examined the development of the theory of socialist humanism by E.P Thompson and others as an alternative to Stalinism. Neil Davidson examined the ideas of a forgotten left-wing thinker from this period Alisdair Macintyre, while Christian Hogsberg reviewed the influence of an existing Trotskyist theorist, CLR James around the events of 1956

Of course the conference could not hope to cover the huge range of possible historical issues arising from the 50th anniversary  of 1956. The beginnings of the consumer society and the age of affluence; the birth of youth culture and rock’n’roll; British nuclear tests and the origins of CND and campaigns against the bomb; the new theatre marked by ‘look back in anger’. In an introduction, the editor Keith Flett reviews some of these wider trends

However the research agenda proposed by the conference was and remains an important one.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-05-01,Vasil Gluchman,Morality of the Past from the Present Perspective:  Picture of Morality in Slovakia in the First Half of the Twentieth Century,Hardback,9781847181718,34.99,"The monograph is divided into four parts. The work starts with Preface in which Vasil Gluchman presents socio-political, socio-cultural and ideological context of the first half of the twentieth century and the situation in Slovakia (and Central Europe) in this historical period, placing this monograph and the works of individual contributors into the context of the given era. The first part deals with philosophical and ethical issues arising from the examination of morality at the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century. This part creates the methodological starting point for the examinations presented in the next three parts of the monograph. The second part focuses on the development of philosophical and ethical reflection of morality in Slovakia in the given era. The third part examines socio-political and professional-ethical aspects of the development and functioning of morality in Slovakia in the first half of the 20th century. Reflections of morality in Slovakia in the Slovak literature of the first half of the 20th century are the object of interest in the fourth part of the monograph.
","This is a book that needed to be written and that needs to be read because it engages  reflection on morality learned by a people who endured and survived magyarization – commonly referred to in our own time as ethnic cleansing, cultural genocide, and/or forced ethnic assimilation.  It may even give pause for reflection to readers who see themselves as personally untouched by this misery – but are active promoters of nothing but the virtues of pluralism – to wonder whether pluralism is a contemporary way of eliminating unwanted ethnic groups by homogenization of all to pluralism.

This book is not a collection of lessons from history but a chorus of voices that offer an honest, serious, yet refreshing and insightful understanding ourselves, society and culture.  There are uncommon paradigms to consider in these articles that can enhance anyone’s sense of living in reality.  Vasil Gluchman’s article on the important personality of “Martin Razus, A Philosopher and Ethicist,” is a case in point.  Razus explains that the most important lesson to learn is “to accept blows” to build oneself as being above all images of the world that would render one unhappy and harmed.  Pain belongs to life as a shadow belongs to an object in the sun.  There are powers of “ruination” in life but the motto of a person must become: “Do not give in to life [ruination].”  Rather, learn to orient your life on the development of creativity and productive powers that lie within and offer you possibility – of self-cultivation and self-development.

This collection covers a wide academic range of subject material, from meta-ethical and theological reflections, to problems of alcoholism, family, and work to moral aspects in literature that put morality at center stage in the human experience, all of which are united by the furnace that was the Slovak experience of ethnic cleansing.

Howard M. Ducharme, D.Phil.
Professor & Chair, Philosophy Department
University of Akron
USA

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-05-01,John Considine and Giovanni Iamartino,Words and Dictionaries from the British Isles in Historical Perspective,Hardback,9781847181688,34.99,"Words and dictionaries from the British Isles in historical perspective brings together a wide range of current work on English-language lexicography and lexicology by a team of twelve contributors working in England, continental Europe, and North America.

Fredric Dolezal’s opening essay offers a provocative discussion of how the history of English lexicography has been, and might in the future be, written. The next four papers deal with the medieval and early modern periods: Carter Hailey investigates the dictionary evidence for individual lexical creativity in a discussion of Chaucer and the Middle English Dictionary; Gabriele Stein shows how early modern English dictionaries handled lexicological questions rather than simply listing words and equivalents; R. W. McConchie analyzes the biographical record of the lexicographer Richard Howlet, and Paola Tornaghi presents and discusses an unpublished source for the seventeenth-century lexicography of Old English. Three papers on the long eighteenth century follow: Noel Osselton’s is an analysis of the “alphabet fatigue” which led many early lexicographers to treat words at the end of the alphabetical sequence more tersely than words at the beginning; Elisabetta Lonati’s shows the engagement of John Harris’s Lexicon technicum with one of the sources of its medical vocabulary; Charlotte Brewer’s discusses the under-representation of eighteenth-century material in the Oxford English Dictionary. In the last three papers, Julie Coleman provides a groundbreaking analysis of Farmer and Henley’s Slang and its analogues; Peter Gilliver draws on the Oxford English Dictionary archives to tell the story of an important editorial crisis; and Laura Pinnavaia discusses the syntactic flexibility of a set of idioms in a corpus of nineteenth- and twentieth-century prose. 

The volume as a whole offers new discoveries and important analytical and conceptual work, and is an essential text in the developing field of the history of lexicography.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-06-01,Kay Boardman and Christine Kinealy,1848: The Year the World Turned?,Hardback,9781847181985,39.99,"As Terry Eagleton suggests in his Foreword, the year 1848 has taken on a historical significance – not to mention a mythical quality - which few other dates have attained. Yet, according to some scholars, it was a year in which the world failed to turn. Or did it?

No history of 1848 can avoid looking at the significance and ramifications of the revolutions in France, Italy, Germany and Hungary, but this publication also gives consideration to places and perspectives that have traditionally been given little attention, such as Spain, Russia, Finland, Ireland, Britain and Australia. It also looks at groups who are sometimes invisible in the main narratives: Irish Protestants; Austrian Jews; and the ‘Specials’ in England. Additionally, it asks: what were the longer-term repercussions of these events throughout the century and throughout the world?

While political and social upheaval was important, other significant changes were taking place. The social and economic discontent that triggered the various uprisings, combined with an intellectual ferment that found an outlet in literature and other forms of creative expression. Writers, artists and commentators were as attracted as they were repelled by the events of 1848, by the sense of living at a particular time; consequently, a number of chapters focus on poetry, fiction, periodicals, and visual material associated with this year. From a gender perspective, 1848 offers some interesting findings. A number of chapters focus on women’s views and experiences of the Year of Revolution, and not surprisingly they suggest a range of viewpoints. Attention is also given to Ireland, especially the key role that women played in the emergence of cultural nationalism.

The central theme of this collection is: did the world turn as a result of the revolutions of 1848? If so, in what ways; but if not, why not?  To answer these and other questions, this publication brings together new research from a wide range of scholars, including those of international renown to newer voices, from a wide variety of disciplines, all applying a diverse array of methods and approaches. By combining a broad approach to the period in question in terms of disciplines, methodologies and new syntheses, unexpected insights are offered into a familiar setting. It thus provides a unique insight into this year in both international and interdisciplinary terms.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-06-01,Janet T. Marquardt,From Martyr to Monument: The Abbey of Cluny as Cultural Patrimony,Hardback,9781847182128,34.99,"After the French Revolution and the dissolution of the monastic orders, the great Abbey of Cluny in France was closed and the buildings were sold for materials. This process went on for nearly thirty years, just as a romantic appreciation of the medieval past was gaining popularity. Although the government was unable to halt most of the demolition work, one transept arm with a large and small tower was saved from ruin, along with a few small Gothic buildings and the eighteenth-century cloister. Efforts to preserve, repair, and reuse the remains waxed and waned for a century while historians wrote with regret about the abbey’s demise. In 1927, Kenneth Conant came from Harvard to excavate the site with American funding in order to prepare full-scale reconstructive drawings of the abbey. Conant’s vision of medieval Cluny entered the art-historical canon and placed Cluny at the center of debates about Romanesque architecture and sculptural decoration in Europe. This study follows the discursive history of the site while investigating the role of memory in the construction of the past and the development of the conception of heritage and patrimony in France.

FOREWORD BY GILES CONSTABLE AND AVANT-PROPOS D'ERIC PALAZZO

""Marquardt’s account of the modern resurrections of medieval Cluny is a riveting one.""

""...her research urges a rethinking of the modern conceptual structures that guide our study and interpretation of medieval art and culture.""

""Marquardt meditat[es] on the complex ideas, histories, events, and touristic activities (including the performance of pageants) that contributed to the fashioning of Cluny as a “memory site.”
Kathryn L. Brush, University of Western Ontario (Canada)
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-06-01,Caroline Miller and Michael Roche,Past Matters: Heritage and Planning History— Case Studies from the Pacific Rim,Hardback,9781847181992,39.99,"Past Matters brings together a group of largely Australian and New Zealand academics who in a series of case studies consider how planning concepts were adopted, adjusted, adapted and extended in a Pacific Rim setting. The early chapters explore the interplay between British and American planning models and local circumstances in Australia, Japan, and New Zealand.  The main body of chapters recount difficulties faced by indigenous peoples with respect to housing needs and more generally re-asserting themselves in what began as colonial urban areas as well as others that look at community meanings, liberalism and exclusion on the street, and the power of sectional interests. The latter chapters also pose questions about urban heritage in terms of what and whose interests are at stake in these debates. The volume concludes with two convergent chapters that outline some practices by which ‘heritage’ of a more day to day suburban sort can be protected within a planning system. The collection centres on Australia and New Zealand but extends to include chapters on Canada and Japan. The viewpoints offered serve as a gentle reminder of the limitations of ‘Metropolitian Theory’.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-06-01,Miranda Anderson,The Book of the Mirror: An Interdisciplinary Collection Exploring the Cultural Story of the Mirror,Hardback,9781847181930,34.99,"The essays in this book are gathered together from the realms of art, literature, history, archaeology, philosophy and science. Together they weave a picture that gives us new insights into the mirror as a material object and as an image in art and texts. This interdisciplinary and innovative book raises important issues about the material life of an object and its intimate interrelations with socio-cultural imagery. Perceptions of the workings of our cognitive processes and of our subjectivity are shown to be dynamically interwoven with the technological and socio-cultural matrices of particular periods, whilst longer term continuities in the understanding and employment of the mirror reflect underlying continuities in the capacities and constraints of mirrors and of human subjects. This book demonstrates the active role imagery and technologies have always played in our thoughts, lives and worlds.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-07-01,Narayan Gopalkrishnan and Hurriyet Babacan,"Racisms in the New World Order: Realities of Culture, Colour and Identity",Hardback,9781847182234,34.99,"Racism is a significant social problem that diminishes the social fabric of society, creates social tension and impacts on the life chances of the people involved. It impacts upon those who perpetuate it, on those who are at the ‘receiving end’, as well as on those who are not directly involved in the problem. Within the complexities of a globalized world, with its networks of actors and processes, racism is constantly changing its form and impacts. This book examines the contemporary forms of racisms evolving within this context, moving beyond the traditional idea of a single monolithic racism based on biology or culture. 

It offers new perspectives on theorising the new racisms and looks at the intersections with different forms of prejudice and discrimination such as sexism and ageism. The book places the discussion of racism within the contemporary discussions of the ‘War on Terror’ and the allied issues of ‘Islamaphobia’ and the ‘New Antisemitism’, excavating the many elements involved including the media and the State, using case studies from across the world to highlight these. The final section focuses on the challenges in developing a discourse on anti-racism as well as presents strategies towards a platform for action.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-07-01,Amanda Mordavsky Caleb,(Re)Creating Science in Nineteenth-Century Britain,Hardback,9781847182203,39.99,"This collection seeks to reconsider—and therefore recreate—histories of science in nineteenth-century Britain. Looking at science from an interdisciplinary perspective, the essays in this collection offer a fresh insight into how nineteenth-century science developed in Great Britain, suggesting the need for further research into this area. Moving away from a Darwin-focused history of science, these essays traverse the time span and disciplines, from history to religion to literature and art, to suggest how we can improve our understanding of scientific development in a particularly important decade in British scientific history.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-07-01,Samir Dayal,Resisting Modernity: Counternarratives of Nation and Masculinity in pre-Independence India,Hardback,9781847182258,29.99,"""Samir Dayal’s book Resisting Modernity is provocative. Provocative because it undoes the allures of propulsion toward modernity at the same time that it refrains from a retreat into an idyllic and elusive pre-colonial past. Drawing on a wide body of postcolonial studies scholarship emanating from South Asia and on psychoanalytic theory, Dayal complicates our understanding of three prominent Indian figures—Ramakrishna Paramahansa, Rabindranath Tagore, and Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi—active in the decades before independence from British colonial rule. He sees them as resisting the modernist rhetoric of sovereignty and rational nationalism prevalent in those years. Through his focus on these protagonists, Dayal illuminates how their critique of the nationalist project of the pre-independence years was at once strategic and limiting, inclusive and exclusionary, empowering and potentially debilitating.""

--Rajini Srikanth, University of Massachusetts, Boston.  She is the author of The World Next Door: South Asian American Literature and the Idea of America (Temple, 2006), co-editor of the award winning anthology Contours of the Heart: South Asians Map North America (Rutgers, 1996) and co-editor of the collection of critical essays A Part, Yet Apart: South Asians in Asian America (Temple, 1998).


""Resisting Modernity is an admirable endeavor that opens up modernity to possibilities of postcolonial/subaltern re-recognition.  Dayal's conjunctural readings of the gendered, affective as well as cognitive performances of Ramakrishna, Tagore, Gandhi, and Ambedkar are richly symptomatic of the human condition under colonial modernity. A welcome addition to the genre of the global interrogation of modernity.""

 ---R. Radhakrishnan, Professor of English and Comparative Literature and Chair of the Department of Asian American Studies at the University of California, Irvine. He is the author of Diasporic Mediations: Between Home and Location (Minnesota, 1996) and Theory in an Uneven World (Blackwell, 2003).

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-07-01,Michael Hayes,Road Memories: Aspects of Migrant History,Hardback,9781847182296,24.99,"This volume is an exploration of the image that is the Traveller/Gypsy, the migrant and the “Other”. Rapid developments as relating to the global flows of cultural diaspora have both overcome spatial/temporal distance and separation and have created enhanced necessity for the exploration of issues relating to cross-cultural and identity representation. In an age of mass migration and mass-media dissemination, a wide combination of forces have ruptured and blurred the borders of the modern nation-state. These forces have created the 
trans-national contexts for scholarly enquiry as relating to such scholarly disciplines as Irish Studies, Traveller Studies, Romani Studies and Diaspora and Migration Studies. As outlined in these essays, the diversity that encompasses traditionally migrant and diaspora communities such as Travellers and Gypsies frequently disrupt those narratives which have defined hitherto dominant cultures and thereby serve to hybridise the discourse.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-08-01,Kathleen Hardesty Doig and Dorothy Medlin,British-French Exchanges in the Eighteenth Century,Hardback,9781847182531,39.99,"France and Great Britain, so close geographically but separated by language, culture and history, had been exchanging merchandise, visitors, rulers and ideas for hundreds of years before the eighteenth century. The flow of traffic only quickened during this period, and became a flood, in the direction of Great Britain, during the decade following the Revolution. While certain of these exchanges, such as Voltaire’s sojourn abroad, have been studied in detail, others are coming into focus only as scholars study secondary figures in the host country and the interactions of various groups with its citizens. British-French Exchanges in the Eighteenth Century gathers together fourteen recent essays by scholars from Great Britain and the United States who have examined various parameters of the subject. Correspondences and translations are obvious forms of cultural sharing and are in play in many of the essays. Others recount and analyse the stories of persons who actually visited the other country in circumstances ranging from pure tourism to emigration to a hostage exchange. A final group of essays treats intellectual influences in realms as diverse as encyclopaedism, cultural analysis, connoisseurship, and cosmopolitanism in the arts. The volume is
appropriate for collections in history, literature, and culture. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part I:
Translations and Correspondence
1 Bernardin de Saint-Pierre’s English Correspondents During the French Revolution
MALCOLM COOK
2 The English Translations of Voltaire’s La Pucelle
J. PATRICK LEE†
3 Enlightened Exchange: The Correspondence of André Morellet and Lord Shelburne
DOROTHY MEDLIN and ARLENE P. SHY
4 The Scottish Enlightenment in Action: The Correspondence of William Robertson and
J.-B.-A. Suard
JEFFREY SMITTEN
Part II:
Sojourns Abroad
5 ‘The Only Disagreeable Thing in the Whole’: the Selection and Experience of the British Hostages
for the Delivery of Cape Breton in Paris, 1748-49
ROBIN EAGLES
6 Peregrinations to the Convent: Hester Thrale Piozzi and Ann Radcliffe
TONYA MOUTRAY MCARTHUR
7 Friend or Foe? French Émigrés Discover Britain
ROSENA DAVISON
8 ‘Genuine Anecdotes’: Mary Charlton and Revolutionary Celebrity
GILLIAN DOW
Part III:
Intellectual and Artistic Exchanges
9 Two Partial English-Language Translations of the Encyclopédie: The Encyclopedias of John
Barrow and Temple Henry Croker
JEFF LOVELAND
10 British Biography in the Encyclopédie méthodique: Histoire
KATHLEEN HARDESTY DOIG
11 Diderot, Dentistry and British Politics: Two Neglected Pamphlets
DAVID ADAMS
12 British and French Influences on Hector St. John de Crèvecoeur’s Letters from an American Farmer
DEIDRE DAWSON
13 A Commonwealth of Connoisseurs: British Humanism in the Art and Science of the Ancien Régime
ELIZABETH LIEBMAN
14 An Anglo-Swiss Connection in the Age of Voltaire: Jean Huber’s British Friends and Relations
GARRY APGAR
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-08-01,Roger Spalding and Alyson Brown,"Entertainment, Leisure and Identities",Hardback,9781847182364,29.99,"This wide-ranging collection of essays seeks to challenge the ‘common-sense’ assumption that entertainment activities have no function but to fill up otherwise empty moments. As such it builds on the term – coined by the Victorians – ‘Recreation’, and argues that in the entertainments people pursue they do not simply divert themselves, but actively create and re-create their identities.

The collection shows this process can only take place for those who enjoy the benefits of leisure; hence, in the medieval period leisure and entertainments are largely confined to the wealthy minority. In periods of rapid social change, like 19th century Britain, the inter-linked question of identity and entertainment became an issue of great concern. Orderly and respectable activities were seen by many commentators as the key to containing the potential menace of the new urban population. In the 20th century the development of new forms of mass entertainment, such as cinema, radio and television, has generated new debates, in particular about the potential of these new media to manipulate their audiences.  

The essays, arranged in broadly chronological order, give fascinating and detailed ‘snapshots’ of these processes as they unfold from the middle ages to the present-day. As such the collection makes a very valuable contribution to the historical study of the social and, broadly defined, political role played by entertainments in shaping and reinforcing identities.




'In recent years the history of leisure and, more particularly, the history of leisure pursuits, amusements and ""entertainments"", has engaged the attention of social historians who, as well as highlighting their intrinsic interests, have demonstrated the contribution which such studies can make to an understanding on social identities and class relationships.
   This collection of essays explores a wide and eclectic range of ""entertainments"" - from medieval pet-keeping, Victorian chess tournaments and late 19th century museums of curiosities to French anarchist theatre and the career of Harry Belafonte - themes which until now received little or no scholarly analysis. As such it fills a significant gap in the historical literature.'

G. R. Searle, Emeritus Prof. of History, 
University of East Anglia and Fellow of the British Academy",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-08-01,Christelle Rabier,"Fields of Expertise: A Comparative History of Expert Procedures in Paris and London, 1600 to present",Hardback,9781847182579,39.99,"The primacy of experts and expertise in current fields of public policy, governance and non-governmental organizations has accompanied increasing confusion on the foundations of their practices and the adequacy of their methods. Fields of Expertise clarifies the complex heritage of experts by exploring their relationship with legal, political and administrative powers from a comparative historical and interdisciplinary perspective. Specifically, the authors offer case studies on expert procedures in the two capital cities of Paris and London since 1600 in the essential areas of risk management, medical procedures, economic policy, and administrative reform. In doing so, they provide insight into the evolution of expert procedures while at the same time taking into consideration the interdisciplinary nature of scholarship on expertise drawn from Sociology, Science Studies and Political Science. The following articles thus challenge traditional views on the nature of expertise and provide a synthesis of the vast and disparate literature that has been written on the subject.
Fields of Expertise’s international perspectives and multi-disciplinary grasp of the literature in political science, sociology, science studies and history will be useful to scholars and students alike in addressing this highly topical issue. The essays reference mainstream sources and widely-documented cases on experts and expertise, making it accessible to the general reader as well.



","""The role of expertise -- and its limitations – has become a major issue in contemporary society. While sociologists have long engaged with categories and consequences, remarkably few have looked to historical origins. This remarkable book does so with great success, combining recent British and French scholarship in a wholly original way. As an exercise in comparative history, it is a treat to read. If expertise is fallible, it is also valuable, and this compelling book tells us why."" 
Roy MacLeod, Sydney University


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-08-01,Thomas Crombez and Katrien Vloeberghs,On the Outlook: Figures of the Messianic,Hardback,9781847182463,29.99,"This volume explores the traditional and contemporary modes and stakes of messianic thinking in its close interaction with both previous and actual political contexts and theoretical discourses. In the past decades, philosophers and political thinkers repeatedly drew upon the millennial tradition of messianic thinking in their efforts to come to terms with the injustices of the present. Their conceptions of messianism build upon and revise, modify or radicalize politico-theological theories developed in the period between the two world wars by thinkers who, in the face of doom and destruction, reverted to ancient Judeo-Christian visions of redemption. The essays address the ways in which today’s messianic thinking relates to its historical Jewish and Christian origins, and how it deals with the legacy of its early twentieth century precursors, such as Walter Benjamin, Franz Rosenzweig, Ernst Bloch, Gerschom Scholem, and Theodor W. Adorno. Historically, attitudes toward messianism interact with the political and historical conditions as well as with the prevailing theoretical and philosophical discourses of their times. Cross-fertilization between messianism, politics and philosophy also inform recent conceptualizations of history and time, language and the law in the writings of Emmanuel Lévinas, Jacques Derrida, and, most recently, Giorgio Agamben. 

The analysis of messianism in contemporary discourse encourages reflections on the following core questions: How does messianism figure in modern and contemporary philosophy? How does it relate to today’s state of affairs in the juridical, political, and social realm? Is it still primarily a Jewish concern, and how has it interacted with other religious and political traditions? How does the impact of Jewish messianism on modern philosophy compare with and relate to other influences of Jewish thought, such as the legalistic tradition? 

The contributors to this volume shed light on as divergent aspects of messianism as its socio-historical embeddedness, its discontinuous historiography, its manifestations in literature and the arts and its complex relation to human agency.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-08-01,Luís Urbano Afonso and Vítor Serrão,Out of the Stream: Studies in Medieval and Renaissance Mural Painting,Hardback,9781847182494,34.99,"The subject of this book arises from recent developments in the inventory, preservation and study of mural paintings from the Middle Ages and the Renaissance, particularly those from what can be considered the periphery of Europe. The aim of this book is to demonstrate the vitality that the study of wall painting in peripheral regions can bring to the discipline of Art History. The articles collected in this book are overwhelmingly about wall paintings that would be hard pressed to be considered part of the master narrative of Art History. They are studies regarding regions and themes that are rarely present in the mainstream of the discipline, but their common thread is their focus on the functional dimension of mural paintings and on the complex interrelation between image, audience, social context and everyday life. From Denmark to Portugal, from graffiti to secular painting, from the orthodox monasteries of Moldavia to the noble residences of Tirol, from Giotto to anonymous and sometimes almost amateur painters, the studies gathered in this book place very distinct artistic realities side by side offering complementary perspectives and insights.
The book will make a valuable contribution to the literature on Medieval and Renaissance mural painting, combining theoretical essays with others more descriptive. As the eighteen studies collected in this book deal with paintings from a range of European regions, from Denmark to Portugal and Romania, the book will find its way in Europe and abroad, both in the field of art history and that of Medieval and Early Modern history. The wealth of plates and figures will make the book also accessible to a broad audience interested in the history of painting, architecture and cultural heritage.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-08-01,Trevor Curnow,Pantokrator: An Introduction to Orthodoxy,Hardback,9781847182418,29.99,"Although most people think of Greek philosophy as “Western”, its religion is commonly referred to as “Eastern”. For those who have not spent time in countries where Orthodox Christianity is the dominant religion, it can seem exotic and alien. Even those who visit these countries can come away with little understanding of it. Pantokrator:  an Introduction to Orthodoxy helps those unfamiliar with Orthodoxy to become acquainted with the history of the Orthodox Church, what it teaches, how it is structured, and how it differs from other churches. There is also a brief guide to the architecture and internal design and decoration of Orthodox churches. Because monasticism plays an important role in the life of the Orthodox Church, an account is given of the monastic life. This is illustrated with reference to how that life is lived on Mount Athos, an enclave within Greece run entirely by monks. The history and organisation of the Holy Mountain, as Athos is called, is explained in general terms with a more detailed account of one of its monasteries, Pantokrator.
","This is an admirable book, which succeeds in the difficult task, implied by its title, of combining an account of a particular Athointe monastery with concise and illuminating introduction to Orthodoxy. It will be found useful equally by those planning a visit to the Holy Mountain and by those who have been there on pilgrimage and wish to understand better that they have experienced. I found that objects, practices and statements which I had seen and heard in the monasteries were frequently illuminated by Curnow's account.

Michael Llewellyn Smith, Friends of Mount Athos, Annual Report 2008
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-09-01,Matthew Feldman and Mark Nixon,Beckett’s Literary Legacies,Hardback,9781847182814,34.99,"Featuring twelve chapters on a range of novelists, poets and dramatists, Beckett’s Literary Legacies is the first volume dedicated to charting the truly global influence of Samuel Beckett upon contemporary literature. To do this, editors Feldman and Nixon have included studies of both internationally recognised authors (Auster, Muldoon, Celan) and lesser-known figures within Anglophone scholarship (Laederach, Mayröcker)—all of whom reveal a demonstrable indebtedness to Beckett’s art. With this criteria to hand, case studies, no less than their respective contributors, reflect the international reception of Beckett’s revolutionary artistic project: from Japan (Oe), the United States (DeLillo) and South Africa (Coetzee) to France (Blanchot) and Britain (Kane) and, of course, Ireland (Banville).  

In addition to finding that Beckett’s shadow is a long and indeed diffuse one, commentators here also stress the challenge his oeuvre presents to authors writing alongside and after him: reflexivity and literary abstraction, radical stoicism and structural innovation; all of these are recurring themes the 1969 Nobel Laureate has engendered. While the list of ‘legacees’ is exhaustive and by no means limited to literature, as the only study to date covering this often paradoxical, always fascinating subject, Beckett’s Literary Legacies offers a sustained exploration of Samuel Beckett’s burgeoning artistic legacy.
 
 From the introduction:
‘Through wide-ranging example, contributors to this volume have undertaken analyses of Beckett’s influence on major international writers, most of whom are still alive and at work forging their own literary legacies. As for Beckett’s, the authors surveyed here find that legacy to be both philosophically rich and artistically challenging. And Beckett scholars of similarly global breadth consider Beckett’s art to be a truly revolutionary one, pushing at the very boundaries of literature. What follows is the first sustained attempt to gauge the literary impact of that project, […] for the majority of the critics and their respective case studies here, Beckett’s influence represents an apparent schism in the Western literary canon, one perceived to be an artistic challenge no less than a literary liberation from representation—however well-disguised the latter may be.’

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-09-01,A. D. Harvey,Body Politic: Political Metaphor and Political Violence,Hardback,9781847182722,29.99,"The idea that there is an analogy between the social collective and the human body originated more than twenty-five centuries ago. It was known to Plato and St. Paul, and was adopted by state functionaries in the Middle Ages and Renaissance, and by academics in the Nineteenth Century. In the early Twentieth Century the notion was taken up by military theorists and contributed to the formulation of new tactical and strategic doctrines, and it has resurfaced again in the IT era. At each stage the idea has been elaborated and given new emphases; for two millennia it has been part of the vocabulary in which successive generations have attempted to articulate their developing ideas about society. This book is more than simply a history of a political metaphor however: it is a history of how metaphor may be converted into action.


What reviewers said of earlier books by A.D. Harvey:

''Collisions of Empire is a vast, complex, and brilliant mosaic, each individual tessera of which is hard-edged and glittering.'' 
Richard Holmes, Times Literary Supplement.

'''Excellent... [A.D. Harvey] is a master of the concrete, the adroit displayer of the precious scrap of hard fact.'' 
Kathryn Hughes, Daily Telegraph.


""Arnold Harvey has written an energetic and eclectic book reflecting on the implications of the idea that society can be seen as a body. He takes us from ancient India to computer hackers, provides quotations rich and strange and explores the by-ways of assassination and aerial warfare. Engrossing.""
 
Prof. Robert Bartlett, Dept. of Mediaeval History, University of St Andrews, 
St Andrews KY16 9AL, Scotland



","""...original and thought-provoking, particularly when discussing the work of 20th-century military thinkers concerned with attacking the 'brain' and 'body' of the enemy nation""
- Dr Jon Parkin, University of York, in the BBC History Magazine, July 2008



",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-09-01,Frederick Burwick and Kathryn Tucker,Marquis de Sade and the Scientia and Techne of Eroticism,Hardback,9781847182616,29.99,"Although the Marquis de Sade is often read only for his pornography, it is important to ask why his works have claimed such a persistent reception for the past two centuries, a reception that has grown increasingly more astute and analytical in the past two decades. Iwan Bloch (1872-1922), the founder of Sexualwissenschaft or sexology, taught the 20th century to examine Sade’s works in terms of psychology and cultural anthropology in his study of 1899. In a magisterial two-volume biography, 1952-57, Gilbert Lély laid the foundation for every biography that has followed. Lély went on to assemble the first critical/historical edition of Sade, his Oeuvres completes, 16 vols., 1966-67. Alice Laborde extended Lély’s work in her three volumes on Sade’s relationships, imprisonment, and family history (1988-91). Laborde also edited Sade’s letters, Correspondances du marquis de Sade et de ses proches enrichies de documents, notes et commentaries, 27 vols., 1991-98.
The study of Sade’s literary influence commenced with Mario Praz’s account of “the Divine Marquis” (1930). Simone de Beauvoir, in “Faut-il brûler Sade?” (1953; “Must We Burn Sade?” 1955), paved the way for subsequent studies of Sade’s relevance to gender issues and sexual behavior. Angela Carter, in The Sadeian Woman and the Ideology of Pornography (1979) and Camille Paglia, in Sexual Personae: Art and Decadence from Nefertiti to Emily Dickinson (1990), demonstrate the continuing ramifications of Sade’s understanding of the motives of desire. Thanks to the foundational work of Lély and Laborde, recent commentators have been able to attend in more detail to Sade’s literary career. Neil Schaeffer, in The Marquis de Sade: A Life (1999) addresses the logic and rhetoric of Sade’s prose, his suasory strategies to arouse, his paranoiac strategies to conceal, his philosophy of passion, and the reason in his madness.

Responding to current trends and offering new directions, this book examines Sade's reactions to medical theory and practice, to crime and punishment; his attempt to craft a reciprocity of written discourse and sexual intercourse; his involvement in the theater, both as a playwright for the public stage, and as playwright and director for the private theater of the insane asylum.",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-09-01,David Wills,The Mirror of Antiquity: 20th Century British Travellers in Greece,Hardback,9781847182678,29.99,"During the last century, writers as diverse as William Golding, Henry Miller, Lawrence Durrell, Evelyn Waugh, Virginia Woolf, and Laurie Lee, were captivated by Greece. They were joined in their production of travel accounts by hundreds of lesser-known authors. This book exposes how the responses of travellers were conditioned by much more than their own opinions and personalities. The British education system, classical scholarship, and the heroism demonstrated by the Greeks during the Nazi invasion of their country, all contributed to shaping travel narratives. The author analyses the way in which all of the major archaeological sites were described—including the Athenian Acropolis, Delphi, Olympia, Heinrich Schliemann’s Mycenae, and Sir Arthur Evans’ Knossos in Crete. The representation of the modern Greek people, particularly in the period after the Second World War, is also explored at length. Viewed as relics of the past, the Greeks in literature were given the qualities and appearance of their ancestors. David Wills shows how in the hands of twentieth century travel writers, Greece became less a modern country, and more a mirror of antiquity. This book is essential reading for all who are interested in the history of travel and tourism, reception of the classical past, and recent Greek history.




","""This is a very useful book. I'm very glad that such a useful analysis as this will be published rather than lurking in academic form only. It will be a real contribution to the field.""
Dr Christopher Stray, University of Wales, Swansea.

""An amazingly comprehensive and engaging survey of British accounts of Greece.""
Dr Michael A. Morse, University of Oxford.

Foreword by David Holton, Professor of Modern Greek, University of Cambridge.

“....a welcome not only to the research on travel literature about the region but also to the broader issue of the role of Greece in British culture … Wills’ method is scholarly, his research meticulous and the material collected fascinating.” 
Efterpi Mitsi, University of Athens, Studies in Travel Writing, volume 30, issue 3, September 2009

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-10-01,Gary Backhaus and John Murungi,Colonial and Global Interfacings: Imperial Hegemonies and Democratizing Resistances,Hardback,9781847182968,39.99,"How space is owned through practices of domination that emerged through colonialism and have been sustained through capitalist social relations in a 'post-colonial' context. 
How Imperial power created, in Foucault's words, a 'boomerang effect' whereby the techniques developed to control and subjugate colonial subjects worked with such efficiency that they were imported back into Western societies to create new orders of control. 

How while new social movements such as the Zapatistas have remapped the rural and developed new ways to challenge and transform politics, Western societies have sought to reconstruct the world order through economic processes and military strategy. 
How the self-image of the West is shaped by its relationship with the 'Rest,' but also how the rest has found news ways of constructing identity that are now transforming the West as people, images, commodities, and meanings flow through the global economy.
 
The cases considered cover every continent, contrast the West with the East as well as the global North with the global South, and prompt us to take history seriously in the construction of the present. Addressing the current buzzwords that have spread from geography across the social sciences and the humanities, this book will appeal to researchers and practitioners fascinated by the connections between cultural representation, power, spatiality, and how the ways we have been thinking about the world are open to question. 

","""In this collection, Gary Backhaus and John Murungi bring together researchers in a transdisciplinary project to understand 'geographicity' as a distinctive approach to spatiality that integrates theory and practice. Linking the global to the local and the abstract to the concrete, the contributors tackle key concepts such as ideology as a site for rethinking spatiality - considering cartography as a practice for producing space and for visualising the connections between culture, politics and economics on a global scale and across centuries. Key ideas in the geographical turn in social inquiry such as sovereignty, state, nation and civilisation are reassessed using discourses that are concern with space, borders, marginalization and the construction of identities that are provisional attempts to fix meaning in particular times and places. This collection brings together insights from geography, cultural theory, history, phenomenological and post-structuralist philosophies to address questions which dominate our times.""
—Mark Smith, The Open University, Department of Politics and International Studies
 
""Is the term globalization merely an arbitrary assemblage of ideas, events and phenomena or is it an explanatory term that colligates evidence around theories that seek to explain how cultures around the world are changing in the modern age?  Gary Backhaus and John Murungi have assembled and international and interdisciplinary group of scholars to answer this question.  These scholars show how colonialization, a historical period, and globalization, a period we purportedly are already in, are parts of a historical meta-narrative bound together by space-time structurizations.  Binding this book together is an overarching conviction that geographicity, the spatiality of all phenomena, is an essential and necessary component to any research.  The lack of such a focus in Western society is indicative of its uprooted and mobile character.  The geographical turn is an essential component of the International Association for the Study of Environment, Space and Place (http://www.towson.edu/iasesp/).  Essays in this volume were specifically selected because they contribute to a larger geographical turn in research.   
 This innovative collection engages the social-spatial dialectic of colonial and global processes.  It does so through addressing a wide range of topics, such as, how ideology and theodicy are mediated by cartography, how property and property rights play an important, if not unheralded role in globalization, and how space and the democracy of knowledge are mutual constituted. Case studies ground liminal processes by revealing their geographicity.  For instance, authors’ engage the colonial feedback loop of torture and carcerality, how the rest globalizes the West, the global tensions of cultural identity and it’s (re)production, and the rise of Socialism in Africa.   A brilliant study of the geopolitical forces facing our past, present and future, Colonial and Global Interfacings is required reading for anyone interested in globalization and it spatiality."" 
—Chris Lukinbeal, Assistant Professor, School of Geographical Sciences, Affiliate Professor, School of Justice and Social Inquiry, Associate Director, Master’s of Advance Study in Geographic Information Systems, Arizona State University

“Tracing the ways in which globalized activities are modifying the world, affecting the ways we think, the way space is conceptualized, the ideologies we develop – all of which lead us to wonder, as some authors do, whether ‘globalization’ is the word we need to use.   What are these multiple effects, these unforeseen consequences and these fragmented results?  In what places, in what cities, in what regions?  Multiple approaches make this book worth investigating to learn how some of these questions are being approached and answered.”
— George Psathas, Emeritus Professor of Sociology, Boston University

 “This collection gathers ingenious interdisciplinary efforts to address the antinomies of globalization and its spatial organizations.  The fragmentation of culture is examined in terms of the complex dialectics of the incommensurability of the subjective concrete expression of lived situations and the objective abstract constructs of social reality.  This is required reading in light of critically analyzing the geopolitical assimilation of space and its appropriation through hegemonic global economics in an epoch marked by thoughtless technological tyrannies.  This committed rethinking of the possibilities of surpassing the chaotic contradictions of globalization in terms of rooted local expressions of universalism is more welcome than ever.”
— Nader El-Bizri, University of Cambridge

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-10-01,Stephanie Hollis and Alexandra Barratt,Migrations: Medieval Manuscripts in New Zealand,Hardback,9781847183217,34.99,"Over two hundred items are catalogued in Medieval and Renaissance Manuscripts in New Zealand Collections (1989). Most are in institutional collections and were donated by late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century book collectors, notably Sir George Grey (1812–98), Governor and later Premier of New Zealand. Having been transported across the globe, the manuscripts have remained, for the most part, beyond the purview of northern hemisphere scholars. 

The contributors to this interdisciplinary collection of essays include international experts such as Christopher de Hamel, Richard Gameson, Margaret Manion and Michael Orr, curators of New Zealand manuscript collections, New Zealand academics, and a PhD student.

Migrations has two main aims: to lodge the Early European manuscripts in New Zealand within the international discourse of postcolonial heritage; and to place them within the mainstream of manuscript studies by drawing attention to their intrinsic significance and their relationship with manuscripts held in overseas collections.

Part One focuses on the motives and historical circumstances underlying the formation of the principal collections and the subsequent changes in the ways that this heritage has been regarded. Three of the essays centre upon the bibliophiles who donated their manuscripts to public libraries. Others consider specific manuscripts as indices of changing attitudes to European, particulary British, cultural heritage. National identity, pedagogy, and curatorial practices are among the issues canvassed. 

Part Two consists of new scholarly studies of particular manuscripts, which examine them in relation to the cultural and documentary context in which they were produced or transmitted. Manuscripts studied include: a twelfth-century copy of music treatises by Boethius and Guido of Arezzo, probably from Christ Church, Canterbury; a Perugian breviary owned by an Augustinian friar, Antonio da Macerata; a book of hours adapted for Scottish use (the Rossdhu Hours); and a fragment of an early fifteenth-century book of hours produced by a London workshop and added to the Hours of Margery Fitzherbert.



“Migrations is an imaginative and ambitious contribution to twenty-first-century manuscript studies. Most notably, the editors have invited manuscript scholars to address the issues raised by the manuscripts' location: New Zealand itself and its colonial history become tools for thinking with - about dispersal, about cultural memory, about access, about the meanings ascribed to artefacts. The editors have assembled a distinguished group of scholars in order to produce a collection of essays that is a coherent whole and at the same time individually driven by the intellectual curiosity that is the true sign of distinction. The book is a triumph.”

Professor Felicity Riddy, Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Professor of English, University of York



“This excellent book makes a major contribution to the study of medieval manuscript collections in New Zealand, and will open up a little known area of extremely important material to an international audience. The quality of the scholarship throughout the book is very high, and the essays on the individual manuscripts present the material in the context of recent new approaches in the study of medieval and Early Modern manuscripts.”

Nigel Morgan, Hon. Professor of Art History, University of Cambridge, Head of Research, Parker Library MSS Project, Corpus  Christi College







","

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-10-01,Chris Bishop,Text and Transmission in Medieval Europe,Hardback,9781847183149,34.99,"Scholars of the Middle Ages are familiar with the notion of text as an inscribed document, whether that inscription occurs upon stone, metal, vellum or textiles, but the concept of inscription and, therefore, of text, can be extended to cover a range of evidence. Thus, one might speak of archaeological remains, land use patterns, traditional stories, remnant practices and revenant beliefs as constituting texts in their own right. Broadly defined then, text is the means by which we engage with the historical subject. 
The medievalist, however, faces particular constraints in interpreting these texts through the agencies of their transmission. Questions such as who authored these texts, when and why, intersect with problems of transcription, translation and redaction to inform a complex discourse. 
The majority of the chapters in this book started life as papers presented at a conference entitled Text and Transmission in Early Medieval Europe and the title of this book ultimately derives from that theme.  The subjects these chapters deal with range in geography from Ireland through to Byzantium, and cover almost a millennium of European history, but they are united in their effort to prise from their subjects some truths about texts, transmission and the critical literacies needed to interpret both.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-11-01,Debra Popkin,"Francophone Women Coming of Age: Memoirs of Childhood and Adolescence from France, Africa, Quebec and the Caribbean",Hardback,9781847183224,29.99,"This book began as a panel of University professors on the theme of Francophone Women, Coming of Age, Memoirs of Childhood and Adolescence, presented at the Northeast Modern Language Association Convention in Philadelphia, 2006. The essays center on the plight of growing up female in male-dominated Francophone cultures.  Issues of culture, tradition, religion (Catholic and Muslim), parental conflicts and sibling rivalry are addressed in the works of authors from France, Quebec, Africa and the Caribbean.  Authors whose memoirs and fiction are analyzed in this study span three continents––Europe, North America (Quebec and the Caribbean) and Africa––but they share a common search for identity and self-definition.

Dr. Beth Gale (Clark University) analyzes role-play and the use of language in the works of Annie Ernaux (France) and Assia Djebar (North Africa).  Post-colonial angst and cross-cultural misunderstanding are the focus of the study of Aminata Sow Fall’s Douceurs du bercail (Senegal, West Africa) by Dr. Natalie Edwards (Wagner College).  Two chapters focus on Caribbean authors, from Guadeloupe:  Dr. Debra Popkin (Baruch College CUNY) analyzes Gisèle Pineau’s special relationship with grandmother who gave her a sense of cultural identity; Dr. Leah Tolbert Lyons (Middle Tennessee State University) discusses the negative impact of the bad mothering in Myriam Warner-Vieyra’s first novel, As the Sorcerer Said … Three chapters are devoted to writers from French-speaking Canada:  Dr. Myrna Delson-Karan (St. John’s University) traces the portraits of children and adolescents in the works of Gabrielle Roy; Dr. Pascale Vergereau-Dewey (Kutztown University, Pennsylvania) explores the tormented childhood of Marie-Claire Blais’s Pauline Archange;  Dr. Edith B. Vandervoort (Defense Language Institute in Monterey)  examines the search for identity and tortured father-daughter relationships in the novels of Gabrielle Gourdeau, Monique Proulx, and Marie Laberge (contemporary writers from Quebec),   The seven chapters in this book explore the challenges faced by women from late 19th century through the 20th and into the 21st century as they gradually gained a voice to express their changing roles in society.  

Themes to be examined include sexual awakening, teenage pregnancy, and the rituals of coming of age.  Conflicts occur between daughter and parents who inculcate traditional values and try to restrict their child's freedom. 

The importance of writing as a source of liberation and self-definition will be explored in light of the young girl’s quest for freedom.   Why write memoirs? Why write in French? These issues are discussed especially in cases where French is the language of the colonizer (Assia Djebar and Gisèle Pineau) or where French is essential to the preservation of one’s cultural identity, as it is for Quebec writers. 

This book will be a fine resource for college and university professors and students in programs of French, Women's Studies, and French/Francophone Literature as well as African, Caribbean, and Quebec Studies.





",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-11-01,Emily Smith,"Triumphant Bodies: Sexual Political Conquest in Women’s Published Writing, 1660-1763",Hardback,9781847183637,29.99,"Triumphant Bodies: Sexual-Political Conquest in British Women’s Published Writing, 1660-1769 builds on recent scholarship such as Ros Ballaster’s Seductive Forms and Catherine Gallagher’s Nobody’s Story in order to draw attention to professional female authors’ use of a pliant vocabulary of sexuality and politics during the eighteenth century.  Throughout the study, Smith emphasizes the blending of gendered, sexed, and politicized language—a blending that allowed women to provocatively challenge, undermine, and rearticulate the terms of power and authority that were available to them in the literary marketplace.  
Triumphant Bodies centers on Aphra Behn, Mary Wortley Montagu, Charlotte Lennox, and Frances Brooke, with additional glances toward their contemporaries, including John Dryden, John Wilmot, Earl of Rochester, Delarivier Manley, Henry Fielding, Anne Finch, Mary Leapor, Alexander Pope, Jonathan Swift, and Horace Walpole.  Smith positions women’s writing within dominant traditions but argues that women writers simultaneously understood themselves s part of a gendered trajectory.  By drawing together a diverse and expansive range of texts by women, this study suggests the complexity of any attempt to define women’s authorial triumphs during this period of tremendous vigor and transformation in the literary marketplace.





",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-12-01,Linda Risso,"Divided we stand: The French and Italian political parties and the rearmament of West Germany, 1949-1955 ",Hardback,9781847183644,39.99,"The history of German rearmament and the launch of the European integration process are fascinating as well as challenging. In the early Fifties, the fears about the rise of  a ‘new Wehrmacht’ and the need to defend the nation-state clashed with the ambition to build an effective Western European defence system and the desire to achieve economic and political integration.  These were deeply divisive issues and produced one of the most passionate political debates in post-WWII European history. There were fierce clashes in the various parliaments and in the streets of the main European towns rallies and demonstrations often degenerated into street fights with the police. Going beyond the traditional history of diplomatic relations, Risso’s book offers a comparative examination of the role of non-state actors, such as pressure groups and political parties, and of political actors, such as the military, in France and Italy.  Risso’s detailed study of how the main political groupings responded to the question of German rearmament, and of their frequent internal debates is based on a wide range of new primary sources from numerous European archives. This book therefore offers an innovative and stimulating examination of the impact that such debates had on society and on the French and Italian political systems as a whole. 











",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-12-01,Adrian Webb,The PDS – A symbol of eastern German identity?,Hardback,9781847183699,39.99,"Die Linke (the Left) is now Germany’s third largest political party and the fourth largest political grouping in the Bundestag, Germany’s parliament. Die Linke, however, is the result of a fusion in June 2007 between the left wing of the German social democratic party (SPD) and the Partei des demokratischen Sozialismus (PDS), the successor to East Germany’s former, effectively Communist, ruling party, the SED. In practice, the PDS contributed 60,000 of the new party’s 72,000 members, making Die Linke an essentially eastern German party. Moreover, the PDS had been unique in enjoying a level of electoral success denied to other Communist successor parties which had not turned themselves into mainstream social democratic parties within the new liberal democratic order.

This book, employing the period 2001–03 for its detailed analysis, suggests that this uniqueness is best understood as either an expression of eastern German “national” sentiment or as deriving from a reinterpretation of Marxism attuned to the interests of a democratic, twenty-first century society, and the book explores these alternative understandings in turn. Noting both the historic distinctiveness of German capitalism and the contradictions within German communism, it concludes that the PDS, now fused in Die Linke, remains nourished by the particularism of eastern Germany.






",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2007-12-12,Jurgita Šiaučiūnaitė-Verbickienė and Larisa Lempertienė,Jewish Space in Central and Eastern Europe: Day-to-Day History,Hardback,9781847183552,34.99,"This volume is a compilation of articles written by renowned scholars and promising young researchers, in which the Jewish space is revealed as diverse forms of life and relations that developed in the rich context of urbanism, social life, leisure and economic activities, and coexistence with the non-Jewish world. Having undergone various transformations, the Jewish space has preserved its authenticity and individuality. In the book, the Jewish space is analysed in a wide chronological perspective from the viewpoint of literature, history, architecture and social relations. This volume will be of interest to anyone interested in various forms of entertainment (sports, leisure, cabaret parties), living, participation in social life, reading and writing of Jews in Eastern European towns and shtetls in the 19th and early 20th century.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-01-01,Pedro Ruiz-Castell,Astronomy and Astrophysics in Spain (1850-1914),Hardback,9781847184399,39.99,"This book explores the progress of astronomy and astrophysics in Spain during the second half of the nineteenth and the beginning of the twentieth century. In fact, it covers a period in which astronomy passed from a position of weakness to one of strength, as manifested by the size and diversity of the community of practitioners. This progress of Spanish astronomy has to be understood in the broader context of the modernizing ideals that took root in the country during the late nineteenth century. But it was essentially the fortuitous convergence of the eclipses of 1900 and 1905 what opened up a new period for the development of astronomy and astrophysics in Spain. These astronomical events brought astronomers from across the world to this country and thereby gave Spanish astronomers an opportunity for international contacts, which led to the inclusion of Spanish scholars into an international astronomical community in the process of becoming institutionalised. This work, which makes a significant contribution to our understanding of the emergence and progress of astronomy and astrophysics in Spain from the second half of the nineteenth century, is impressively documented with printed sources and manuscripts. The result is a ""punchy"" text, sustained by a rich body of evidence and ideas.


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-01-01,Elaine Arnold and Bernadette Hawkes,Internalising the Historical Past: Issues for Separation and Moving On,Hardback,9781847184030,24.99,"The Separation and the Reunion Forum has as its aim the raising of awareness on the sometimes traumatic effects of broken attachments, separation and loss on families. This book is a compilation of some of the papers from their Sixth Annual Conference, which addresses the history of the deliberate separation of families through slavery from Africa to the Americas and the Caribbean and the lack of attention to the affective issues on the enslaved. It is set in the context of attachment theory and aims to discuss the remnants of the psychological trauma of slavery on the descendants of those who had been enslaved. The papers explore the migrants’ relationships with the past as they struggle to cope with their lives in the present, and the need to consider plans for their future in a society which in some aspects retains attitudes and practices regrettably unchanged since emancipation.

The book  aims to inform  about the background of African Caribbean people now living in Britain. It also aims  to promote discussion among those who have experienced separation and loss, among teachers, social workers, probation officers, and officers of Youth Offending teams and those who work with individuals of African Caribbean backgrounds. It gives information on the concepts of Attachment Theory and gives examples of how counsellors and therapists may utilise these in working with individuals whose present behaviour may indicate the adverse effects of suffered broken attachments separation and loss.  





",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-01-01,Laura Hapke,Labor’s Canvas: American Working-Class History and the WPA Art of the 1930s,Hardback,9781847184153,34.99,"At an unprecedented and probably unique American moment, laboring people were indivisible from the art of the 1930s. By far the most recognizable New Deal art employed an endless frieze of white or racially ambiguous machine proletarians, from solo drillers to identical assembly line toilers. Even today such paintings, particularly those with work themes, are almost instantly recognizable. Happening on a Depression-era picture, one can see from a distance the often simplified figures, the intense or bold colors, the frozen motion or flattened perspective, and the uniformity of laboring bodies within an often naive realism or naturalism of treatment. In a kind of Social Realist dance, the FAP’s imagined drillers, haulers, construction workers, welders, miners, and steel mill workers make up a rugged industrial army.
In an unusual synthesis of art and working-class history, Labor’s Canvas argues that however simplified this golden age of American worker art appears from a post-modern perspective, The New Deal’s Federal Art Project (FAP), under the aegis of the Works Progress Administration (WPA), revealed important tensions. Artists saw themselves as cultural workers who had much in common with the blue-collar workforce. Yet they struggled to reconcile social protest and aesthetic distance.  Their canvases, prints, and drawings registered attitudes toward laborers as bodies without minds often shared by the wider culture. In choosing a visual language to reconnect workers to the larger society, they tried to tell the worker from the work with varying success. 
Drawing on a wealth of social documents and visual narratives, Labor’s Canvas engages in a bold revisionism. Hapke examines how FAP iconography both chronicles and reframes working-class history. She demonstrates how the New Deal’s artistically rendered workforce history reveals the cultural contradictions about laboring people evident even in the depths of the Great Depression, not the least in the imaginations of the FAP artists themselves. 

















","""Laura Hapke offers us a marvelous view of under-appreciated and unappreciated labor art in an era when labor emerged at the center of the struggle for democracy in America. Hapke's deft eye, her meticulous research, her fine writing all work together to provide the reader an understanding of art history as well as social history. The illustrations in this book, carefully selected, will bring the reader additional joy and insight: it will be a book to look at, enjoy and appreciate for a long time.""
—Paul Buhle, Senior Lecturer, Brown University, Editor, ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE AMERICAN LEFT, also INSURGENT IMAGES, THE AGITPROP MURALS OF MIKE ALEWITZ, and other volumes.

“This elaborately detailed yet analytical work does for American labor art in the twentieth century what Hapke’s previously published Labor’s Text did for imaginative literature of the working class: it contextualizes, distinguishes among approaches, and explores the contradictions and singularities among the artists as well as their sponsors and partisans. The productions of the Federal Arts Project are shown to be anything but monolithic; the relationship of the art to trade unionism and the rise of the CIO is studied in depth, as is the struggle for presence among women and racial and ethnic minorities. 
Hapke’s study is not only encyclopedic but constantly engrossing. In her keeping, the collective body and the individual face of the worker under representation are equally well served.” 
—John Crawford, publisher of West End Press  (USA)

""In each of her half a dozen books, she [Hapke] engages a prismatic scholarly approach, cutting into a particular vein of history or culture and bringing its rich material to the surface. She resists theoretical fads and grounds her work in a Gramscian commitment to use her prowess as a scholar to tell the larger story of working class people in American history.

The structure of Labor's Canvas provides a valuable historical chronology and narrative...it is a dense book written by an exemplary scholar for other scholars. Her notes and bibliographic sources, true for all her books, are genuine contributions to scholarly research within the confines of the book and beyond.""

---Janet Zandy (Professor of Language and Literature, Rochester Institute of Technology) in Working USA, October 2008

""This valuable book adds further weight to the arguments that the New Deal was a phenomenon much further than the left previously believed, and that the influence and scope of the Communist Party was greater than conventional literature suggests""

Gerald Mayer, Professor of History, CUNY in American Communist History Vol. 8, No. 1, 2009

""Labor's Canvas will be of great interest not only to scholars of American art and history, but also to artists who are committed to aligning their artistic practice with the struggles of organized labor at the beginning of the twenty-fist century.""

Frances Pohl, Chair of Art and Art History, Pomona College in Journal of Working Class Studies Association, Dec. 2008

""In addition to its excellent introduction, Hapke's book consists of seven chapters on topics about the Federal Arts Project ranging from women, African Americans, to the depiction of masses of workers - listening to speakers, marching, or purposelessly milling about. Some chapters feature reproductions of aptly chosen representative works. While all of the essays couls stand alone as publishable essays, each enriches the others; and all succeed in responding to the stated thesis of the book.

Though primarily a work of art history, whichi significantly contributes to an important period in American art, Labor's Canvas also sheds a broader light. This valuable book adds further weight to the arguments that the New Deal was a phenomenon much further Left than previously believed and that the influence and scope of the Communist Party was greater than the conventional literature asserts.""

Gerald Meyer in Political Affairs, 2010





",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-01-01,"Mary Carr, K.P. Clarke and Marco Nievergelt",On Allegory: Some Medieval Aspects and Approaches (with an Introduction by Eric Stanley and an Afterword by Vincent Gillespie),Hardback,9781847184009,34.99,"This collection of essays focuses on the ubiquity of the allegorical imagination in pre-modern western culture, and participates in a recent wave of resurgence of interest in the complex practices and ideas usually defined by the word ""allegory"". The contributors study the impact of the allegorical imagination on the production, reception and interpretation of literature, as well as its function as a tool of philosophical and theological enquiry, and its role in shaping the visual arts. Essays focus on subjects as varied as the general theories on allegory, allegory's relation to the human imagination, its usefulness or even inevitability as a human mode of cognition and its potential for the encoding of meanings that may be political, historical, religious and amorous. They discuss canonical figures such as Petrarch, Boccaccio, Boethius, Hans Memling, Pico della Mirandola, King James I and John Donne, but extend to include neglected but equally important figures such as Stephen Hawes or Thomas Usk as well as thematic approaches less concerned with issues of authority and authorship. As such the collection is a testimony to the variety, complexity, and adaptability of ""allegory"" at the heart of medieval western civilisation. 




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-01-01,Paul Long,Only in the Common People: The Aesthetics of Class in Post-War Britain,Hardback,9781847184177,39.99,"“corrupt and moronic though the common people are seemingly becoming ... only in the common people can the true work be rooted, the true tradition rediscovered and re-informed” Charles Parker, BBC Radio Producer 1959.

In 1958, in his best-selling book Culture and Society, Raymond Williams identified working-class culture as ‘a key issue in our own time’. Why this happened and how this subject was thought about and acted upon is the focus of this book. Paul Long investigates a variety of projects and practices that were designed to describe, validate, reclaim, rejuvenate or generate ‘authentic’ working-class culture as part of the re-imagining of Britishness in the context of the post-war settlement.

Detailed case studies cover the wartime cultural activities of CEMA – the forerunner of the Arts Council - the Folk Revival, the impact of Richard Hoggart’s The Uses of Literacy, broadcasting and the radio work of Charles Parker, Ewan MacColl and Peggy Seeger, the roots of modern arts festivals in Arnold Wesker’s Centre 42 project as well as the impact of progressive education on children’s writing and the politics of the English language.

‘Only in the Common People: The Aesthetics of Class in Post-War Britain’ examines the assumptions, idealism and prejudices behind these projects and the terms of class as ‘the preoccupation of a generation’. This approach offers a historicisation of the broader ideas and debates that informed the development of the New Left and British social history and cultural theory, offering an understanding of the rise of respect for ‘the common man’.


","
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-01-01,Jean Mitchell,Storm and Dissonance: L. M. Montgomery and Conflict,Hardback,9781847184337,39.99,"This collection of essays explores the darker side of L.M. Montgomery’s fiction and life writing.  An international best-selling novelist, Montgomery’s many novels, particularly Anne of Green Gables, have enchanted readers for over a century.  However, Montgomery’s own disenchantment made evident with the posthumous publication of her private journals, ruptured the easy conflation of Montgomery as author and person. The tension between public enchantment and private discontent informs Montgomery’s work and life. By exploring the more transgressive aspects of Montgomery’s writing, these essays provide new insights into the complexity of her work and life. Montgomery’s gentle landscapes and optimistic stories, as the authors suggest, often contain undercurrents of anger, malice, obsession, loss and violence. As one contributor, Margaret Doody, argues “destructiveness plays around the edges of all of her fiction.”  Essays explore the anguish of mother loss, her ambivalent depictions of the maternal, the experiences War and the Great Depression as well as a range of issues related to gender, class, nature and social and cultural change.  Attention to the dissonance and conflict as these essays demonstrates, provides compelling and new space for theoretical readings of  Montgomery’s work.

","“In the past quarter century, L. M. Montgomery has emerged as the most internationally influential Canadian writer of the first half of the 20th century . . . Feminism and cultural studies took a sledgehammer to the modernists and other critics who had trashed her books, deeming them suitable only for undiscriminating people (such as women and children). This coincided with the publication, starting in 1985, of Montgomery’s own personal journals, kept from 1889 to 1942.  They revealed an incredibly complex and well-read woman, one as witty as she was tortured. . . . In this remarkable collection of essays, scholars delve into ‘the surprising darkness, the unexpected violence, . . .’ that haunt the margins of Montgomery’s work before the reader gets to her ‘happy endings.’”

Mary Henley Rubio, Professor Emeritus, University of Guelph, Ontario, Canada.

“Storm and Dissonance is a collection of inter-related essays that explore how and why Montgomery’s ‘gentle landscapes and optimistic stories contain undercurrents of anger, malice, relentless gossip, obsession, and violence.’ Brilliantly edited and introduced by Island-born Anthropologist Jean Mitchell, the essays enrich our understanding of Montgomery’s complex ways of coding experiences and perceptions.  This book is a must-read for anyone interested in Montgomery’s artistry and in her creation of cultural images that resonate more than one hundred years later.”

Elizabeth Rollins Epperly, author of Through Lover’s Lane: L. M. Montgomery’s Photography and Visual Imagination (2007).

""Mitchell has brought together many prominent Montgomery scholars, impressive in the range of their critical methods and perspectives, for a roundtable discussion that provides constant surprises, including penetrating essays by Carole Gerson, Margaret Doody, and Benjamin Lefebvre, to name only a few ... Both students and seasoned Montgomery scholars will delight in the thought-provoking research perspectives that these authors undertake.""

Sean Somers, Canadian Literature No. 202, Autumn 2009
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-02-01,"Jessica Goethals, Valerie McGuire and Gaoheng Zhang",Power and Image in Early Modern Europe,Hardback,9781847184450,34.99,"     Are images and spectacles fundamental mediators of power relationships in the West? This book draws upon the language of cultural studies to investigate a contemporary hypothesis in the shifting ideological landscape of early modern Europe. Apparently aesthetic choices by artists may also have been the means to consolidate and subvert institutionalized or non-institutionalized bodies of power. Meanwhile, communities in Europe reacted to the intrinsic power of the image in literature and letters, commenting upon both its use and abuse. 

     Both diachronic and geographic connections are made among disparate but important moments of image making in the twelfth through seventeenth centuries. The influence of Descartes is traced from La Rochefoucauld and the communal spectacles of the Ancien Régime salon, to the Netherlands and Rembrandt’s sketch, Death of the Virgin. Shakespeare bears similar anxieties about Joan of Arc’s transgression of gender boundaries in Henry VI, as does Castiglione’s Courtier when serving the Renaissance Prince. Spenser’s dilemma about the (non)difference between fiction and history resolves itself in the same way as does the Byzantine rejection of iconoclasm. Other articles in the collection examine anomie in Vatican frescoes by Giorgio Vasari, corporeal decay and the supernatural as spectacle on the early modern English stage, and affective self-perception and subjectivity in the scoring of Italian opera.

""""[..] not as ""just"" a conference volume, but [as] an organic group of essays on early modernity. The essays span an impressive number of
cultures – from ""Byzantium"" to England, Italy and Spain to the Netherlands – and theorize the image from a number of disciplinary
vantage points. Not surprisingly, art history and theatre are well-represented, but so are music history and literary studies. Most
of the essays are short, but sufficiently developed to allow for thoughtful arguments on the status of the visual in early modern
culture: on the stage, on the page, and as artistic and musical representation. […] ""they [do] deliver fine close readings and leave me sufficiently intrigued to want to return to, or familiarize myself with, the original ""texts."" I come away from this collection encouraged about the state of graduate studies in Europe and North America.""
—Jane Tylus, Professor of Italian and Comparative Literature and Vice Provost for Academic Affairs, New York University

""The essays are interdisciplinary and touch upon many themes that lie outside my own field of specialization. I was therefore surprised and pleased to find them not only original and instructive, but also inviting and accessible to the non-specialist.
Although they range far with respect to chronology and theoretical suppositions, they are coherently united in their concern for the functioning of the image in the conservation, revision or critique of socio-political power in their respective cultural contexts. I will mention three essays, representing three different fields, as striking examples of disparate images used to consolidate, reconstruct or overthrow the dominant powers of their times.
Kathryn Falzareno's essay, ""Mother's Milk and Deborah's Sword,"" is a close reading of Shakespeare's portrayal of Joan of Arc in Henry VI. It is a close analysis of the paradoxical status of Joan, Saint of the French, strumpet for the English, Christian warrior maiden, contrasting with Deborah in the Ancient Testament. The dominant and totally unexpected image which brings together the contradictions embodied by Joan are the breasts, the source of nurture in the figure of Mary, but an encumbrance for the mythological amazons who removed one breast to facilitate their use of the bow.  
Ljubica Ilic's ""Echo and Narcissus: Labyrinths of the Self,"" is an elegant reading of ""echo music,"" the apparently impossible ""translation"" of the Ovidian story into music and opera. Ovid's story represents the nymph Echo as the auditory equivalent of Narcissus' reflection -- echoing sound as reflecting light. Ovid's echo myth undoubtedly influenced opera by Jacopo Peri (during the time of the Medici) and then, Monteverdi in the musical setting of ""Orfeo."" 
       Finally, Elissa Auerbach's ""Taking Mary's Pulse: Cartesianism and Modernity in Rembrandt's 'Death of the Virgin' "" is a brilliant commentary on the Dutch painter's rendering of an ancient theme, the ""dormition"" of the Virgin, but at the center of the painting is the figure of a physician taking the pulse of her limp hand. The intrusion of this ""scientific"" element in the ancient iconography of the event of Mary's death is the unmistakeable sign of the wave of modernity that swept over the Netherlands with the popularity of Cartesian philosophy and science.""
—John Freccero, Professor of Italian and Comp. Lit., NYU 





","""Power and Image in Early Modern Europe is a collection of interdisciplinary conference proceedings, all of whose contributors are ambitious graduate students with broad interests in critical theory and practice...this ambitious little volume is well worth scanning for the innovative approaches that so many of its contributors have to offer.""

Catherine Gimelli Martin, University of Wisconsin in The Sixteenth Century Journal, Vol. XLI, No. 3, 2010
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-02-01,Pauline Blanc,Selfhood on the Early Modern English Stage,Hardback,9781847184511,34.99,"The twelve essays in Selfhood on the Early Modern English Stage analyse the influences that shaped the fictional constructs that inhabited the drama of the early modern period. The contributors, all specialists in the field working in France and England, offer a wide spectrum of views and discuss a variety of dramatic texts ranging from late medieval cycle plays and interludes of the Tudor period, to plays by Marlowe, Shakespeare, Tourneur and Jonson. The early modern stage self emerges out of this collection as the site of a rich confluence of discursive and historical forces existing beyond the theatre itself.

Three essays in the first section reveal how abstract figures like Mundus and Mankind gradually became endowed with personal motives and personalizing traits which brought into existence stage beings with a capacity for emotion. In the second section, three essays deal with specific cultural factors that influenced the representation of selfhood in John Lyly’s Alexander, in Marlowe’s Tamburlaine, and in a selection of Stuart court masques presented at Whitehall. The third section offers new insights into the composition of Hamlet as a dramatized personality; the fourth investigates the way in which the poet-playwright’s autobiographical impulses may have helped in the construction of early modern stage selves; the final, fifth section explores the kaleidoscopic sources of the royal protagonists in Rowley’s When You See Me, You Know Me, and Shakespeare’s Richard III. 

This collection of essays seeks to add a further contribution to the growing body of criticism that investigates the multi-facetted, multi-layered  construction of early modern subjectivity.   


","“This volume will repay study, both by those interested in one of the key concepts of the early modern period and by those interested in drama and theatre. Significantly these essays eschew monolithic concepts of the self, especially those derived from social constructions.  Instead we encounter a kaleidoscopic mixture of considerations of the relationships  between sources of the self and  grammar, theatricalisation, intertextuality, sources and analogues (including Arabic texts), the visual arts and psychology,  signatures, and myth.. The range of plays matches the range of approaches.”
							
Michael Hattaway, Emeritus Professor of English Literature,  University of Sheffield

“Where there are representations of dramatic characters in action and conflict, there are representations of persons shaped by the intimations of selfhood that constitute individuality, identity, beliefs, desires, tastes, and volition in their public and private manifestations. In this collection of twelve complementary essays covering the English Renaissance theatre from its late medieval inception to the first half of the seventeenth century, the representation of selfhood is examined from the allegorical representations of the generic human soul in a spiritualized universe to the secular psyche caught in the throes of overwhelming emotion. Challenging critical questions arise with each contributor, whether selfhood is mimetic or constructed, whether the dramatized personality is best understood by the actor or the critic, whether the strong masculine style of rulership of the Henrican period can be replicated in the new bureaucratic age of the Stuarts, whether selfhood is socially and contextually generated or arises from autonomous interiority, or whether playwrights model their plays upon autobiographical impulses, to mention but a few. Many plays from the period receive detailed attention, and the collection is full of novel insights. These are probing, well-written essays with a remarkable breadth of approaches and innovative perspectives—as good an investigation into the perplexing matter of selfhood on the early modern stage as can be found.”

Donald Beecher, Professor of English, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada



",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-02-01,Sue Thomas,"Victorian Traffic: Identity, Exchange, Performance",Hardback,9781847184559,39.99,"Organised around the themes Home and Abroad, Performative Traffic, and Image, Circulation, Mobility, Victorian Traffic: Identity, Performance, Exchange variously addresses the cultural dimensions of traffic in the long Victorian period: cross-cultural experience; colonial and racial imaginaries; everyday, literary, autobiographical and professional stagings of identity; and trade in metaphors, communications, texts, images, celebrity, character types, and quilts. 

The concept of traffic underpins historical interpretation and theoretical formulations, and the rhetorics of trade in Victorian usage are contextualised. Understandings of identity emphasise the performative and the negotiation of agency in relation to social and cultural scriptings of gender, class, ethnicity and community. The essays have a wide global range and reach.

""This collection of essays takes as its theme an enormously important concept for the nineteenth century: traffic, a term that, in a time of unprecedented commercial and imperial expansion, technological developments, population growth and urbanization, acquired new resonance, and came to signify the intensely transactional nature of modernity. One of Ruskin’s most searing critiques of the spiritual condition of England, an invited lecture he delivered in 1864 on the topic of the Bradford Exchange, is entitled ‘Traffic’, and the word clearly signifies for him all that is wrong with post-industrial capitalism.  But this stimulating volume encompasses a range of other significations that have additionally come to accrue around the term, relating for example to inter-cultural exchange, to the circulation of ideas and images, to the commodification of identity, and to literature, art and performance in the market place. 
The scope of the collection is, appropriately, global, including essays on England’s relations of exchange with Australia, New Zealand, North America, the Far East, and the Caribbean. What we are shown ineluctably is that the traffic between Victorian Britain and the reaches of empire, between Home and Abroad, was two-way, a vehicle for cross-cultural encounter, mediation and trade; and that cultural identity is relational, circulatory and always in motion.""
—Hilary Fraser, Birkbeck, University of London





",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-04-01,"Gašper Troha, Vanesa Matajc and Gregor Pompe ",History and its Literary Genres,Hardback,9781847185242,29.99,"It was traditionally accepted (already in Poetics by Aristotle) that historiographic representations of historical events were more objective than literary ones that belonged to the realm of fiction. In the last 30 years with the breaking of the “Rankeian” faith in the attainable scientific objectivity of historiography it became clear that these two disciplines are not as apart as we might have thought. However, it is not merely the question whether or not we can attain a certain degree of objectivity in both historiography and literature, which is at the core of this book, but rather, what are the means and consequences of contemporary interactions of historiography and art.
To be able to open a debate on this issue, the editors gathered scientists from different professional and cultural background (historians, comparative literature scientists and musicologists from different parts of Europe). The result deconstructs not only a belief that historiography can and should be more objective than literature, it also shows that literary history at its very beginning in the 19th Century was crucially influenced by a popular concept of the so called organicism. Furthermore, it shows in several case studies the social consequences of particular representations of history and at the end even doubts that we can speak of historical genres in all forms of art (e.g. in the opera). 


Gasper Troha and Vanesa Matajc teach in the Department of Comparative Literature and Literary Theory at University of Ljubljana.
Gregor Pompe teaches in the Department of Musicology at University of Ljubljana.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-04-01,Marija Knežević and Aleksandra Nikčević-Batrićević,"History, Politics, Identity: Reading Literature in a Changing World",Hardback,9781847185099,29.99,"Contributions reprinted in this book highlight some of the wide ranging ways in which the issues of culture and identity can be approached in a literary text, while focusing on the ways in which cultural encounters have been changing both the world and its reflection in literature. The beginning of the twenty first century is an appropriate time to repay careful attention to these issues. Understanding how our perception of the Other changes with the concept of the world we inhabit, we want to emphasize the rising importance of fostering cultural pluralism and global understanding. 

For its argumentation strongly founded in recent literary studies and humanities in general, its interdisciplinary nature and its focus on the actual global problems of abrupt cultural change and exchange, its heightened understanding of the necessity of coexistence of differences in a changing world, its spirit of tolerance, and its international spirit in general, we assume this collection will not only attract academic literary scholars but will also appeal to the general reading public.


","""The essays gathered here … must speak for themselves. Nonetheless, in their different ways, they address a common core of questions arising from the global nature of problems concerning history, ideology and identity. They do so by employing those strategies of literary investigation that have emerged over the last four decades, in particular by deconstructing texts to expose their internal contradictions and patterns of opposition, which are so important in determining their ideological standpoint. This is not to say that the essays themselves wish to persuade readers to an ideological position; nor does it mean that they are innocent and neutral readings of the texts they discuss. But it is hoped that this volume will reflect the spirit of tolerance, the recognition of and respect for difference in a changing and globalised world.""
—Peter Preston, University of Nottingham

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-04-01,Farzana Moon,Holocaust of the East,Hardback,9781847184986,34.99,"Holocaust of the East is a remembrance of the tragedies past, recounting the partition of Hindustan into India and Pakistan.  Through the mirror of history polished by time, this book hopes to lend the light of harmony through its own candid reflection.  It is a book of reckoning, staying afloat over the ocean of vengeance and bloodshed.  Love to the right; hate to the left, cruelty in the foreground, compassion in the background.  All rooted solid in the marshland of a paradox.  Evil and good run parallel amidst the mass exodus of Sikhs, Hindus and Muslims; never meeting in twain, and filling the craters of the great divide with million dead, mutilated and slaughtered.  Paradoxically, all the horrors and atrocities in the aftermath of partition in this book strive toward awakening the cosmic compassion of the world.  A world, which could transcend above the petty conflicts of power and possession?  A world within worlds where all creeds and nations could take pride in sharing the rosary of love, peace and harmony for the benefit of humanity in its evolution toward unity, preserving only the pearls of intellect and understanding.


""Farzana Moon’s earlier writings are vivid evocations of life on the Indian subcontinent, bringing a rich depiction of a world too little known to American readers.  Holocaust of the East promises to match her previous work.  She brings the harsh and tragic history of Hindustan to bear on doubled love stories, as tragic as the peoples who are ripped apart by their country’s partition.  The effect on ordinary people of political power plays is powerfully shown, in story that is deeply engrossing.  Recommended highly for all those wanting to learn more of the events which have shaped the last half century in an area of the world which is becoming increasing more important to American interests, both business and political.""

 Alan Woods, Director of Lawrence and Lee Theatre Research Institute, Ohio State University, Columbus OH



""Storytelling is a powerful teacher.  We live our lives through our stories which can become, through reflection, lessons learned.  A story of life, one truly told, is always explored through binary opposites.  To ""truly"" tell an event is to recount its history from all points of view.   

Holocaust of the East engages the reader in the exploration of a tragedy that expands the definition of the word 'holocaust'. This book by Farzana Moon explores the concept of love in a world of madness.  The unfolding of this remarkable story offers a view of history where love becomes a question in the past and an answer for the future. ""

Susan L. Brenner, Ph.D., Core Faculty, College of Education, Capella University





","

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-04-01,Guido Rings and Anne Ife,Neo-Colonial Mentalities in Contemporary Europe? Language and Discourse in the Construction of Identities,Hardback,9781847185129,34.99,"In the rapidly evolving context of contemporary Europe many citizens have previous experience of colonial, or neo-colonial, forms of domination. This raises questions about the impact of such experiences on the shaping of identities within an environment that is itself constantly evolving. How do such people see themselves and their community? How are they perceived? What effect does this have on their integration into the wider European community? This timely volume brings together a series of papers which explore such questions through the discourse relating to those people, both self- and other-generated. 

The originality of this book stems not only from its thematic focus but also from the multi-national, multi-disciplinary background of the contributions which offer new interpretations and analyses, in particular within a framework of post-colonial and critical discourse theory. Contributors from across Europe and North America bring perspectives from applied linguistics, language and literary studies, communication studies, sociology, and social psychology. Primary texts examined include literature, news media, film, political discourse, both written and spoken, and original interview data. Language is observed both in its usage and for its participatory role in identity formation.

Three different groupings are identified for observation, namely: 1) migrant diasporas originating from the traditional areas of European colonisation in Africa and Asia; 2) citizens of newer member states of the European Union, including former Soviet satellite states like Latvia, or aspiring members, like Turkey; and 3) a number of regional groups (Irish, Welsh), whose relationship with the central government shares neo-colonial characteristics.

The book is intended for all those interested in understanding the factors influencing the rapidly evolving character of Europe and its populations, and is intended to form a platform for future exploration and research in this area.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-04-01,Jennifer Birkett and Stan Smith,Right / Left / Right  Revolving Commitments: France and Britain 1929-1950,Hardback,9781847185112,34.99,"By the late 1920s, the European mood had changed from postwar disenchantment, nihilism or apolitical hedonism to a more serious engagement with a politics of crisis, economic collapse and social and cultural disintegration. The emergence of fascist movements throughout Europe, the failure of the social democracies to respond adequately to their threat, and the consequent rise to influence of an authoritarian, Moscow-dominated Communism found the European intelligentsia in ferment in the early 1930s. The deeply ambiguous mood of the years preceding Hitler’s accession to power in 1933 led many writers to espouse authoritarian and radical allegiances of Left or Right, or to vacillate between extremes. In the mid 1930s, a shift in Comintern policy to class collaboration strategies against fascism appeared to be vindicated by the election of Popular Front governments in Spain and France. The Spanish Civil War and Hitler’s seizure of Austria and Czechoslovakia in 1938 put such strategies under strain, until they were destroyed by the Nazi-Soviet Pact and the partition of Poland in late 1939. The Second World War saw the final dissolution of the old Left consensus, bringing new disillusions, or the hardening of commitments to rigid dogmas, or renunciation of political commitment altogether. Extending from the origins of the European crisis in the late 1920s to its consequences in the aftermath of World War II, this collection of essays examines the complex and contradictory responses in British and French intellectual and cultural circles to that key political moment of the twentieth century, when, as Leon Trotsky put it in 1932, history was poised like a ball on top of a pyramid, and “the slightest impact [could] cause it to roll down either to the left or to the right.” It offers a review of the radical shifts and reversals of political allegiance over this period in France and Britain, seeks to explore some of the tensions and confusions in cultural and everyday life that produced them, and presents a comparative account of writers who have shaped subsequent understanding of these two momentous decades.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-04-01,Miranda Anderson,The Book of the Mirror: An Interdisciplinary Collection Exploring the Cultural Story of the Mirror,Paperback,9781847184825,24.99,"The essays in this book are gathered together from the realms of art, literature, history, archaeology, philosophy and science. Together they weave a picture that gives us new insights into the mirror as a material object and as an image in art and texts. This interdisciplinary and innovative book raises important issues about the material life of an object and its intimate interrelations with socio-cultural imagery. Perceptions of the workings of our cognitive processes and of our subjectivity are shown to be dynamically interwoven with the technological and socio-cultural matrices of particular periods, whilst longer term continuities in the understanding and employment of the mirror reflect underlying continuities in the capacities and constraints of mirrors and of human subjects. This book demonstrates the active role imagery and technologies have always played in our thoughts, lives and worlds.





",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-04-01,Katie Halsey and Jane Slinn,"The Concept and Practice of Conversation in the Long Eighteenth Century, 1688-1848",Hardback,9781847184979,34.99,"This collection of essays brings together eighteenth-century scholars from a variety of disciplines, to discuss conversation in the eighteenth century as concept and practice. At the heart of the volume is a simple question: are eighteenth-century conceptualisations of the role and purpose of conversation still relevant or useful to scholars and thinkers today?  This volume contains essays by leading scholars of the period as well as early career researchers, and answers a need for a broad-ranging discussion of the concept of conversation in the arts, social sciences and humanities. The long eighteenth century is a particularly fruitful starting point for work on this topic, since ideas about conversation permeated all types of writing in this period, from the early forerunners of scientific textbooks to philosophical dialogues. The collection covers an exceptionally wide range of long-eighteenth-century authors, artists, lawmakers, texts and works of art, and, although the focus of the volume is largely on eighteenth-century Britain, the volume takes note of the rich relationships between continental European thought and British intellectual life in the period, and of the influence of British ideas in the newly independent American republic. 







","'The editors offer a collection of ideas and points of view, and every reader will find something provocative’

Pat Michaelson- University of Dallas Texas, Eighteenth-Century Fiction 22, no.4 Summer 2010
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-04-01,"Francis Tobienne, Jr.",The Position of Magic in Selected Medieval Spanish Texts,Hardback,9781847184962,29.99,"“It is difficult to assess an explanation of a belief, or a belief system in words,” Tobienne begins, “and harder still to assign signification to such inexplicable conviction[s].” This book addresses the often blurred line[s] between magic, religion, and science within Spanish literature and history, and is divided into three parts. 

The first section offers a brief overview of Spanish history from the fifth century through the seventh century and looks at the divide between “white” and “black” magic. White magic is often attributed to a divine agency, whereas black magic is the result of dark or demonic influences. 

The second part of the book looks at Alfonso X (also known as el Sabio, or “the Wise”) and his Las Siete Partidas and Lapidario, and the role of how magic was received in the Spanish university system and translating centers and spaces within Alfonso’s court. 

The final section examines two poems: Auto de Los Reyes Magos and the Vida de Santa María Egipciaca in terms of the white magic concepts of mirabilia and miracula.   Collectively, these poems alongside Bishop Isidore of Seville’s Etymologiae contribute to the discourse of a Medieval Spain and its rich, intellectual history and moreover, provides a launching pad into this discussion regarding a small window of quasi-tolerance in Spain amidst Muslims, Jews, and Christians.  






","'...fascinating, clearly organized scholarly text...organised into three easy to follow chapters...covers its subject with clarity and sufficient depth to make its point... This book will repay lengthy study, and would be of great value in any program of medieval studies that at least touches on its twin subjects, magic and medieval Spain. Iread it with pleasure and believe my readers will do the same.'

John McLaughlin, PhD
English Department, East Stroudsburg University, Emeritus

""The author has painstakingly gathered a number of important sources and offers a basic conclusion that the boundaries between magic, religion, and science are ambiguous. The book is especially valuable in its inclusion of works from outside of Spain that aid in illuminating that era's views. It serves as a well researched compliment to the growing corpus of studies of magic in medieval Spain and will serve scholars who wish to pursue further studies in that area.""

~Jennifer M. Corry, Berry College (Mystics Quarterly volume 35, no. 3-4, September/ December 2009)

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-05-01,Edoardo Mungiello,Christ Among Them: Incarnation and Renaissance in Medieval Italian Culture,Hardback,9781847185419,29.99,"This essay newly interprets the rise of the individual within the Italian peninsula between 1180 and 1300. It follows the historical events and the cultural products that define the period keeping in mind that the creators were conscious of a tangible, real Christ in their midst. For it is the time when Jesus was known to be in the Eucharist as a carnal potentiality, as well as a time when Europeans on Crusade had reached his temporal abode. As Christ as neighbor became a consistent idea, the relationship towards that idea became one of accommodation, making subsequent worship a form of individualism. 
The later Renaissance was as much a specific reaction to a particular understanding of Christology within the cultural sphere as it was a reawakening of Classical ideals through a new paradigm of European selfhood outside of Christianity. Understood in this way, the Incarnation helped to produce an action based Christianity amenable to the needs of the Roman Church. The later insistence upon text and notions of personal conscience that identifies the Reformation, can now be seen as a true end to the Renaissance Christian praxis which began with the excitement over Christ among them.



","
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-05-01,Donald Reid,"Germaine Tillion, Lucie Aubrac, and the Politics of Memories of the  French Resistance",Paperback,9781847185525,19.99,"Germaine Tillion, Geneviève de Gaulle Anthonioz, Lucie Aubrac, and Raymond Aubrac were among a small number of French men and women who made the decision to resist early in the Occupation. In the summer of 1940, Marc Bloch analyzed the society in which he lived in order to identify and affirm allegiance to a France truly at odds with that which was taking shape in Vichy. Bloch died in the Resistance, but his life would take on new meanings in the collective memories of postwar France. Confrontation with the Aubracs’ account of their refusal to accept the unacceptable became another  important way the French engaged with the Resistance and its legacy. The acts Tillion took during the French-Algerian War and de Gaulle Anthonioz took when confronted with poverty in the France of the trentes glorieuses, were of a piece with the radical nature of their earlier decision to resist.   
 Evocation of the Resistance provided a basis for France to reconstitute itself with honor after the war. Yet memory of the Resistance could also pose difficult issues for future generations.  Those who came of age in 1968 grappled with the memory of the intrepid resisters of the first years of the war, whose decision to resist stood as an inspiration and a challenge.  Historians, with the imperative to take the mandate to narrate the past from historical actors, to make resisters figures of history, developed complex relationships with those who had resisted. The essays in this collection address how resisters made sense of the wartime and postwar world in terms of their resistance, and how others made sense of the Resistance itself and its legacy by engaging with resisters and their histories.


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-05-01,Gérard Hugues and Karine Hildenbrand,Images of War and War of Images,Hardback,9781847185433,39.99,"Contributors to this volume address the issue of the representation of warfare, in an attempt to assess the veracity or mendacity of war images and their probable impact upon the sequence of events. War images may trigger unfathomable horror or conversely and paradoxically attain sublimity. The margin is sometimes narrow between ethics and aesthetics, let alone the almost irrepressible shift from information to propaganda. 






","




",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-05-01,Simone Celine Marshall,The Female Voice in The Assembly of Ladies: Text and Context in Fifteenth-Century England,Hardback,9781847185709,34.99,"The Assembly of Ladies is a fifteenth-century secular love poem in Middle English that adheres closely to conventional poetic structures, but throws these conventions into relief as it presents the narrative from a woman’s point of view, a rare occurrence for poetry of this period. Who wrote it, for whom and why, are questions about which we can speculate, but never ultimately answer–the poem itself gives us few clues. Yet the poem has had a remarkable shelf-life; in subsequent centuries the poem has continued to be noticed, read, and debated, as a small but significant artefact from fifteenth-century England.
 
This book examines how fifteenth-century English social conventions impact upon gender relations in The Assembly of Ladies. By drawing on contemporary (and clearly influential) texts from the fifteenth century as a comparison, Marshall shows how The Assembly of Ladies has integrated social conventions into its themes and structure, elevating for the reader the ways that social and literary conventions impact on women in the production and consumption of literature.

","
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-05-01,Marie Porter,Transformative Power in Motherwork: A Study of Mothering in the 1950s and 1960s,Hardback,9781847185501,39.99,"This book explores the experiences of a group of Australian women who became first-time mothers between 1950 and 1965. A grounded theory of transformative power in motherwork is presented that has emerged from the analysis of interviews. The mothers talked about what they did in their active mothering years. The author argues that despite being constrained by the gender bias in the patriarchal context, these mothers were agents who developed skills that enabled them to resist or creatively deal with most of the constraints they faced. Their emphasis was on their agency and the power to nurture their children into responsible adults. Their awareness of the importance of their motherwork acted as a motivator in this development.

The author further argues that the relationship between each mother and each of her children is a transformative power relationship in which both mother and child are transformed—the child into an independent adult and the mother into a skilled self-motivated agent through her motherwork. Any threat to this process resulted in the mother doing all she could to resist or counteract the constraint/s she was encountering. Transformative power expressed in motherwork can be recognised analytically by several characteristics. It empowers both parties in the mother–child duality. Complexity, diversity, fluidity, and responsiveness to the physical, intellectual, and emotional aspects of the relationship are all evident in transformative power relationships. 




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-06-01,Julia C. Paulk,Dominant Culture and the Education of Women,Hardback,9781847185730,34.99,"Women’s access to education over the centuries has been determined by many factors, including class, race, religion, and nationality.  Although women’s experiences are marked by a rich diversity, women are in many ways united by their struggle to gain access to education.  While previous essay collections that study this topic have tended to be more limited in scope, Dominant Culture and the Education of Women addresses the educational experiences of women from the fourth to the twenty-first century in Europe and the Americas.  Because of its inclusive nature, this collection demonstrates not only that women have made great strides in education but also that certain challenges have yet to be overcome.  While medieval women faced cloistering and severe restrictions, modern women have gained entry into previously all-male universities and male dominated professions.  However, women under totalitarian regimes or from marginalized communities continue to struggle against patriarchal conceptions of women’s roles and use of the tools of literacy.  This volume will appeal to all who seek new insights into the many subjects related to female education, including women’s studies, education, comparative cultural and literary studies, and history.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-06-01,Aleksandr V. Gevorkyan,How Did I Survive? by Artavazd M. Minasyan,Hardback,9781847186010,24.99,"How Did I Survive? is a book of memoirs of Professor Artavazd M. Minasyan. It is a tale of one man’s life and his survival despite all odds. It is a story that inspires life and hope. It is a story in which good ultimately prevails over evil. It is also a tale of a country that has lived through decades of controversies, destruction and injustice.

The author unveils intricate details of his time, describing his fight for survival and what inspired and gave him strength to go on. Professor A. M. Minasyan was an optimist in his tireless and principled struggle for justice in life and in science. Indeed, the book is a story of his iron will and immense belief in, love for and appreciation of the gift of life, whether in the days of hungry childhood, or enduring through Stalin’s purges, or facing the enemy one-on-one during World War II, or struggling in peacetime for the right to voice alternative views in science.

Covering the period of approximately eighty years from the early 1910s to the early 1990s the narrative coincides with the author’s life-journey, touching upon every significant event of the time and the author’s personal involvement in each case. These situations are not told in simple chronological enumeration, but are enriched with complex nuances. They are analyzed through the prism of time and the author’s adherence to dialectical critique. Hence one man’s life becomes the reflection of the life of the entire country. In this book it happens to be the life of Professor Artavazd M. Minasyan, whose dedication to his family, country, and science was far greater than words could describe.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-08-01,Desmond Hosford and Charles Wrightington,Fortune and Fatality: Performing the Tragic in Early Modern France,Hardback,9781847186553,34.99,"As an aesthetic notion and dramatic genre, tragedy has enjoyed a privileged place in French culture, particularly during the early modern period when debates over its nature and philosophy reflected fascination with a style whose fundamental principles were drawn from ancient Greek sources. Through the works of Pierre Corneille and Jean Racine, routinely cited for an alleged regularity of form and content exemplifying the academic notion of French Classicism, tragedy has grounded the French literary canon. Because of its place at the heart of canonical French literary studies, tragedy’s traditionally prescribed boundaries and interpretations have rarely been questioned. Fortune and Fatality: Performing the Tragic in Early Modern France challenges conventional notions of the nature and function of tragedy and the ends to which philosophical, theatrical, and performative aspects of the tragic were appropriated during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. The scope of material explored in this volume will be of interest not only to scholars and students of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century literature, but to those working in areas such as theater, gender studies, aesthetics, history, religion, philosophy, classics, and cultural studies. 








",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-08-01,"Carolina Armenteros, Tim Blanning, Isabel DiVanna and Dawn Dodds",Historicising the French Revolution,Hardback,9781847186409,39.99,"Three decades ago, François Furet famously announced that the French Revolution was over. Napoleon's armies ceased to march around Europe long ago, and Louis XVIII even returned to occupy the throne of his guillotined brother. And yet the Revolution’s memory continues to hold sway over imaginations and cultures around the world. This sway is felt particularly strongly by those who are interested in history: for the French Revolution not only altered the course of history radically, but became the fountainhead of historicism and the origin of the historical mentality. 

The sixteen essays collected in this volume investigate the Revolution’s intellectual and material legacies. From popular culture to education and politics, from France and Ireland to Poland and Turkey, from 1789 to the present day, leading historians expose, alongside graduate students, the myriad ways in which the Revolution changed humanity’s possible futures, its history, and the idea of history. They attest to how the Revolution has had a continuing global significance, and is still shaping the world today.











","""The essays in this absorbing volume are in large part the work of a young new generation of historians, and they show how thinking about the French Revolution has evolved over the two decades since the bicentenary of the French Revolution in 1989. The Revolution emerges as a continuing vital force shaping modern political culture, within France and without. The volume will be compulsory reading for all historians concerned with the origins of the modern era."" 

-- Colin Jones, author, The Great Nation. France 1715-99


""This is an innovative and important collection of essays at the cutting-edge of recent scholarship on the French Revolution."" 

-- Ruth Scurr, author, Fatal Purity: Robespierre and the French Revolution


""The French Revolution is not over, as François Furet famously declared on its bicentenary, for its history is still a source of intense and wide-ranging debate. The innovatory studies published here, initially presented at a Cambridge conference, explore the meaning of the Revolution rather than its events. The authors, mostly young scholars from Europe and America, demonstrate that research into the subject remains both extremely lively and highly relevant.""  

-- Malcolm Crook, editor, Revolutionary France 1780-1880

""This is a substantial volume of essays, with some thought-provoking contributions being especially noteworthy as many of the authors are still (or were at the time of writing) completing their doctorates.""

. . . certainly merit the attention of anyone interested in the continuing historical legacy of 1789.""

David Andress, University of Portsmouth, European History Quarterly, 41 (2)





",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-08-01,Richard Pine and Eve Patten,Literatures of War,Hardback,9781847186379,39.99,"“The most terrible disaster that one group of human beings can inflict on another is war. Wars cause misery on an indescribable scale. Yet we go on doing it to one another, generation after generation. Why? Warfare is a recurrent and universal characteristic of human existence. The mythologies of practically all peoples abound in wars and the superhuman deeds of warriors, and pre-literate communities apparently delighted in the recital of stories about battles. Since our species became literate a mere 5,000 years ago, written history has mostly been the history of wars. Thousands who knew war evidently sickened of it and dreamt of lasting peace, expressing their vision in literature and art, in philosophy and religion. They imagined Utopias freed of martial ambition and bloodshed which harked back to the Golden Age of classical antiquity, to the Christian vision of a paradise lost, and to the Arcadia of Greek and Latin poetry, so richly celebrated in the canvases of Claude and Poussin. All these things bear eloquent testimony to the human longing for peace, but they have not triumphed over our dreadfully powerful propensity to war.” 
—from the Introduction by Anthony Stevens

In this multi-disciplinary collection of essays on the manifestations of war in poetry, fiction, drama, music and documentaries, scholars and practitioners from an international context describe the transformation of the war experience into chronicles of hope and despair, from Herodotus up to the present day. 

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-08-01,Fred van Lieburg and Daniel Lindmark,"Pietism, Revivalism and Modernity, 1650-1850",Hardback,9781847186515,39.99,"Pietism can be understood either as a specific German theological tradition emanating from late seventeenth-century reformers as Spener and Francke or as a wider range of practical piety characterising early modern movements as Protestant Puritanism and Methodism as well as Catholic Jansenism. Trying an inclusive definition, an international network programme was set up, resulting in a first conference in the Netherlands in 2004, which addressed the question whether Pietism was to be seen as a consequence of or a reaction to confessionalisation in the Reformation era.

A similar approach was chosen for a second conference, held in the Swedish university town of Umeå on November 17-18, 2005. Should Pietism be perceived as a promoter of or a reaction against modernity? Are revivals and awakenings to be seen as inherent components of Pietism? Or should they rather be viewed as new sociological phenomena integrated into Pietism on a later stage? Which components of pious theology and practice were applied and what function did they serve in clerical and civil discourse? Either way, how do revivals relate to Pietism, and how do they relate to Enlightenment?

This volume presents the proceedings of an inspiring conference, taking a further step in the ‘globalisation’ of Pietism studies, as is demonstrated here in particular by the power of research in the Nordic area. Above all, this collection of papers helps to understand Pietism and revivalism as attempts to resist the breakthrough of secularizing tendencies in the modern world. While doing so, they themselves at the same time were modern in building up a counteroffensive of rechristianization, using all contemporary means of communication and organization in the public sphere, adapting their own traditions to new political and cultural contexts, and creating constructions of the religious past.







","""These essays deepen and broaden our understanding of Pietist renewal in relation to a rapidly developing modern, mobile, industrial, and urban world desiring greater liberty and toleration...this is an important volume and the scholarship is impressive.""

Philip J. Anderson, North Park Theological Seminary, Luthern Quarterly 2011

"". . . this is an important volume and the scholarship is impressive.""

Phillip J. Anderson, North Park Theological Seminary, Chicago, Illinois

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-08-01,Mar Rey-Bueno and Miguel López-Pérez,"The Gentleman, the Virtuoso, the Inquirer: Vincencio Juan de Lastanosa and the Art of Collecting in Early Modern Spain",Hardback,9781847186485,34.99,"The Gentleman, the Virtuoso, the Inquirer: Vincencio Juan de Lastanosa and the Art of Collecting in Early Modern Spain explores the history of the Aragonese Vincencio Juan de Lastanosa (1607-1682) as scientific collector: his cabinet of curiosities, the garden created in the enviroment of his palace, his chemical laboratory, and the books, manuscripts, maps and other curiosities collected in his library.

At once a patron, courtier, and 'curioso', Lastanosa was deeply inmersed in the culture of 'virtuosity' and its fascination with the wonders and secrets of nature.

Lastanosa was, perhaps, not an innovator, and certainly no Baconian, but, like many others collectors of his day, in his own way he furthered the ideal of factuality that was of cardinal importance in the early stages of the Scientific Revolution.






",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-08-01,Christina Guenther and Beth Griech-Polelle,Trajectories of Memory: Intergenerational Representations of the Holocaust in History and the Arts,Hardback,9781847186461,39.99,"This volume, which grew out of a conference of the same name held at Bowling Green State University in March 2006, represents new scholarly perspectives on the way in which the Holocaust is remembered in history, literary studies and theatre.  It is a response to changing representations of the Holocaust across generations, disciplines, and in various cultural and national contexts. The contributions address the following questions: How do historians, artists, scholars, and teachers negotiate the language of the Holocaust as survivors die, leaving future generations to respond to the dictum: Never again? How do children and grandchildren of survivors, perpetrators, bystanders transmit the difficult legacy of the Holocaust in American, Israeli, French, German, Swiss and Austrian contexts while navigating feelings of transgenerational guilt or victimhood? How can we do justice to survivor testimony when the survivors can no longer speak directly or mediate the testimony to us? How does transferred and multiply mediated knowledge translate into meaningful artifacts for the next generations?

The collection features an interview about interdisciplinarity within Holocaust studies conducted at the conference with keynote speakers Marianne Hirsch and Leo Spitzer. The articles in the first section explore the complex relationship between memory, oral history and historiography in cross-cultural contexts. The second section includes articles on texts by Cynthia Ozick, Thane Rosenbaum, Daniel Handler, W.G Sebald, Monika Maron, Stephan Wackwitz, Jonathan Foer, Art Spiegelman, Georges-Arthur Goldstein, Binjamin Wilkomirski, Elfriede Jelinek, Thomas Bernhard, Tim Blake Nelson, and Diane Samuel. 




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-09-01,Cathy Crane and Nicholas Muellner,(1968) Episodes of Culture in Contest,Hardback,9781847186416,34.99,"This critical and historical anthology looks at a broad and dramatic historical moment with an eye towards the specific. (1968) brings together a dynamic range of scholars, critics and media-makers whose work directly engages the period’s international breadth of activism and critique through close readings of cultural production, from mass-media images to avant-garde practices.

Contributors include: Gerry Beegan, Bruno Bosteels, George Flaherty, Colette Gaiter, Michael Golec, Dara Greenwald, Rachel Haidu, Kathy High, Branislav Jakovljevic, Sarah Lewison, Josh MacPhee, Chris Mills, Petra Rethmann and Geoff Waite.





",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-09-01,Aoileann Ní Éigeartaigh and David Getty,Borders and Borderlands in Contemporary Culture,Paperback,9781847187567,14.99,"It is entirely appropriate that this book should be produced in Dundalk. Located on the Northern rim of the Irish Pale, this town has straddled a border for centuries. Over the past thirty years, it has come to be closely identified with violent Republicanism both by the Unionist community in Northern Ireland and by  Constitutional Nationalists in the South. Against such a hostile background academics attached to the Institute of Technology there have bravely confronted and interrogated these processes which have so blighted the history not only of Dundalk but of places and spaces throughout the world similarly located.

In a wide-ranging series of articles, perhaps the strongest message to emerge is that of border as limitation. The notion of border as a liminal space where worlds converge, new realities emerge and transcendence is possible rarely surfaces. Instead, the border as a physical manifestation of divisiveness is repeatedly explored. 

In a passionate statement of solidarity with the Palestinians, Lavalette describes the construction of the apartheid wall: “The wall is eight feet high and has a watchtower every three hundred metres. Although there are no maps, it is thought it could end up being close to one thousand kilometres in length by the time it is completed” (p. 18).

Yndigegn shows how spatial borders gradually become mental borders such that, as visual borders disappear, new invisible borders appear (p. 33). The article explores the dualism of borders—simultaneously protecting those inside from external threats while also preventing those inside from reaching or engaging with the outside world.

Ni Eigeartaigh takes up the duality theme in the exploration of individualism as a process either of liberation or one of alienation. Taking the title from an aphorism of Kafka’s “My Prison Cell, My Fortress”, she explores a view of contemporary society as repressive, and of its inhabitants as complicit in the repression. Drawing on a wide span of literature and disciplines, she teases through the paradox of contemporary society that the freedom gained from the liberation of the individual from communal obligations and repression has resulted in a loss of identity and an overwhelming sense of isolation and powerlessness. She concludes that in the “absence of a restrictive system of social control, the individual is forced to take responsibility for his own actions….It is to avoid this responsibility that many…choose the security of the prison cell above the hardship of the outside world.”

Her paper does not go on to look at the potential role of the State or of fundamentalist movements in playing on the fear and disconnectedness of the citizenry as an equally likely outcome to that of a stronger capability for personal responsibility. One could argue for instance that the Euoropean Fascist movement and the Nationalist movement of the early- to mid-twentieth century were both based precisely on the dislocation at personal and social level resulting from the breakdown of pre-industrial communitarian ties.

While there is no attempt in the book to elucidate any particular developmental relationship between the different contributors, two broad themes may be detected—a concern with borders as socio-political and geographical constructs on the one hand and a concern with the formation of identity in the individual’s relationship to the wider society on the other.

Some light is cast on the latter issue by de Gregorio-Godeo who posits discourse as a core concept in identity formation. This leads to the conclusion that individual identity, in this case individualism, is in fact socially constructed in a “dialectical interplay between the discursive and the social identities included—so that they are mutually shaped by each other” (p.93). Using critical discourse analysis, he goes on to explore changing notions of masculinity as evidenced in the Health sections of men’s magazines.
","“This is an important book. It explores the fundamentals of discord, power differentials and oppression at personal, national and global levels. It calls attention to the ways in which ʻspace, place, identity and war interact with each other to produce situations where the absence of peace and security becomes endemicʼ (p.32). It is being published at a time when ancient borders between the East and the West are yet again the subject of international strife and present possibly the most ominous single threat to global harmony and peace. It shows that a country such as Ireland, with its own very particular history, is uniquely placed to explore boundaries and to negotiate agreed borders on the geopolitical front. To the extent that this book begins and contributes to such a process it is to be greatly welcomed.”

—Tom Collins, National University of Ireland

“Individual and collective identity seems to be impossible without borders, i.e. a clear distinction between me/us and the others. Borders even appear to be something human beings do need. Historically the national states, political alliances and religious movements have managed to establish borders as if they are natural. We are witnessing currently a similar endeavour (by politicians, journalists and scientist) to make us think in terms of cultures. 

However, to define myself or ourselves, the others are needed. In any case, it is a type of communication. And historically, with regard to human and societal development, people have had all types of exchange across the borders. Borders are links. 

Of course borders have been helpful in terms of protection and security. There might even be liberties which can only be experienced within borders (territorial, social or legal ones), but surely people have been suffering severely because of restrictions and compulsions due to borders, too. The wall in Germany forced thousands, millions of people to stay in the GDR and bear the undemocratic regime. Even this border of barbed wire had been permeable to some amount: by TV, letters and packages and visits from the West. East Germans could manage to go West until 1961 via Berlin, then a few succeeded in escaping under high personal risk; pensioners got permission to leave GDR, others could attend family events in West Germany; in the 1980s more and more citizens applied for legal permission to emigrate. The political unification was based on a collective identity doubtless, though there used to be a kind of East-West tension in Germany, which did not disappear totally. Sometimes East Germans have experienced unification as annexation and patronizing, and many of those (two or three million) who were close to the regime lost their jobs (and privileges). There are, it cannot be ignored, people in West Germany, who ʻmissʼ the borders, too: the access of the ʻEastʼ (beginning with GDR 1990, the enlargement of 2004, not ending with Romania and Bulgaria) is threatening for them because of economic reasons—hence the ʻtraditionalʼ (i.e. cold war based) reluctance can easily be utilized for political purposes.

With regard to borders the European Union is a postmodern project which deserves respect and support—not only because it has reduced the importance of national borders (reduced only, as it is still governed by national governments). But it is far from being or becoming something like a (just bigger) national state. It has got a new quality, as its borders are changing and relative. Inside the EU there is, for instance, a distinction between the Eurozone and the rest. There are quasi member states (like Switzerland or Norway) and privileged associates (ACP-countries), and access is not restricted principally (Turkey, Croatia, Ukraine, etc.). Internal and external EU borders are not absolute, but variable.

Borders give structure. It is necessary to know where which tax legislation is in force. It facilitates political participation when people can identify the administrator of the local school. It is helpful to know what is the range of a ʻsocial or regional fundʼ. Historically and till today, the crucial issue was: borders have had manifold, multiplied functions. If one and the same border delineates people in several or even all aspects, in terms of property, territory, political systems, ideology, religion, ethnicitiy, language, or culture then it is a total border. This total border neglects and oppresses the reality of exchange and the human need of communication. Borders which structure reality under one aspect only are helpful. Total borders are dangerous.

Trade is universal. Borders cannot prevent people from exchanging goods (and, by the way, knowledge). Whereas cultural scientists used to analyze the appearance of a particular item in the territory (cultural circle), more and more politicians argue in terms of ʻculturesʼ which can be distinguished as if there are borders between them. In order to reject this type of culturalism it suffices to recognize that culture is no ʻthing,ʼ but a term for that what people believe, feel and act. And as people communicate with each other and move, there is no border between cultures. But of course particular people share particular patterns of behaviour while others do not. But altogether, they have communities, maybe, of fashion or lifestyle. The Islamic world is a media world like Western countries.

Due to migration and mobility, including all types of tourism, and the media in general, people are communicating. ʻCultures are in exchangeʼ―we would like to say; however, this is not correct, as ʻcultureʼ is an abstract term, no actor. There are cultural industries (TV, advertisement) which try to influence people’s desires, perceptions, patterns of behaviour etc., but have recognized yet that there are so many different ʻsubcultures,ʼ lifestyles and living conditions that any marketing has to cope with that variety.

There are persons who do overcome borders as they come over borders. Sometimes the political borders change and thus citizenship; Franz Kafka for instance, born in Austrian Empire, continued to speak and write in German language as a citizen of Czechoslovakia. Others, for instance the painter Lyonel Feininger, are transnational because of their parents (e.g. German-American couples). Think about the third generation of immigrants in Germany―they have still links and ligatures to their home country, Turkey for instance. Those transnational personalities give an example how borders can be crossed. Let us take into account people living in all the borderlands, regions like at the river Rhine, which brings together French, German and Swiss people. Be aware of a double town like Görlitz-Zgorzelec, which has good chances to become nominated as European capital of culture 2010―neglecting the German-Polish border, but using it, too (as a relative, linking border). 

The view on borders is fascinating and highly productive for human scientists. Thus we are grateful for this volume, edited by David Getty and Aoileann Ni Eigeartaigh, which hopefully can reach publicity beyond the borders.”

―Wolfgang Berg, Dean, Faculty of Social Work, Media and Culture, University of Applied Sciences, Merseburg/Germany

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-09-01,Donald Backman and Aida Sakalauskaite,Ossi Wessi,Hardback,9781847186751,34.99,"Ossi Wessi includes the proceedings of the fourteenth annual Interdisciplinary German Studies Conference at the University of California, Berkeley (2006), which explored issues surrounding the Berlin Wall, both pre- and post-reunification, in language, literature, and visual media. The collected articles discuss the situation of the Berlin Wall, describing its portrayal as both a dividing and uniting boundary, and often discussing the continued existence of the Wall in the minds of Germany’s citizens. The multi-disciplinary range of approaches contained in this volume reveals how diverse the portrayals of the history of the Wall have been, as well as how controversial the division of Germany remains today. Topics covered in this collection include Wende Literature and film, linguistic changes and attitudes since 1989, the complicated history of the Neo-Nazis, and the visual arts. Although Ossi Wessi is by no means a comprehensive reference work, each of its essays serve as a though provoking springboard for further research.





","""With its broad range of topics, the well-researched and well-written 14 essays in the anthology give an excellent overview of and introduction to texts, films, and linguistic discourses on the Wall since reunification...Particularly useful and through provoking for scholars at all levels is the list of images and tables in chapters 8, 9, 10, and 12, that gives the book a hands-on quality and stimulates further research and updates as we commemorate the twentieth anniversary of the fall of the Berlin Wall on 9 November 2009...This book could form the foundation for many research projects 20 years after the fall of the Wall.""

Barbara Mabee, Oakland University, German Studies Review, 33/1 (2010)
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-09-01,Stuart Mitchell,The Brief and Turbulent Life of Modernising Conservatism,Paperback,9781847187680,19.99,"The Brief and Turbulent Life of Modernising Conservatism is an examination of government tensions and frustrations during a time of economic and social flux. It concentrates on the development of domestic industrial policy in the Conservative Party between 1945 and 1964, with particular emphasis on Harold Macmillan’s and Sir Alec Douglas-Home’s administrations. Between the general elections of 1959 and 1964, the Conservative Government effected a series of striking and dangerously controversial policy transformations in response to its recognition of Britain’s relative economic decline. These adjustments were both practical and strategic. The administration’s aim was extraordinarily ambitious. It sought to fashion a recognisably modern and dynamic, yet socially stable, nation that could retain its place in the international élite. Thereby, the Party hoped to ensure its own continuation in power. The author considers policy innovations that included an ill-starred attempt to join the European Community, the development of macro-economic planning, and the abolition of resale price maintenance–an exploit which roused the Tory Party to unusual heights of passion. The book does not simply regurgitate an orthodox high political narrative. Instead, it investigates topics of interest to modern historians and political scientists alike. It will be of value to anyone interested in questions of modern political ideology, social and economic change, the nature of popular political support, or the constraints on state power in the post-war world.




","""The remarkable electoral record of the Conservative Party in the Twentieth Century has not been matched by a corresponding level of academic interest.  This relative neglect has left important gaps in our knowledge of post-war British political history.  For example, the governments of Harold Macmillan and Alec Douglas-Home (1957-64) are often misunderstood.  Popular memories of this period are dominated by the Profumo Affair and the satire boom of the early 1960s, which gave the impression of a Conservative Party which was out of touch with social change.  Stuart Mitchell's important study will help to revise this dominant impression.  Drawing on all the main primary sources, he shows that the Conservatives were accutely aware of the challenges of modernity.  Indeed, many of their problems arose from their various attempts to adapt to social and economic change.  Mitchell presents an engrossing account of the struggle between 'modernisers' and more traditional figures within the party.  This gives his book considerable topical relevance, in addition to its merits as a well-researched contribution to political history.""
Dr. Mark Garnett, Research Fellow, University of Leicester




""This is an important study which speaks both to the study of the past and 
debates on the present. It fills a gap in literature on the history of the 
post-war Conservative party, but should also be read by those engaged in, or 
commentating on, present day developments in David Cameron's Conservative 
Party.""

Dr. Richard Grayson
Lecturer in British Politics
Goldsmiths College, University of London


""A learned and well written account. Timely."" 

Dr. Anthony Seldon
Founding Director of the Institute of Contemporary British History


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-09-01,Geraldine Barnes with Gabrielle Singleton,Travel and Travellers from Bede to Dampier,Paperback,9781847188014,19.99,"The essays in this collection -- a selection of papers presented at the University of Sydney Centre for Medieval Studies workshop, ‘Travel and Cartography from Bede to the Enlightenment’ (August 22-23, 2001) – track a variety of travel narratives from the eighth century to the eighteenth.  Their voyages, which extend from from the literal to the spiritual, the political, and the artistic, show how the concept of narrative mapping has changed over time, and how it encompasses cosmogony, geography, chorography, topography, and inventory.  Each essay is concerned in some way with the application of the medieval geographical imagination, or with the enduring influence of that imagination upon post-medieval travel and discovery writing.
This book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate university students and to a broad range of academics across the disciplines of literature and history.  It will be of particular interest to medievalists and scholars of the early modern period and to readers of, the new (1997) scholarly journal, Studies in Travel Writing.
The volume will also appeal to a more general, informed readership interested in the history of travel and the history of ideas, early contact with indigenous people, and encounters between East and West.


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-09-01,Cal Clark and Janet Clark,"Women at the Polls: The Gender Gap, Cultural Politics, and Contested Constituencies in the United States",Hardback,9781847188076,39.99,"Since 1980, most elections in the United States have been marked by a “gender gap” in which women are more supportive of Democratic candidates than men by nearly ten percentage points.  Women at the Polls finds that this gender gap is quite extensive as it exists in almost all demographic groups and as it is based on similar differences in the political attitudes of women and men over a wide array of issues.  This suggests that women are becoming an important constituency in U.S. politics. 



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-09-01,Clara Sarmento,Women in the Portuguese Colonial Empire: The Theatre of Shadows,Hardback,9781847187185,39.99,"Women in the Portuguese Colonial Empire: The Theatre of Shadows compiles an extensive collection of essays on the status of women throughout the vast Portuguese colonial space, from Brazil to the Far East, crossing Europe, Africa and India, between the 16th and the 20th century. Absent or mystified, silenced or victimized, women in the History of Portugal and its colonial venture are the living example of the part historiographical discourse, ideology and popular memory have played in the construction of identities, their practices and representations. The production and critical consumption of History have long revealed countless gaps and silences within its own discourse. This book questions the reason for such gaps and silences and wonders about the real role of all those who do not or have never had access to power and to the perpetuating word, those whose voices have been systematically erased from sources and documents because of past or present attending interests.

Women in the Portuguese Colonial Empire: The Theatre of Shadows congregates a wide assortment of disciplines so as to provide multiple independent viewpoints, sources and methodologies. By bringing authors from around the world together, this work ensures that the various cultures and memories that are part of the global saga, as well as the various versions of the history of the Portuguese colonial empire, may be heard.







","""'Women in the Portuguese Colonial Empire: The Theatre of Shadows' seeks to remedy two lacunae in scholarly literature by putting firmly and clearly into view both the global historical significance of Portuguese colonial history in general, and also more specifically the contribution of women to its creation and operation over several hundred years.

Drawing on the pioneering work of more than 20 international scholars hailing from a wide range of disciplines, and covering an impressive range of times and places, this is an intriguing and important contribution to many scholarly fields, its implications and ramifications reaching far beyond any narrow specialist confines.""

David Inglis, Professor of Sociology, University of Aberdeen, UK

“Women in the Portuguese Colonial Empire: The Theatre of Shadows, edited by Clara Sarmento, is a significant and bold contribution to the field of Lusophone Cultural Studies.

From studies encompassing witchcraft and mysticism, to women as both slaves and slave owners, Women in the Portuguese Colonial Empire provides a complex array of insights into women in the domestic, public and cultural spheres. It widens the theoretical debates in contemporary feminism to take account of the peculiarities and similarities of Portuguese-speaking women’s imperial experience. Breaking new ground, Women in the Portuguese Colonial Empire is an invaluable resource for any scholar who is interested in understanding the cultural and historical significance of women in the Portuguese colonial process.”

Phillip Rothwell, Professor of Portuguese, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey


'...the diversity of the book is really one of its strong points, for it gives some impression of the very wide range of feminist scholarship concerned with the position of women in the ‘Theatre of Shadows' that is the Portuguese empire.  I hope that this publication will bring this important genre to the notice of a wide international audience. '

Michael Pearson - University of Technology, Sydney

""This collection of essays provides a useful multidisciplinary approach to the retrieval of women's voices and experiences in the history of portuguese colonialism. The volume is certainly a treasure trove of new archival work and valuable data in specific history fields, most notably female slavery in Brazil.""#

Hilary Owen, University of Manchester
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-10-01,Alyson Brown,Historical Perspectives on Social Identities,Paperback,9781847188946,14.99,"This collection of work on the theme of identities was the result of a conference held in the spring of 2005 at Edge Hill under the auspices of The Centre for Liverpool and Merseyside Studies.  Whilst a significant proportion of the research focused on Liverpool and the North West, the theme of identities was sufficiently broad to entice scholars from diverse and varied fields.  This collection, therefore, reflects the range of work presented and discussed at the conference and the multi-layered and multi-facetted nature of identity.

Contributors to this edited collection examined the concept of identity in Britain through a range of historical perspectives, concerning themselves primarily with the later modern period.  They reflect the extent to which nineteenth and twentieth century British social, cultural and political change has given rise to pluralist, fragmented and fractured identities and highlight the extent to which class, gender, religious and institutional frameworks have shifted continually.  This publication will therefore be of interest to those working in diverse fields but who share an interest in the importance of identity as a decisive cultural, social, economic and political determinant.

Questions of identity have centred a good deal of debate in the social sciences, especially since the reception of Foucault's work in the English-speaking world in the last couple of decades.  This has often taken a theoretical form.  Attempts to link theory with analytical practice have been strongest in the field that might be characterised as the 'politics of identity'. At any rate this has provided an important instance of theoretical and practical conflict. Herethe focus of the debate has been around questions of gender, nation, language, economy, security and race.  It has tried toto clarify crucial divisions in the analysis of identity as between explanatory and constitutive models, and between positivist and post-positivist procedures.  For the most part these intense and extensive concerns have passed by largely unnoticed among historians practising in Britain in the well-found but conventional idioms of political and social history.

What this conference volume seeks to do is to help redress thedeficit, to domesticate some of the theoretical and polemical exchanges around 'identity' into a world of practical,yet conceptually aware historical work.  This is a difficult but surely worthwhile task: to broach various imaginaries of identity, issues of identitarian politics, and questions of identity formation on a series of relatively familiar historical contexts. 

Of course, no selection of subjects for practical research in this way can be exhaustive.  The group of essays offered here is sufficiently wide, and occasionally gratifyingly unexpected, at least to begin the job, to stimulate others and, most importantly, to interject theoretical concern into historial fields sometimes lacking it.

Ten essays are included, together with the editor's introduction.  The pieces are bound together by a common strategy not a shared empirical territory.  They range from studies of gendered identity formation , to regional identities formed around seaside resorts, to empirical questions of class and capitalism and their identitarian politics,  to historical analysis of mourning, and on to language, nationality, deafness, motherhood and their inflection in identity in past time.  

This well-edited combination of shared conceptual purpose and variety of empirical form seems to me to work well.  The book will be widely used in a variety of historical fields, not least in those which have been the most resistant to recenttheoretical innovations in the social sciences.  

Keith Nield
Editor
SOCIAL HISTORY

'This is a fascinating and wide-ranging collection of essays linked by the over-riding theme of identity. While primarily historical in their focus, the essays will be of interest to more than just historians. They raise a variety of interesting conceptual and theoretical issues, from, for instance, the significance of the staymaker in the formation of eighteenth-century female identity, to the relationship between regional identity and late-nineteenth and early twentieth century Lancashire seaside resorts.'
 

 
Sam Davies,
Professor of History,
School of Social Science,
Liverpool John Moores University
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-10-01,"Marko Lamberg, Jesse Keskiaho, Elina Räsänen and Olga Timofeeva, with Leila Virtanen ",Methods and the Medievalist: Current Approaches in Medieval Studies,Hardback,9781847188991,34.99,"The field of medieval studies has shifted towards a growing degree of inter- and multidisciplinarity during the recent decades. The concept of medieval studies covers in fact a multitude of disciplines, some of them being loyal to their long-established traditions, whereas others are very new and borrow methods from other branches of the humanities or even from modern natural or social sciences. Since this means not only new possibilities but also new challenges, sources and methodology should obviously concern anyone engaged in the history and culture of the Middle Ages. 

Regardless of what aspects of the medieval world a scholar is dealing with, his or her study has much to gain from a source-pluralistic approach: in order to be able to understand and even combine different types of sources, a scholar must be aware of what methods are relevant and available and how they can be adapted and applied. This collection of essays presents a comprehensive overview of current and fresh approaches to the history of medieval Europe. The topics include, among other things, the complex relationship between the spoken and the written word, explorations in social and geographic space, layers and mental images perceivable in medieval texts, source edition techniques, relics as visual and tangible items, not to mention the possibilities offered by prosopography, zooarchaelogy and the natural sciences. Also the question and significance of ethics, an ever more important issue in present-day academic circles, is discussed.

The contributors to this volume themselves form a very inter- and multidisciplinary team: although they can all be labeled as medievalists, they in fact they work within different disciplines and in several different research units in different countries. Geographically, several parts of Europe are covered in the essays – not only the westernmost part of the continent but also the poorly known eastern and northern parts as well. This diversity makes the collection worthwhile reading for students and scholars alike.








",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-10-01,Andrew Hamilton,Trade and Empire in the Eighteenth-Century Atlantic World,Hardback,9781847188373,34.99,"Free trade has become a highly politicized term, but its origins, historical context, and application to policy decisions have been largely overlooked. This book examines the relationship between liberal political economy and the changing conception of empire in the eighteenth century, investigating how the doctrine of laissez-faire economics influenced politicians charged with restructuring the transatlantic relationship between Britain and the newly independent America. As prime minister during the peace negotiations to end the American Revolution in 1782–3, Lord Shelburne understood that the British Empire had to be radically reconceived. Informed by the economic philosophies of Adam Smith, he envisioned a new commercial empire based upon trade instead of the archaic model of territorial conquests. Negotiations between Shelburne and the American statesmen Benjamin Franklin and John Adams demonstrate the application of Smith’s commercial theories to the British-American peace settlement.

By tracing the genealogy of laissez-faire, this book locates the historical background from which modern ideas of free trade, empire, and cosmopolitanism emerged. Benjamin Vaughan, confidential secretary to Shelburne during the peace talks, is established as an important historical figure, and his treatise, New and Old Principles of Trade Compared (1788), is identified as a significant contribution to the literature of political economy. An interdisciplinary study integrating history, economics, and philosophy, Trade and Empire offers a new perspective on the intellectual history of the eighteenth-century Atlantic world.




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-11-01,"John R. C. Martyn, Preface by David O’Brien","Arians and Vandals of the 4th-6th Centuries: Annotated translations of the historical works by Bishops Victor of Vita (Historia Persecutionis Africanae Provinciae) and Victor of Tonnena (Chronicon), and of the religious works by Bishop Victor of Cartenna (De Paenitentia) and Saints Ambrose (De Fide Orthodoxa contra Arianos), and Athanasius (Expositio Fidei)",Hardback,9781847189912,34.99,"As a background to this study of the Arians and Vandals in North Africa, and their impact on the Catholic Church, three books have been written recently by John Martyn, investigating the same period (late sixth century) and the same country.  They are, firstly, Pope Gregory's Letters (published with commentary and translation by P.I.M.S, three vols, 2, 2004); see introduction pp 32-42 and epp 1.74, 2.36 and 11.7, and for the Manichean heresy, see epp 2.31, 5.7 and 6.14.  Next, the Life of Saint Gregory, bishop of Agrigento (published with his commentary and translation by Edwin Mellen, 2004), is set in North Africa in chapters 7-30, and also covers the main schisms of that time.  Finally, in a book on Saint Leander, Archbishop of Seville, soon to be published by Lexington Books, in Maryland, he shows that Leander's parents and baby sister were forced to flee from their home in Cartagena to Carthage, from where the Vandals had recently been expelled.  Note also his review of L'Afrique Vandale et Byzantine: Ie Partie,' Paris, 2002, which was published in Parergon, 21,1,2004, pp 155-157, and involved a study of the same schisms, history and archaeology of North Africa.






",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-11-01,Janet T. Marquardt,From Martyr to Monument: The Abbey of Cluny as Cultural Patrimony,Paperback,978-1-4438-0004-4,14.99,"After the French Revolution and the dissolution of the monastic orders, the great Abbey of Cluny in France was closed and the buildings were sold for materials. This process went on for nearly thirty years, just as a romantic appreciation of the medieval past was gaining popularity. Although the government was unable to halt most of the demolition work, one transept arm with a large and small tower was saved from ruin, along with a few small Gothic buildings and the eighteenth-century cloister. Efforts to preserve, repair, and reuse the remains waxed and waned for a century while historians wrote with regret about the abbey’s demise. In 1927, Kenneth Conant came from Harvard to excavate the site with American funding in order to prepare full-scale reconstructive drawings of the abbey. Conant’s vision of medieval Cluny entered the art-historical canon and placed Cluny at the center of debates about Romanesque architecture and sculptural decoration in Europe. This study follows the discursive history of the site while investigating the role of memory in the construction of the past and the development of the conception of heritage and patrimony in France.

FOREWORD BY GILES CONSTABLE AND AVANT-PROPOS D'ERIC PALAZZO





","""Marquardt’s account of the modern resurrections of medieval Cluny is a riveting one.""

""...her research urges a rethinking of the modern conceptual structures that guide our study and interpretation of medieval art and culture.""

""Marquardt meditat[es] on the complex ideas, histories, events, and touristic activities (including the performance of pageants) that contributed to the fashioning of Cluny as a “memory site.”
Kathryn L. Brush, University of Western Ontario (Canada)

""This book is a welcome addition to the growing corpus of scholarship on the modern reception of the medieval past in France and offers medievalists and modern historians alike considerable insight into the evocative after-life of the monastery of Cluny in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.""

Scott G. Bruce, University of Colorado at Boulder in EHR, cxxv.513; April 2010

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-11-01,"Jacqueline Genet, Sylvie Mikowski and Fabienne Garcier",The Book in Ireland,Paperback,978-1-4438-0014-3,19.99,"This volume on the Book in Ireland, originally published in France, brings together contributions by scholars in Irish studies from both countries and by Irish professionals in the field such as writer-publishers and curators.

In three different sections, it explores the relation between Irish people and the printed word in various contexts, beginning with the emergence of private presses which, from the late 19th century onwards, and following the example of William Morris’s Kelmscott Press in England, renewed a time-honoured editorial and typographical tradition. It highlights the importance of the printed word in the passing on and circulating of ideas, through translation, teaching, political propaganda, or the publishing of literary anthologies.

It emphasizes the major role played by periodicals in Irish cultural life and the building of an Irish identity in a country where, for a variety of reasons, people were in the habit of reading more newspapers and magazines than books. 

Significantly originating from France, where the conceptual framework of the history of the book was devised, this volume brings under scrutiny many previously unexplored aspects of the field.


Praise for the book:
'These are all scholarly essays of real rigour and originality. The collection is a commendably bold and wide-ranging introduction to the Irish book in its many guises and languages.'

Declan Kiberd, Professor of Anglo-Irish Literature and Drama
UCD School of English and Drama


Inspired by William Morris, and carried along by the impetus of the Arts and Crafts Movement and the Celtic Revival, a great many publishing houses came into being at the beginning of the 20th century in Ireland. Most of them pursued the ideal of the “Book Beautiful” and devoted themselves to the cause of a literature of quality. Between 1967 and 1974, the Irish University Press continued to shape the publishing landscape; the Raven Arts Press stood out for its non-conformist spirit, rejecting the values of the Irish Renaissance, but discovering young talents and reprinting forgotten authors. One consequence of this effervescence was to stimulate readership. The study of the production and circulation of publications reveals both the desire to assert a national identity, including a renewed interest in the Gaelic language, and the wish to spread ideas, as shown, for example, by the propaganda newspaper published by the Sinn Féin Printing and Publishing Company. Encouraged by the creation of Aosdána, Irish writing showed a diversity eminently illustrated by the authors of The Field Day Anthology. From as early as 1830, periodicals took advantage of the increasing habit of reading and developments in printing: as they were cheaper than books, they became a principal means of access to literature for Irish people. The abundance of magazines such as The Dublin University Magazine, Studies and The Honest Ulsterman were ample testimony to the variety of social and cultural preoccupations.

The Book in Ireland, edited by Jacqueline Genet, Sylvie Mikowski and Fabienne Garcier, explores these various enterprises and their impact.




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-12-01,John Alexander Williams,Berlin Since the Wall's End: Shaping Society and Memory in the German Metropolis since 1989,Hardback,9781847185358,29.99,"In the nearly nineteen years since the destruction of the Wall that divided East from West Berlin, Germans have struggled with the challenges of reunification. The task has been daunting—unifying two countries with a common language but mutually hostile political and economic systems. Contrary to the optimistic predictions of 1989/1990, reunification has aggravated many of Germany’s problems within the larger context of globalization. Berlin, divided epicenter of the Cold War, Germany’s largest city and the capital since 1999, has been forced to confront the challenges of reunification with particular urgency. This book presents the work of six scholars who met at Bradley University’s annual Berlin seminar in June, 2006 to discuss the recent past and the future prospects of the German metropolis. Two broad concerns--society and historical memory--emerged during the seminar and are reflected in these scholars’ writings. The first section of the book assesses how Berliners have reunified the city through urban planning and social, economic and cultural policies. These chapters also speak to pressing contemporary issues of immigration, citizenship and cultural diversity. The essays in the book’s second part trace how historical memory has been shaped and politically contested in German culture, both in the divided nation and since 1989. Berlin Since the Wall’s End casts light on a metropolis that has been scarred, but not destroyed, by the upheavals of recent history.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-12-01,Rubén Valdés Miyares and Carla Rodríguez González,Culture and Power: The Plots of History in Performance,Hardback,978-1-4438-0017-4,39.99,"Culture and Power: The Plots of History in Performance is a collection of essays on the configuration of history as text, including the visual, with a particular focus on the performance of historical plots. Contributors include distinguished scholars from parts of the world as far apart as Toronto and Istanbul, Singapore and Cardiff, or Berlin and Alicante, in all walks of academic life, from emeritus professors to recent PhDs. Covering a broad spectrum between cultural studies and metahistory, from politics to literature, and exploring the various performative aspects of history writing, in their full range, from myth to the sublime, the whole endeavours to be greater than the sum of its parts. The essays begin by questioning traditional historiography and the problems of referentiality it entails. Locating history-making in the primal scene of the political imaginary, the essays then analyse the emplotment of history in visual culture, museum exhibitions, drama, and the fa
brication of national identities, culminating in some case studies of literary recreations of history, which suggest that the ultimate source of historiographic transformation is related to writing itself as a performative act. The overall argument therefore drifts from radical antirepresentationalism to an emphasis on presentation over representation, and from there to the performativity of the historical text.


","'Culture and Power: the Plots of History in Performance' brings together a collection of essays by international contributors that range across historical and literary theory and practice, visual rhetorics, performance and forms of contemporary cultural identities. With an outstanding introduction by the editors that places the papers in context,  this volume works at the frontiers of historical and cultural studies, refiguring contemporary discourses in challenging  and original ways. This is a unique and suggestive collection that repays close reading'.
—Dr Sue Morgan, Reader in Women's and Gender History, Faculty of Business, Arts and Humanities, University of Chichester 








",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-12-01,Maria Suzette Fernandes Dias,Legacies of Slavery: Comparative Perspectives,Paperback,978-1-4438-0041-9,19.99,"The proclamation by the United Nations General Assembly of the International Year to Commemorate the Struggle against Slavery and its Abolition during 2004 marked the culmination of recent efforts to re-engage with slavery’s past and create an intellectual, social, political and ethical climate conducive to a sustained and meaningful dialogue among cultures and civilisations. The past decade witnessed an upsurge of national and international exhibitions and conferences on the impact of slavery and the overwhelming and enduring cultural miscegenation and the demographic, socio-political and spiritual hybridisation that the phenomenon consciously or unconsciously initiated; the celebration of efforts by Abolitionists to publicise the savagery of this inhumane practice; a revival of interest in and the glorification of, the often ignored or historically negatively represented resistance to slavery by slaves themselves; and, numerous endeavours to address the negative legacies of slavery like racism, racial discrimination, xenophobia and related intolerance, which continue to impinge upon our present as part of contemporary politics. 

Yet, these ventures aimed at raising awareness of the horrors of slave trade and slavery, at honouring struggles for the emancipation of the enslaved, at examining the aftermath of slavery like the emergence of a new historic consciousness, at restoring broken links and solidarity between the historically dislocated diasporas and their countries of origin, at commemorating sites of memory, and, at celebrating artistic and cultural métissage, such as the UNESCO’s Slave Route Project, have largely focused on the Atlantic World, and the deportation of slaves from Africa to other parts of the World, raising questions about the legacy of slavery in other societies, like those in Asia, the Pacific and Europe, where slavery still remains on the margins of national and post-colonial histories. 

This edited volume is an attempt to reconsider slavery as a global human institution which has coexisted with other socio-political, economic, legal and cultural institutions. As a temporally and spatially ubiquitous phenomenon, it has generated and continues to, engender legacies, be they historical, oral or visual, which need to be compared and discussed to facilitate dialogue between cultures and civilisations and to mitigate the wounds of the past which continue to scar our present. It brings together writings by scholars from history, literature, anthropology and cultural studies who examine the indelible mark left by slavery in its various forms, on societies, cultures and peoples all over the world and attempts by artistes and writers to alleviate this stigmata of History. 

This volume consists of two sections. The first section entitled ""Connecting Histories"" explores some of the varied forms in which slavery presented itself in the last four centuries and the need to reengage with its legacies. Adhering to Manning’s contention that slavery is ""an enduring metaphor for inequities in the treatment of humans"", this section focuses on identifying the legacy of slavery and its significance in scholarship (Manning); alternate perspectives on slavery through the examination of forced labour and the dehumanising treatment of indigenous people in Australia (Read), enforced migration and labour exploitation of convicts in penal colonies (Maxwell-Stewart); and, a historical overview of Lusitanian slavery in India (D’Souza) and the hybridisation of pre-colonial slavery traditions in the perpetuation of the perkerniersstelse, or a profitably managed European settler-colony based on the global monopoly of nutmeg production, by the Dutch (Winn).

The second section of the book entitled ""Centering Discourses: Identity, Image and Text"" begins with a postcolonialist reading of Caribbean slavery as a legacy of capitalism, imperialism and plantation culture and above all, the globalization of sugar consumption (Ashcroft). The two chapters that follow resuscitate two of the many categories of slaves who were victims of historical silence, namely children in the sugar plantations of the West Indies (Teelucksingh) and Martiniquan maroons (Fernandes-Dias). Articulating with the discourse on identity and cultural appropriation introduced in the preceding essay, chapter nine provides an overview of the power struggle at work in the construction of Creole identity and its political legitimization, through a topical analysis of the process of commemoration of a ""site of memory"", Le Morne Brabant, symbol of slavery and marronage in the Mauritian collective memory (Carmignani). The final two chapters explore the problematics of presenting slavery through the adoption of a counter-hegemonic discourse, particularly through the arts. Aphra Behn’s Oroonoko which exalts the Black slave as a hero without making any explicit case for the abolition of slavery, continues to occupy the terrain of sympathist - abolitionist ambiguity (Landford) while the Amistad case, despite its numerous positive legacies, demonstrates how excessive popularization of the incident as an Abolitionist cause célèbre, resulted in an overload of historical memory to the point of obscuring historical reality (Fernandes Dias). 

Despite the volume's overarching desire to provide a global and comparative overview of the historical, ideological, economical and cultural factors that contributed to the evolution of slavery and the legacies that the institution generated, this volume is limited in the thematic, chronological and geographic terrain that it has covered. We attribute this shortcoming to the complexity of slavery itself as an institution, the problematic of defining what constitutes slavery and the historical silence maintained over its dehumanizing effects. Yet the story of slavery is also a tale of survival, of resistance and of the resilience of the human spirit to transcend oppression and preserve its inherent dignity. It is the celebration of the rich cultural fusion and métissage that rose from the ashes of human suffering. The wounds of the past need to be healed, perhaps initially, at a mythopoetic level, through the articulation of repressed collective angst and its legacies through the arts and through scholarship.




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-12-01,Charlotte Baker and Jennifer Jahn,Postcolonial Slavery: An Overview of Colonialism’s Legacy,Hardback,978-1-4438-0103-4,34.99,"This collection of eight essays by research students and academics from the UK, France, Germany and the USA examining different forms and manifestations of postcolonial slavery underlines the significance of the year 2007, marking the bicentennial anniversary of the passage of the British law banning the slave trade. Slavery and its legacies galvanized a diachronic series of ethnic crossings and transformations that engendered new and complex patterns of crosscultural contact. And the importance of communities of runaway slaves can scarcely be overstated as a symbol of an insistent black resistance and self-affirmation. But in bringing the material realities of slavery to the forefront of the imagination, this volume also highlights the marginalization of British and French colonial practices in institutionalized frameworks of historical knowledge. Actively contesting the related traumas of transplantation, the middle passage, and the fracturing of the collective memory, and drawing actively on a wide range of approaches and perspectives, this collection seeks to reinscribe a material historical consciousness of slavery and its legacies through a strategic interaction between history, subjectivity, and representation. 
—H. Adlai Murdoch, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-12-01,Isabel DiVanna,Reconstructing the Middle Ages: Gaston Paris and the Development of Nineteenth-century Medievalism,Hardback,978-1-4438-0064-8,34.99,"Reconstructing the Middle Ages looks at nineteenth-century medievalism in France using as a case study Gaston Paris, philologist, literary critic and professor of medieval studies. Gaston Paris's method, traditionally seen as a combination of romanticism and positivism, exemplifies several elements of nineteenth-century medievalism in the Parisian academia in late nineteenth-century France. The text investigates Gaston Paris's theories about three medieval literary genres (epic, fabliaux, and Arthurian tales) to understand how Paris's view of medieval literature and history cross-related with nationalism at a time when France was particularly vulnerable, and at which French academics were especially eager to make a long-lasting contribution. Examining the work of Gaston Paris and his interaction with other scholars in the Parisian milieu, Reconstructing the Middle Ages offers a look at academic medievalism and the history philology, linguistics and literary and textual criticism in late nineteenth-century France. In particular, the book shows that when it comes to the self-image of France, medievalism was a topic that reached far beyond the walls of academia as it was related to national pride, memory and identity.
","“A true work of nineteenth-century scholarship, drawing together the origins of medievalism, orientalism, positivism and nineteenth-century French nationalism through a critical and wide-ranging reading of the works of Gaston Paris.” 
—Timothy Baycroft, Senior Lecturer in History, University of Sheffield

“By applying a historian's perspective to the work of Gaston Paris, DiVanna casts new light on nineteenth-century debates about ‘scientific’ techniques and their role in the evaluation of medieval texts. Situating Gaston Paris against the scholarly and nationalistic currents of his time, she reappraises nineteenth-century methodologies and calls into question conceptual structures in use by medieval scholars today.” 
—Elizabeth Emery, Professor of French, Montclair State University

“Reconstructing the Middle Ages sheds light on a somewhat unknown history: the foundation of medieval studies in the late nineteenth century which witnessed the birth of different academic disciplines. Isabel DiVanna illustrates compellingly the intricate connections inside academia, as well as the contemporary politico-cultural backdrop, which deeply influenced medieval studies at its birth. This book introduces a stimulating interdisciplinary approach to the nineteenth-century critics of medieval literature, and offers an invaluable account to the study of the history of ideas.” 
—Ji-hyun Philippa Kim, Assistant Professor of French, The City University of New York
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-12-01,Gilles Leydier,"Scotland and Europe, Scotland in Europe",Paperback,978-1-4438-0047-1,19.99,"The aim of the book is to explore the long-standing and multi-faceted relationship between Scotland and the societies and cultures of the European continent, in various epochs and from a large diversity of view points and problematics. 
The book collects most of the contributions from the IVth annual conference of the Société Française d’Etudes Ecossaises, held in Toulon in October 2005. This international conference gathered fifty European academics, working in a wide range of research fields, from social history to art history, from language to literature, from politics to civilisation and cultural studies. The interdisciplinary ambition and cross-cultural perspective of the conference are reflected in the volume. 
The book is divided into four main sections: links with Europe, visions of Europe, voices in Europe, and current political issues within the European Union. It illustrates the richness and complexity of the dialogue between Scotland and the continent over the centuries, and underlines the open, fluid and dynamic character of the Scottish identity.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2008-12-01,Sarah van Walsum,The Family and the Nation: Dutch Family Migration Policies in the Context of Changing Family Norms,Hardback,978-1-4438-0056-3,39.99,"Until recently, migration policies primarily targeted labour migrants and asylum seekers. Family migration was taken for granted. But now, many nations are restricting family migration, particularly from poorer countries. The Netherlands have even gone so far as to require family migrants to pass an integration test before being allowed to enter the country. How can this shift in policies be explained? Does it, as some suggest, indicate a new trend towards racist exclusion?

This book places family migration policies in the broader perspective of changing family norms. In doing so, it shows the added value of studying immigration law not as an isolated field, but in connection with other fields of law and policy. Taking the Netherlands as an example, it shows how family migration policies have evolved from a system premised on the male breadwinner-citizen’s right to domicile, to one granting and restricting freedom of movement according to individual merit. Although grounded in a different ethos, the techniques of power now being used to enforce the emerging distinctions of a globalising world are in fact reminiscent of those once used to enforce the racial and gendered distinctions of the colonial past. 











","""The richness of the historical approach, which allows Van Walsum to identify the historical roots of aforementioned restrictive measures. 
Sarah van Walsum does much more than describe the legal development of family migration policies; she places her analysis within a broader context and connects it to other policy fields, especially family law and social welfare policies, but also integration policies and economic developments.
Van Walsum’s book is well-written, exiting, innovative and an inspiration for further research. The author raises the question whether the Dutch case is unique or that similar developments take place in other countries.
The book is an inspiration to study immigration law not as an isolated field, but in connection with other fields of law and policy and hence, for more contact and exchange between legal disciplines.""
 
- Betty de Hart, Associate Professor Centre for Migration Law, Radboud University Nijmegen, The Netherlands 

“Sarah Van Walsum's extraordinary book demonstrates a unique gift for illuminating the general through a close and fascinating account of the particular. Anyone interested in the interplay of family and nation, colonial and post-colonial, geo-political borders and social boundaries, will find this an enriching book.”
- Audrey Macklin, Associate Professor, Faculty of Law, University of Toronto.








",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-01-01,"John Allphin Moore, Jr.",Herbert Croly’s The Promise of American Life at Its Centenary,Hardback,978-1-4438-0104-1,29.99,"As of 2005, Herbert Croly’s The Promise of American Life, first published in 1909, had gone through eleven different printings, from a variety of publishing houses, suggesting its enduring stature as an American classic. The book had an acknowledged influence on early to mid-twentieth-century American politics and political thought. Theodore Roosevelt read the book after he left the White House and, when he decided to run for another term as president in 1912, used Croly’s themes in his campaign. After Willard and Dorothy Straight read the book, they contacted Croly, and brought him together with Walter Lippmann and Walter Weyl to edit the journal they founded in 1914—The New Republic. In 1961, Charles Forcey announced, in The Crossroads of Liberalism, that “Croly’s Promise of American Life of 1909 has become the prevailing political faith of most Americans.” Following Franklin Roosevelt’s Croly-inspired New Deal, the New Frontier and the Great Society of John Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson seemed, by the 1960s, to have confirmed Forcey’s assessment and thus Croly’s ascendant place in American politics. 

While the rise of a notable conservative backlash to American liberalism dimmed Croly’s reputation by the end of the century, his book has continued to be part of the canon, often studied in college seminars; and even today his name surfaces in public policy discussions. 

This anthology, analyzing The Promise at its 100th birthday, presents essays by historians, political scientists, an economist, and an international relations scholar discussing the impact of Croly’s book on twentieth-century America and opining on the suitability of The Promise’s ideas for the twenty-first century.



","“Exploring the strengths and weaknesses of Herbert Croly’s The Promise of American Life, these  thoughtful, well-researched essays examine its role in the transformation of American liberalism during the past century. The anthology is especially welcome at a time when many Americans look for a new beginning in our national life.”
—Robert C. Bannister, Senior Research Scholar, Swarthmore College

“The essays in this volume—sharply argued with widely disparate subjects―remind us why Croly’s book  received such acclaim for so long and why its ideas hold resonance today. The essays draw us engagingly into Croly’s views and their influences, evoking the zest and energy of the ideas themselves.”
—Janet Farrell Brodie, Chair, Department of History, Claremont Graduate University.


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-01-01,Janet T. Marquardt and Alyce A. Jordan,Medieval Art and Architecture after the Middle Ages,Hardback,978-1-4438-0057-0,39.99,"Medieval Art and Architecture after the Middle Ages explores the endurance of and nostalgia for medieval monuments through their reception in later periods, specifically illuminating the myriad ways in which tangible and imaginary artifacts of the Middle Ages have served to articulate contemporary aspirations and anxieties.  The essays in this interdisciplinary collection examine the afterlife of medieval works through their preservation, restoration, appropriation, and commodification in America, Great Britain, and across Europe from the sixteenth to the twentieth century. From the evocation of metaphors and tropes, to monumental projects of restoration and recreation—medieval visual culture has had a tremendous purchase in the construction of political, religious, and cultural practices of the Modern era. The authors assembled here engage a diverse spectrum of works, from Irish ruins and a former Florentine prison to French churches and American department stores, and an equally diverse array of media ranging from architecture and manuscripts to embroidery, monumental sculpture, and metalwork. With applications not only to the study of art and architecture, but also encompassing such varied fields as commerce, city planning, education, literature, collecting and exhibition design, this copiously illustrated anthology comprises a significant contribution to the study of medieval art and medievalism. 






",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-01-01,Sonja Tiernan and Mary McAuliffe,Sapphists and Sexologists; Histories of Sexualities: Volume 2,Hardback,978-1-4438-0133-1,39.99,"Sapphists and Sexologists: Histories of Sexualities Volume II, contributes to the ever evolving debates on lesbian lives and histories. This volume includes a mixture of engaging essays from established and young scholars and opens with a succinct, incisive and often comical take on lesbian lives, relationships and cats, by internationally esteemed scholar Sally R. Munt. Unique essays include the personal reflections on writing historical fiction by the celebrated author Emma Donoghue and an exclusive conversational record from Joan Nestle on her life, loves and activism. The scope of this collection is truly international; a collaborative work of scholars from many different disciplines, universities and countries. The central theme of the book continues from the first volume Tribades, Tommies and Transgressives: Histories of Sexualities, in its questioning of established histories of sexualities, methodologies and theoretical practices. 



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-01-01,Mark Heberle,"Thirty Years After: New Essays on Vietnam War Literature, Film and Art",Hardback,978-1-4438-0123-2,49.99,"Thirty Years After:  New Essays on Vietnam War Literature, Film and Art  brings together essays on literature, film and media, representational art, and music of the Vietnam War that were generated by a three-day conference in Honolulu during Veterans Week 2005.  This large and extensive volume, the first collection of Vietnam War criticism published since the 1990s, reflects significant cultural and historical changes since then, including U.S.-Vietnamese cultural transactions in the wake of political reconciliation and the Vietnamese diaspora; popular commodification and memorialization of the war in America; and renascent American imperialism.  Contributors include well-established and well-published writers and critics like Philip Beidler, Cathey Calloway, Lorrie Goldensohn, Wayne Karlin, Andrew Lam, Jerry Lembcke, Tim O’Brien, John S. Schafer, and Alex Vernon as well as emerging Vietnam scholars and critics.  Among other contributions, the volume provides important quasi-bibliographical essays on canonical American and Vietnamese literature and film, African American Vietnam war narratives, Chicano fiction and poetry, and American Vietnam war art music as well as essays on such subjects as real and digital war memorials, Vietnamese popular war songs, and Vietnamization of the Gulf War. Teachers, scholars, and the general public will find Thirty Years After a valuable guide to ongoing critical discussion of the most important event in American history between 1945 and 9/11.

""I highly recommend this book. Although it is almost a cliche say the Vietnam War has left deep and lingering scars on American society-Thirty Years underscores the still traumatic cultural legacy of this conflict. Attuned to the divergent voices and genres of representation--Thirty Years is an indispensable work, not only for literary scholars, but for anyone seeking to understand the enduring impact of the Vietnam War. An impressive work, Mark Herbele is commended for organizing such an insightful and gracefully written set of essays.""
—G. Kurt Piehler, author of Remembering War the American Way.





",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-02-01,Andrea M. Gáldy,Cosimo I de’ Medici as Collector: Antiquities and Archaeology in Sixteenth-century Florence,Hardback,978-1-4438-0172-0,54.99,"Collecting antiquities was a princely pastime that required time, space, money, access to the art market, and to the right advisers. Such collections were gathered in competition with other princes and displayed in the owners’ residences as one of the many manifestations of a choreographed court culture. The aim was to present the prince and collector as a person of taste and discernment; frequently the collection was also used to make political statements that had little to do with an interest in ancient art.

Cosimo I de’ Medici (1519-1574) collected antiquities from the moment he became Duke of Florence in January 1537. In so doing, he continued a family tradition from the previous century and also connected with the cultural politics of the main line of the house of Medici. In some cases he even managed to recuperate antiquities once owned by Lorenzo il Magnifico. His collections, growing over nearly four decades, were also fed by gifts, chance discoveries, and acquisitions from Rome. The antiquities were stored and displayed in several rooms in Palazzo Vecchio and Palazzo Pitti that were open to visitors at the court. Scholars and artists also showed interest in these objects and started to develop an art historical framework that took into account differences in provenance, style, or material.

This study is exploring the collections and the collector’s aims in putting together one of the major examples of a princely collection of antiquities. Both the categories of the objects and the forms of display adopted at different times during Cosimo’s reign are discussed in the historical context of a developing and expanding independent principality.

Using a wealth of (mostly unpublished) archival sources, this volume attempts to reconstruct as far as possible the collection and its display in Florence. It also sets out the archaeological and artistic context of Cosimo’s collection of antiquities that survives in part in the Florentine museums. 

","“With her sharp understanding of the complex history of the changes Palazzo Vecchio underwent at the hands of duke Cosimo I de’Medici, Andrea Gáldy in this book sheds precious new light on the original settings of Cosimo’s famed collections of antiquities. Importantly, Gáldy highlights Cosimo as a collector of antiquities by systematically putting his collections into the perspective of the physical surroundings he had created for them and the spatial arrangements he had given them. She is the first to have done so. And while asking herself what these ambiances and arrangements actually looked like, the author also probes deeply into the question as how these collections functioned. She reveals the shifting cultural and political dimensions Cosimo lent to them. Finally, she firmly places Cosimo’s collecting of antiquities in the wider context of antiquarian and archeological interest and activity in Florence and Rome in the second half of the sixteenth century. In short, her’s is an admirable achievement.”
– Henk van Veen, Professor in Art History, University of Groningen.

“Andrea Gáldy’s meticulously documented and beautifully illustrated study of Cosimo’s antiquities is a wonderful demonstration of how much the study of collecting practices can reveal. It is a vital contribution to our knowledge of Cosimo, sixteenth-century Florence, and the origins of museums.”
– William Stenhouse, Assistant Professor of History, Yeshiva University.

“Andrea Galdy’s richly documented volume presents a contextual analysis of one of the great Renaissance collections of antiquities. More than simply reconstructing this important collection, the author discusses how the display of antiquities influenced the development of sixteenth century archaeological investigation. . . . the first in-depth study of Cosimo’s famed collection of antiquities, considered in its physical, cultural, political and intellectual environment.”
– Caroline S. Hillard, Colorado College in Renaissance Quarterly, 2010

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-02-01,Dragos Gheorghiu,"Early Farmers, Late Foragers, and Ceramic Traditions: On the Beginning of Pottery in the Near East and Europe",Hardback,978-1-4438-0159-1,39.99,"This work presents the most recent views on a subject of primordial importance for all students of history: the understanding of humankind’s process of becoming, viewed through the study of the beginnings of pottery in the late forager, and early farmer societies of Europe.

It is a collection of essays, by some of the prominent European scholars and young dynamic archaeologists whose works focus on the early European and Middle Eastern pottery, intended to present a new perspective on the rise of a new technology in prehistory.

With the breadth, variety and novelty of the approaches presented, “Early farmers, late foragers and ceramic traditions. On the beginning of pottery in Europe” is a fascinating read for scholars, as well as for the public at large.








","'Archeaologists, especially those interested in ceramics, should read this book, which offers a great deal of information about ceramic traditions in the Neolithic of the Near East and Europe.'

Raimond Thorn, European Journal of Archeaology, Sage Publications, 2010

""If we wish to explain when, how and why communities first adopted pottery, context matters. Books such as these are therefore valuable contributions.

This volume is recommended to everyone interested in the initial adoption of ceramics in Europe.""

Olivier P. Nieuwenhuyse, Leiden Journal of Pottery Studies 23, 2007


""The articles are presented in a geographically arranged order, from south to north, which also provides the book with a chronologically arrangement of the chapters... This structure works well.

...the book serves as a door opener to the ceramic traditions of Europe and opens up further reading due to interesting articles as well as rich reference lists.""

Lotte Eigeland and Steiner Solheim,  Norwegian Archaeological Review, Vol 23, No. 1, November 2010

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-02-01,Bożenna Chylińska,Ideology and Rhetoric: Constructing America,Hardback,978-1-4438-0163-8,49.99,"   The discovery of America and its further development into a modern state and a nation are the clear instance of how ideology and rhetoric are entwined and how they can encompass widely disparate viewpoints. The essays collected in this book address the topical issues of modern American Studies: cultural difference and otherness; gender, race and ethnicity; class and power. They represent new texts and contexts, approached through the revision, reevaluation, and reconfiguration of cannons, thus accommodating the expectations of the heterodox audience. Femininity reconsidered; an ideology of passing away in contemporary world of technical development; race captured within the framework of identity and gender; the rhetoric of blackness approached through racial exploitation; American conquest ideology revealed in a mission of Manifest Destiny; the 20th century assimilation rhetoric in the relations between Native Americans and the US federal government; the conservative ideology and apologetic rhetoric of the Antebellum South; the critique of the 21st century American legal system; the evolution of the presidential rhetoric which today addresses a large heterogeneous audience – all these topics impose a transnational interpretation of American culture which developed as a result of the cross-cultural transformation of European culture/cultures, moulded  on American soil to finally become a unique reformulation of the very idea of America itself. 
   


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-02-01,"Birger Stichelbaut, Jean Bourgeois, Nicholas Saunders and Piet Chielens",Images of Conflict: Military Aerial Photography and Archaeology,Hardback,978-1-4438-0171-3,44.99,"Striking aerial views of war, and of the scarred landscapes of its aftermath are the focus of this unique and multidisciplinary book. For the first time, the history, significance, and technology of military aerial photography are brought together and explored by military historians, archaeologists, and anthropologists. This new approach opens the door to a modern reassessment of military aerial imagery, reveals the concepts and philosophies that guided their production and interpretation, and illustrates the complex interaction between humans and technology in creating and understanding the landscapes of conflict.






",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-02-01,Heather Ellis and Jessica Meyer,Masculinity and the Other: Historical Perspectives,Hardback,978-1-4438-0151-5,44.99,"Histories of masculinity have generally examined both social ideologies of masculinity and subjective male identities within frameworks that define them against the feminine. Yet historians and sociologists have increasingly argued that men have been and continue to be defined both socially and subjectively as much by their relations to other men as in relation to women. This collection  brings together the work of scholars of masculinities working in a variety of fields, including literature, history and art history, to examine some of the forms of 'otherness' against which ideas of masculinity have been defined throughout history. The collection reflects the current breadth of scholarship relating to the study of masculine alterity. While the subjects addressed are largely historical, the time span covered is broad and the disciplinary approaches to the subject matter are equally wide-ranging. A huge variety of men, masculine behaviours and definitions of masculinity are considered in an exciting and invigorating collection that showcases both established academics and emerging scholars in the field.










","“Masculinity and the Other propels the field of masculinity studies into a new age. It brings together some of the most dynamic young scholars in the field, to address questions of 'otherness' and gender in exciting new ways. The volume radiates with intellectual vitality. It promises to significantly enrich our understanding of the lived experience of men in the past, in all their complexity. It is a 'must read'.”

Professor Joanna Bourke, author of Dismembering the Male, among other works.


""Heather Ellis and Jessica Meyer have given an exciting conference the full public exposure that it deserved. By focusing on masculinity's multiple others in contrasted locations, this volume provides a cogent theoretical critique and a wealth of illuminating case-studies.""

John Tosh, Roehampton University

“This wideranging and stimulating collection of studies of Masculinity and the Other both takes stock of and extends an important and burgeoning field. The pieces are specific but create together a coherent and well structured book. The Introduction tackles the conceptual issues at stake with verve and perception.”

Anthony Fletcher: Author of Growing Up in England: The Experience of Childhood (1600-1914), retired professor of history at the University of Essex.

""Because of the wide-ranging time-span covered by the essays, they demonstrate an ability to read history through a lens of masculinity in quite different contexts and across different disciplines. They are also successful at problematizing masculinity as a construction. The book will be useful to those of us who desire to see how particular case studies of history done from this perspective might be approached.""

Robert J Myles, Journal of Men, Masculinity and Spirituality, Vol. 4, No. 1, Jan 2010
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-02-01,Nandita Batra and Vartan P. Messier ,"Narrating the Past: (Re)Constructing Memory, (Re)Negotiating",Paperback,978-1-4438-0170-6,16.99,"Narrative constitutes an integral part of human existence, being omnipresent in our ordering of the world and the ways in which we transmit both knowledge and experience. Narrative construction has challenged the supremacy of empirical fact and has questioned our ability to know the past Aas it really was.  Examining a wide range of texts, from ancient Greece and medieval Britain to contemporary America, Asia, Australia, Britain and the Caribbean, the essays in this volume address the inconsistencies in master narratives to reveal that all representations of the past, like knowledge, are situated.




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-02-01,Aukje Kluge and Benn E. Williams,Re-examining the Holocaust through Literature,Hardback,978-1-4438-0176-8,44.99,"In the late 1980s, Holocaust literature emerged as a provocative, but poorly defined, scholarly field. The essays in this volume reflect the increasingly international and pluridisciplinary nature of this scholarship and the widening of the definition of Holocaust literature to include comic books, fiction, film, and poetry, as well as the more traditional diaries, memoirs, and journals. Ten contributors from four countries engage issues of authenticity, evangelicalism, morality, representation, personal experience, and wish-fulfillment in Holocaust literature, which have been the subject of controversies in the US, Europe, and the Middle East.

Of interest to students and instructors of antisemitism, national and comparative literatures, theater, film, history, literary criticism, religion, and Holocaust studies, this book also contains an extensive bibliography with references in over twenty languages which seeks to inspire further research in an international context.
","“Memoirs, diaries, novels, plays, poetry, even comics—Holocaust literature includes such writings and more. Absent the best of these works and sensitive interpretation of them, understanding of the Holocaust would be impoverished. The essays in these pages, skillfully edited and introduced by Aukje Kluge and Benn Williams, make available important examples of the sound analysis that the new voices of younger scholars are producing to advance the field of Holocaust studies. Clearly written, cogently argued, carefully documented, these chapters—each and all—contribute significantly to the task identified by this book’s title, Re-examining the Holocaust through Literature.”
—John K. Roth, Edward J. Sexton Professor Emeritus of Philosophy, Founding Director, Center for the Study of the Holocaust, Genocide, and Human Rights, Claremont McKenna College

“The Holocaust continues to shock, frighten and fascinate. Kluge and Williams have brought together a group of talented young scholars to analyze the literature of the Holocaust. They belong to a generation born long after the war, a generation who witnessed the decline of old ideologies and the blurring of the barriers between disciplines. Reflecting this backdrop their collection of essays offers a fresh and interesting approach to this oft studied subject.”
—Simon Kitson, Director of Research at the University of London Institute in Paris; Author of The Hunt for Nazi Spies (University of Chicago Press, 2008)

“Re-examining the Holocaust through Literature is an impressive collection offering new perspectives on representations of the Holocaust by the next generation of Holocaust scholars.  The essays cover work ranging from Elie Wiesel to Art Spiegelman passing by way of Peter Weiss and Samuel Fuller; the 140 page International Bibliography of the Holocaust is a wonderful resource.”
—Kenneth Mouré, Chair, Department of History, University of California at Santa Barbara

“In one sense, Re-examininng the Holocaust through Literature reflects some of the ways that Holocaust scholarship has evolved over the past sixty years. But in another sense, this collection of scholarly essays edited by Aukje Klluge and Benn E. Williams asks us to reconsider a fundamental question: What counts as Holocaust literature? The essays in this volume challenge us as educators to explore our notions of what we think we already know, as well as what these new perspectives can provide as we continue to rethink, remake, and reinvigorate our teachings of the Holocaust.

Perhaps the most significant message of Re-examining the Holocaust through Literature is that, in reading and teaching about the Holocaust, the ‘truth’ is inextricable from the meanings created through multiple genres, disciplines and subject positions. The ‘International Bibliography of Holocaust Literature’ that concludes the volume provides an excellent resource for this ongoing quest.”
—Brian Kahn, Millikin University in Shofar: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies,  Vol. 29, No. 2, 2011
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-02-01,Mario Scerri,The Evolution of the South African System of Innovation since 1916,Hardback,978-1-4438-0160-7,39.99,"In this book, Mario Scerri provides the reader with a novel and sweeping rendition of South Africa’s economic history from the early part of the twentieth century to the present.  He applies a broad innovation systems approach to this history spanning the period from 1916, which saw the drafting of South Africa’s first Science and Technology plan to the first fourteen years of the post-apartheid period.  

The introduction of the book lays out the scope of the work and its focus on the identification of continuities and ruptures in the economic history of South Africa.  The first part of the book deals with the theoretical foundations of the approach.  The first chapter in this section looks at the emergence of evolutionary economics and innovation systems theory as the basis for the main countervailing argument against the neoclassical/neoliberal orthodoxy.  In the course of this chapter the foundation is laid for the development of an alternative general theory of economics.  The second chapter covers the main debates on the economic history of South Africa and looks at the several varieties of the liberal and Marxist renditions of this history.  The theoretical section lays the foundation for the history that is covered in the four chapters which follow.  These cover three broad periods since 1916.  The first runs up to 1948 with the election victory of the National Party.  The second covers the apartheid period and the last follows with an account of the post apartheid political economy.  An endnote provides the basis for the analysis of what may possibly be the emergence of a fourth main period in the evolution of the South African system of innovation.

The Evolution of the South African System of Innovation since 1916 opens up a novel engagement with the complex phenomenon of apartheid, its genealogy and its aftermath.  It will appeal to economists and economic historians who are interested in the economy of South Africa.  It will be of particular interest to evolutionary economists who use the systems of innovation approach as an alternative to mainstream neoclassical economics in the analysis of dynamic economic systems.  For this particular audience, this book will provide a welcome addition to the growing body of literature in this area, especially given the novelty of its historical approach. 





","“Mario Scerri has collated and analysed an impressive body of literature and has produced the first comprehensive and contextual analysis of South Africa’s National System of Innovation.    He carefully weaves together a coherent narrative which blends empirical detail with theories of innovation. He has placed at the disposal of academic-scholars, activist-researchers and policymakers an invaluable intellectual resource.”

Rasigan Maharajh, Chief Director, Institute for Economic Research on Innovation (IERI), South Africa. rasigan@antfarm.co.za; maharajhr@tut.ac.za

“Mario Scerri integrates the analysis of systems of innovation with a broader discourse on power to a degree that is rarely found in the literature. His analysis of the South African system of innovation is a novel and valuable contribution to the current debates in this field.”

Mammo Muchie, NRF/DST Research Professor Chair Holder, IERI, TUT,  South Africa; Coordinator of the Development, Innovation and International Political Economy Research in Aalborg University, Denmark: muchiem@tut.ac.za  mammo@ihis.aau.dk, http:// www.diiper.ihis.aau.dk




",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-02-01,Joan Fitzpatrick,"The Idea of the City: Early-Modern, Modern and Post-Modern Locations and Communities",Hardback,978-1-4438-0146-1,39.99,"This collection of essays emerges from a two-day international conference held at the University of Northampton, UK. It contains the best of the papers presented by 45 delegates from 12 countries (UK, India, USA, Canada, Italy, France, Ireland, Australia, Romania, Japan, Germany, Portugal) involving both established academics and new scholars. The collection is divided into three parts: Part 1: ‘Medieval and Early-Modern Cities: Performance and Poetry’, Part 2: ‘Defining Urban Space: the Metropolis and the Provincial’, and Part 3: ‘Modern and Postmodern Cities: Marginal Urban Identities’. The chapters explore the nature of the modern city in literature, history, film and culture from its origins in the early-modern period to post-modern dislocations and considers the city as a context within which literature is created, structured, and inspired, and as a space within which distinct voices and genres emerge. Much interest has developed recently on the city and its contexts but there is a tendency to focus on London (for example there is the journal Literary London: Interdisciplinary Studies in the Representation of London and the annual Literary London Conference, a major conference that has run since 2002). This collection fills an important gap in the market by having a truly global focus.  

""Joan Fitzpatrick’s The Idea of the City represents a fascinating snapshot of the current state of literary urban studies. Conference proceedings can often seem diffuse or tokenistic, but this collection offers unity on several levels. For a start, many of the contributors ask similar questions of their material, approaching it with an informed awareness of the ways in which the city has been theorised as well as actually traversed from the medieval period to the present. While one would expect work of this type and standard from established and widely-published scholars such as Pamela Gilbert and Julian Wolfreys, it is refreshing to see how new researchers are blending the cartographic with the psychological to raise important questions about the perception, analysis, and mythologisation of urban and metropolitan space.
The collection is impressively eclectic, ranging from Petrarch’s Avignon to modern Los Angeles, and from 18th century Lichfield to operatic re-imaginings of Venice. As I said, however, the collection is unified at a deep level by the contributors’ shared interest in city writing, and by their conviction that there is a complex relationship between space, place, and self. This means that the book would be of use and interest to those working on individual writers (including contemporary novelists such as Niall Griffiths, on whom little has yet been published) and in the more general areas of urban and cultural studies and critical theory. The collection as a whole allows the reader to revisit the ideas of influential works from the previous decade, such as Keith Tester’s The Flâneur (1994), Sophie Watson and Katherine Gibson’s Postmodern Cities and Spaces (1995), and Susana Onega and John Stotesbury’s London in Literature: Visionary Mappings of the Metropolis (2002). It is therefore both a useful round-up of established ideas from various city-centred disciplines, and a starting point for the fresh consideration of enduringly suggestive material.""
—Dr Nick Freeman, Loughborough University, Author of Conceiving the City: London, Literature, and Art 1870-1914 

""In this substantial volume the editor has assembled an international line-up of scholars working on the city from the Renaissance to the present. This is an important and timely work that has depth as well as breadth. Interdisciplinary and cross-period collections like this which straddle several historical periods run the risk of appealing only in part to coherent scholarly communities, but Dr Fitzpatrick has structured the collection in a way which plays to the strength of critics working within particular periods while clearly displaying the latticework of links between the book's strongly marked sections. There is an excellent balance between historical and theoretical readings, between textual and contextual approaches, and between interventions that are author or text based and those that deal with broader themes and issues. The range of contributors is matched by the richness and variety of perspectives. I would strongly recommend this book to students working in the early modern period, and also to those interested in modern developments. It is a comprehensive, intelligently organized and richly researched volume that is likely to be well received, well reviewed and well read. I will certainly be ordering copies for my own University library and including it on reading lists for future courses."" 
—Professor Willy Maley, University of Glasgow




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-03-01,Robert E. Weir,Knights Down Under: The Knights of Labour in New Zealand,Hardback,978-1-4438-0336-6,44.99,"In the United States, the Knights of Labour (KOL) is part of the wreckage of labor history, a nineteenth-century organization of great promise that flamed out quickly and completely. Many scholars (wrongly) see it as little more than a failed experiment that stumbled due to misplaced idealism and antiquated notions of fraternalism.  In New Zealand, the KOL’s story was strikingly different, achieving tremendous success in a remarkably short time. Knights Down Under takes an in-depth look at the organization in New Zealand, and is the first thorough comparative study of the KOL in global context. It calls into question assumptions about the newness of globalism, national exceptionalism, the uniqueness of socialist movements, how social movements develop, the nature of leadership, and the possibilities and challenges of transnational organizing. 

	The KOL was the first labour federation to envision itself as an international body that could and should expand beyond its North American birthplace. Knights Down Under sheds light on how the KOL evolved from the remnant of a failed Philadelphia tailors’ union to an international force that helped rewrite the social agenda in far-off New Zealand. Knights immersed themselves in workplace issues, but also delved into politics, got elected to Parliament, and promoted a comprehensive program of social and labour reform. They were the envy of workers in Western industrial societies, most of which would not enact similarly sweeping changes for another four decades. 

	Among the reforms the KOL helped enact were women’s suffrage, mandatory arbitration of labour disputes, old-age pensions, early-closing hours for retail shops, land redistribution, an equitable tax code, and the creation of a department of labour. By aiding in the development of New Zealand’s first political system, the KOL also laid the groundwork for the future birth of an independent labour party.   







","“Weir has detailed the workings-as well as the disorders-of the Knights of Labor, the most prominent union in Gilded Age America. He follows the Knights to New Zealand, where an independent Parliament merged with a labor party mentality to foster progressive laws. The author addresses other important labor questions: the impact of emerging globalization, the ability to transfer models of union organization, the shortcomings of ""exceptionalism"" studies, and the overly harsh standards employed to measure labor influence and success. This is a wonderful comparative study that seamlessly contrasts two different worlds.”

- Scott Molloy; Award winning Professor of Labor Relations, University of Rhode Island's Schmidt Labor Research Center. Author of Trolley Wars (1907) and Irish Titan, Irish Toilers (2008).

“New Zealand labour historians have focussed unduly on certain radical moments in the history of the local labour movement, especially the pre WWI Red Fed period. Rob Weir’s detailed study of the Knights of Labour in New Zealand exposes the limits of this historiographical tradition. So-called moderate elements, such as the Knights, have arguably been more influential than the radicals Red Fed. With this study the Knights of Labour will no longer be able to be relegated to a mere footnote in New Zealand political history. Rather, Weir argues, they should command a place more central to our understanding of the late nineteenth century political transformation know as the ‘Liberal Era’. The book combines detailed and original primary research with a deep knowledge of the political tradition under study. The passion of the author for the both the Knights and New Zealand, give the manuscript a compelling quality.”

- Dr Kerry Taylor, Senior Lecturer in History, School of History Philosophy and Classics, Massey University, New Zealand






",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-03-01,Christine de Matos and Robin Gerster,Occupying the “Other”: Australia and Military Occupations from Japan to Iraq,Hardback,978-1-4438-0339-7,44.99,"In late 1945, Australia eagerly put up its hand to join the American-led military occupation of war-devastated Japan: the old enemy was still hated, yet the Australian involvement was motivated by ideals of democratic reconstruction rather than retribution. In the age of Iraq, when Australia has again participated in a US occupation of a “rogue” non-Western state humbled in war, it is time to consider troubling questions surrounding the nation’s engagement in contentious overseas occupations. Can Western conceptions of democracy be imposed militarily on other societies? To what extent has Australia’s willingness to support the United States been an expression of independent policy-making or meek acquiescence in the neocolonial imperatives of the global superpower? How do occupations differ? When does “intervention” become “occupation”? To what extent are entrenched cultural attitudes to race and religion a factor in decisions to occupy, and on how these occupations are perceived at home? And how has the Australian media influenced public attitudes to these ventures?

This collection of essays by leading Australian academics and commentators places Australia’s historical role as an occupier on the critical map. Now, as the country juggles complex national, regional and international alliances and obligations, this conversation is as compelling as it is belated.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-03-01,John O'Callaghan,"Teaching Irish Independence: History in Irish Schools, 1922-72",Hardback,978-1-4438-0243-7,29.99,"This book examines the role of history teaching in Irish secondary schools in the period 1922-72. It assesses what objectives were the most important in history teaching and what interests school history was designed to serve. The emphasis is on the political, cultural, social and economic factors that determined the content of the history curriculum and its development. 
The primary focus is on the politics and policy of history teaching, including the respective contributions of church and state to the formulation of the history programmes. It is argued that a particular view of Ireland’s past as a Gaelic, Catholic-nationalist one informed the ideas of policy makers and thus provided the basis of state education policy, and history teaching specifically. 
The conclusion drawn is that history teaching was used by elite interest groups, namely the state and the church, in the service of their own interests. It was used to justify the state’s existence and employed as an instrument of religious education. History was exploited in the pursuit of the objectives of the cultural revival movement, being used to legitimise the restoration of Irish as a spoken language. 




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-03-01,Lucie Doležalová,The Charm of a List: From the Sumerians to Computerised Data Processing,Hardback,978-1-4438-0237-6,34.99,"Lists, one of the most archaic literary genres, stand behind many of our complex mental or rhetorical structures and they often influence the way we conceptualize the world (even if we are unaware of it). They seem plain but may conceal a complicated inner logic. They are agrammatical but may tell a story. Their basic features – selection, order, and layout – may be enough to give them enormous power: by including they exclude, by ordering they create a hierarchy, by taking on particular physical aspects they place themselves into a specific context.
These and other issues are discussed in the present transdisciplinary volume collecting the best revised contributions to a workshop on lists held at the Center for Theoretical Study in Prague in November 2008. Each of the 13 articles by researchers from seven countries provides a case study on the subject of list. The fields covered include late antique, medieval and early modern history, philology, philosophy, cognitive and computer science. The contributors aim both at presenting particular cases – specific lists or list-types – and, at the same time, at addressing methodological issues: exploring the ways of researching lists in their particular disciplines, formulating relevant research themes and questions, contextualizing the subject. Since theoretical discourse on lists has not been established yet, this volume should be seen as a first step in the process, showing the variety of possible research directions on a transdisciplinary level, and raising interest in the topic, which, although it may seem a bit obscure at first, has indeed a lot to offer.  

","“This is a highly stimulating book on a text type rarely considered as such. Besides most interesting information of the specific cases discussed here, the reader is given many insights into human behaviour.”

- Peter Stotz, Professor Emeritus, Zurich University

“This book offers a first exploration of the functions and the interpretations of a fundamental way to give order to reality: the “list” in all its forms, from the catalogue of saints or virtues to the table of contents, from the inventories of properties to the catalogues of feelings or emoticons. A wide chronological overview runs from Middle Ages to contemporary computer-aided textual analysis. Intriguing historical or technical case-studies on the background of theoretical proposals demonstrate that documented lists of the same objects change in time according different contexts, but remain an indispensable tool for building identity and controlling our perception of world and history, so creating a fascination of seriality.”

- Francesco Stella, University of Siena

“What these diverse chapters share is an attention to how the list as form functions in a particular context, and how that context, in turn, helps continually define the surprisingly slippery genre of list. As a whole, then, the volume provides the first comprehensive examination of the genre, as well as an overview of the possible interpretive strategies that might be brought to bear upon it. Many of the chapters are also concerned with how readers read lists, that is, with reception – a subject of critical interest to everyone from advertisers who make use of search engines to historians who have too often taken lists factual contents for granted.”

- Kim Bowes, Cornell University

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-03-01,Jeremy F. Worthen,The Internal Foe: Judaism and Anti-Judaism in the Shaping of Christian Theology,Hardback,978-1-4438-0207-9,44.99,"The relationship between Christianity and other religions is a vital issue in the world today. This book provides a fresh perspective by exploring how Christian theology has been shaped over two millennia by interaction with its original religious “other”, continuing Judaism.

It begins by describing the origins of the “classic framework” in Christianity that correlates claims about the gospel with judgments about Judaism as resistance to the new thing God has done in Jesus Christ. This framework binds Christianity to the task of interpreting Jewish presence, which then renders engaging with Judaism as well as rehearsing judgments about it integral to Christian theology’s development. The central chapters of the book demonstrate this in relation to three pivotal periods of Western history: 1050-1300 CE, early modernity and the first half of the twentieth century. They reveal the classic framework to have been remarkably resilient, despite sometimes radical adaptation, before, in and after modernity.

The insights of Franz Rosenzweig about Judaism as Christianity’s “internal foe” resonate deeply with the book’s historical analysis. Does this mean that non-relativistic Christian theology must remain intrinsically anti-Jewish? The book concludes that it need not, if it can renounce its historic stance of hermeneutical comprehension.







","“Many books have been written on anti-Judaism in Christian texts. Jeremy Worthen’s The Internal Foe is distinctive in that it analyzes the complex interaction between Christian and Jewish thinkers from antiquity through the mid-twentieth century. His stimulating, sensitive, judicious and fair-minded survey should be read carefully by all who are interested in Jewish-Christian dialogue.”
Rabbi Professor Marc Saperstein, Leo Baeck College

“Jeremy Worthen’s book is a significant historical and theological engagement with the question of the role of Judaism in the shaping of Christian theology. Its conclusion, which substantiates a Rosenzweigian thesis, is an important and distinctive contribution to current scholarly literature. Dr Worthen offers a sensitive and sophisticated treatment of this fraught and painful topic.”
Dr Susannah Ticciati, King’s College London

'Worthen’s book is a magisterial study of the theological exchanges between the Jews and Christians…'

Leonard S. Kravitz- Hebrew Union College- Jewish Institute of Religion, New York, in Journal of Ecumenical Studies- Spring 2010

""Jeremy Worthen's Internal Foe is a well-researched and thorough study of the role that Judaism, and especially Christian anti-Judaism, has played in Christian theological self-understanding  from its formative years to the present day.

An Internal Foe is a sincere and important theological study of the role of Judaism in Christian theology and Worthen is to be congratulated for his willingness to tackle honestly a difficult and painful chapter in Christian self-understanding.""

Edward Kessler, Woolf Institute, Cambridge in Theology Journal (SAGE) Vol 114, No. 3, June 2011

""Jeremy Worthen's Internal Foe is a well - researched and thorough study of the role that Judaism, and especially Christian anti - Judaism, has played in Christian theological self - understanding from its formative years to the present day.

 . . . An Internal Foe is a sincere and important theological study of the role of Judaism in Christian theology and Worthen is to be congratulated for his willingness to tackle honestly a difficult and painful chapter in Christian self - understanding.""

Edward Kessler, Woolf Institute, Cambridge, Theology, Vol. 114, no.3, May / June 2011



",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-03-01,Nicholas A. Germana,The Orient of Europe: The Mythical Image of India and Competing Images of German National Identity,Paperback,978-1-4438-0192-8,39.99,"	August Wilhelm Schlegel proclaimed that “[i]f the regeneration of the human species started in the East, Germany must be considered the Orient of Europe.” How can this remarkable identification of Germany with the subjugated oriental ‘other’ be explained?  In The Orient of Europe, Nicholas A. Germana explores how German thinkers, especially those associated with the Early Romantic movement, set India up as an “ideal mirror,” in which they could perceive the image of the Germany they longed for – a nation whose greatness lay not in political and military power, but in the realm of culture and the spirit.  Such an image was especially important during the years of French occupation and the Wars of Liberation against Napoleon.  

	The ‘mythical image’ of India, however, underwent profound changes in the decades after 1815.  The end of the Wars of Liberation and the onset of the Restoration era, led to the decline of the romantic image of India.  As statist visions of German unity rose in prominence, especially in Prussia, this image of the connection between Germany and ancient India took on a new complexion.  Politically volatile romantic “Indomania” gave way to a new, more acceptable, ideology – the ideology of Wissenschaft.

	In this book, which engages with the most recent scholarship in the rapidly emerging field of German Orientalism, Germana challenges traditional Saidian Orientalist readings of German intellectual engagement with Indian thought and literature.  German romantic and humanist fascination with India, he argues, is best understood within the context of debates about the nature of ‘Germany’ and ‘Germanness’ in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, rather than in connection with nascent German “colonial fantasies.”     











","“Germana adds a new facet to existing scholarship on German Orientalism with an in depth analysis of the rise and fall of the mythical image of India…..  Readers will find The Orient of Europe to be a useful survey of the broader debates and specific texts in which an impressive range of important thinkers created and then undermined the mythical image of India.”

- Tuska Benes, Assistant Professor of History, College of William and Mary.  Author of In Babel's Shadow: Language, Philology, and Nation in Nineteenth Century Germany (Wayne State University Press, 2008)

“This is a wonderful book that both scholars of the German interest in India and readers new to the topic will read with fascination to glean valuable new insights.  It compellingly examines Indo-German connections in exciting and fresh ways, incorporating work that has only very recently become available.”

- Douglas T. McGetchin, Assistant Professor of History, Florida Atlantic University, Florida, USA. Recent publications 

""Eloquently written and well-informed, ""The Orient of Europe"" fills a visible gap in research on German-Indian encounters. Nicholas Germana has submitted an excellent framework for further studies of the relationship between India and Germany and he has successfully challenged well-established concepts with which we understand this relationship."" 

- Christine Lehleiter, University of Toronto

""Nicholas A. Germana's book provides a scrupulous survey of the various debates in Germany during the early part of the nineteenth century that surrounded the establishment of Indology as an academic discipline within the newly founded field of comparative linguistics.

The merit of Germana's book lies in its scrupulous exposition of historical developments in early nineteenth century Germany and the ample biographical material that it provides about the German intellectuals who were involved, however motivated, in using Vedic India selectively - within a political vaccuum - to gratify their need for an Urmythos.""

Kamakshi P. Murti, Middlebury College in the American Historical Review, April 2011.
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-03-01,Monika Class and Terry F. Robinson,"Transnational England: Home and Abroad, 1780-1860",Hardback,978-1-4438-0196-6,39.99,"The rise of the modern English nation coincided with England’s increased encounters with other peoples, both at home and abroad.  Their cultures and ideas—artistic, religious, political, and philosophical—contributed, in turn, to the composition of England’s own domestic identity. Transnational England sheds light on this exchange through a close investigation of the literatures of the time, from dramas to novels, travel narratives to religious hymns, and poetry to prose, all of which reveal how connections between England and other world communities 1780-1860 simultaneously fostered and challenged the sovereignty of the English nation and the ideological boundaries that constituted it. 

Featuring essays from distinguished and emergent scholars that will enhance the literary, historical, and cultural knowledge of England's interaction with European, American, Eastern, and Asian nations during a time of increased travel and vast imperial expansion, this volume is valuable reading for academics and students alike.   




","“This absorbing collection brings to light the extent to which British Romantic and Victorian literary and performance culture was saturated by transnational influences. From the sacramental to the salacious, from the centralities of the canon to the creolizing peripheries, 'English Literature' in its most 'nationalist' phase is revealed as a dynamic palimpsest of cultural confluence. In a series of detailed and beautifully crafted essays the scholars represented here collectively make a compelling case for the interwoven presence of American, Asian and European elements at the heart of imperial Britain.”
—Susan Manning, Grierson Professor of English Literature and Director of the Institute for Advanced Studies in the Humanities (IASH), University of Edinburgh


“In Transnational England, established scholars and newer voices discuss England's productive yet problematic international encounters as reflected in Romantic literature, and in the spheres of theatre, religion, and travel. Refreshingly original and often provocative, these essays propose that we recognize, among other things, a ‘women’s cosmopolitanism’ emerging in English Romantic drama and a transnational hymnody in the Anglican Church; they expose the difficulties involved in Blake’s patriotic stance and argue that Coleridge’s most distinctive achievements are most deeply engaged with German literature; they demonstrate how descriptions of foreign food and depictions of ‘home’ can call British national identity into question. This collection makes highly stimulating reading for students and scholars of Romanticism, especially those engaged with the compelling subjects of national identity, international relations, imperialism, and comparative literature.”
—Angela Esterhammer, Professor of English Literature, University of Zurich, and Distinguished University Professor of English and Comparative Literature, University of Western Ontario






",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-04-01,Joan Allen and Richard C. Allen,"Faith of Our Fathers: Popular Culture and Belief in Post-Reformation England, Ireland and Wales",Hardback,978-1-4438-0487-5,39.99,"The study of popular culture has been an abiding preoccupation of historians and other academics, not just in the British Isles but elsewhere too. This volume of essays explores the manifestations of popular culture and belief in England, Ireland and Wales from the Reformation onwards. As an interdisciplinary collection it brings together specialists in English Literature, History, Celtic and Religious Studies. It offers new insights thematically via a selection of diverse contributions. The nexus between religion and popular culture links the contributions together, while the geographical spread of the topic facilitates a dynamic comparative methodology. What emerges from these explorations of rites of passage, festivals, revivalism, print culture and gender is the remarkable resilience of popular culture and the extent to which all levels of society were prepared to compromise. 

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-04-01,"Anunciación Carrera and María José Carrera, with Carlos Herrero, Pilar Garcés and Berta Cano, Elena González-Cascos, Ana Sáez",Philip Perry’s Sketch of the Ancient British History: A Critical Edition,Hardback,978-1-4438-0448-6,39.99,"This book presents a thorough edition of a so-far unpublished manuscript preserved at St Alban's English College in Valladolid, Spain. Written by Philip M. Perry, who was rector of this Catholic seminary from 1768 until his death in 1774, the Sketch of the Ancient British History provides a historical account stretching from the arrival of the Romans in Britain up to and including St Columba’s Christianizing mission in the sixth century and possesses an intrinsic value insofar as it is genuinely (and historically) anchored in major historical and cultural phenomena: the history of the English Church and the huge influence of Bede’s work, the religious history of Europe since the sixteenth century, the perception of antiquity during the Enlightenment or the theological and historiographical debates of the eighteenth century.

Additionally, the edition includes an inventory of bibliographical sources used by Philip Perry and extant at St Alban’s as well as the author’s own transcript of the Stannington military diploma (AD 124), a unique historical document registered by Perry himself around 1761.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-04-01,Gaynor Johnson,The International Context of the Spanish Civil War,Hardback,978-1-4438-0485-1,39.99,"This book, which consists of essays by leading scholars in the field of twentieth century international history, examines the wider context of one of the most bitter and bloody civil wars in European history - the Spanish Civil War.  The chapters discuss all of the major debates that surround the ideological and political context of the war, including the extent to which it could be regarded as a 'dress rehearsal' for the Second World War.  The book also debates the nature of civil war in the twentieth century and as such will be of interest to military and international historians as well as to historians of the history of ideas.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-04-01,"Andrekos Varnava, Nicholas Coureas and Marina Elia",The Minorities of Cyprus: Development Patterns and the Identity of the Internal-Exclusion,Hardback,978-1-4438-0052-5,39.99,"This book examines the various minorities living in the island of Cyprus from the early modern (late Venetian and early Ottoman) period down to the present day. It charts their history, with special emphasis on their relations with the powers ruling Cyprus and with the two dominant Christian-Greek and Muslim-Turkish communities. The theme running through the book is that despite being significant members of Cyprus’ society, the three historical minorities (Maronites, Armenians and Latins) were only included in society to a certain extent by the two major communities. This was formalised in the post-independence (1960) period when they were compelled to become members of either dominant community and thus they suffered ‘internal exclusion’ by being regarded as religious sub-groups of one of the two dominant communities rather than national minorities in their own right.

Within this general context, the social, legal and political roles, customs, culture and language of the various minorities are examined as they evolved through time and in response to internal and external developments affecting Cyprus in the political, economic and global spheres. They are discussed not as static entities, but as evolving groups that have adapted with greater or lesser degrees of success to the radical and at times painful changes Cyprus has undergone, especially over the last 150 years, in all walks of life. Finally, the question of what the future holds for the minorities of the island in the light of Cyprus’ EU membership and the prospect of reunification are also analysed. 

This book is a product of the conference “Minorities of Cyprus: Past, Present and Future”, which was held on 24 and 25 November 2007 at the European University Cyprus.  






",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-04-01,Palmira Fontes da Costa,The Singular and the Making of Knowledge at the Royal Society of London in the Eighteenth Century,Hardback,978-1-4438-0357-1,39.99,"The central subject of this book is the status of singular experiences in the making of natural knowledge at the Royal Society of London in the eighteenth century. It makes a significant contribution to our understanding of the importance of the reporting and display of extraordinary phenomena at the Royal Society in this period, and shows that the success of these practices was largely based on their multiple roles within the Society, where singular experiences not only promoted natural historical and medical knowledge but also played a social and epistemological role. However, singular experiences were problematic in terms of authentication and the book reveals how eighteenth-century literary satires made the Royal Society an easy and favoured target for their interest in them. The book demonstrates the variety and intricacy of elements involved in the making and circulation of natural knowledge in the period. It provides an interdisciplinary and innovative approach to the place of the singular in one of the oldest and most import scientific institutions in the world.




","‘…comprehensively researched book which constitutes a useful addition to the still scant literature on the Royal Society in the Eighteenth Century…written with authority, and with an eye to the major debates about the character of the Royal Society. At last the life of that institution in the Eighteenth Century is starting to emerge from the shadows to which it has long be consigned.'

John Gascoigne- University of New South Wales, The Journal of BJHS, Vol. 43/1- March 2010
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-05-01,Nely Keinänen and Maria Salenius,Authority of Expression in Early Modern England,Hardback,978-1-4438-0515-5,39.99,"Authority of Expression in Early Modern England brings together an international group of scholars writing on the relationships between authority and the self in early modern English literature, discussing writers such as Edmund Spenser, William Shakespeare, John Donne, Ben Jonson, Thomas Middleton and Andrew Marvell. The early modern period was a time of momentous religious, political and cultural change, with scientific and geographical exploration opening new horizons, challenging established truths, and unsettling the concepts and practices of authority.
	In this book, scholars approach the texts from a literary, historical and/or linguistic point of view, thus providing multiple perspectives on the topic. Themes explored include the links between sense perception and cognition in the establishment of authority; the ways that sexuality, gender relations and language are implicated in expressing and responding to authority; and conceptions of the self and the strategies that individuals adopt to cope with changes in their frameworks of authority and power. This wide-ranging collection offers new perspectives on how authority was negotiated in the English Renaissance.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-05-01,Lee M. Roberts,Germany and the Imagined East,Paperback,978-1-4438-0511-7,17.99,"German-speaking Europe is an array of images that have emerged from varied discourses about itself and its neighbors, and “Germany and the Imagined East” revolves around the exchange of views on and in the vast construct called “the East.” The world has been divided conceptually in countless ways, but the works in this volume treat aspects of Germany as both part of and also separate from any perception of an eastern border. From the former German Democratic Republic,“East Germany,” to Österreich—whose name loses its eastern association in the English version, Austria,—the East begins within the very world of the German language. But it is also the expanse off to the right of Germany, within which essays in this collection treat such political and cultural distinctions as former Yugoslavia, Romania and Russia in Eastern Europe, or Turkey and Persia in the Near East, spreading through India to China and Japan in the Far East. With a variety of perspectives on literature, film, philosophy, architecture, music and history, these essays comprise a multidisciplinary collage that invites scholars from all departments to explore the wealth of insights German Studies has to offer on East-West relations.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-05-01,Akanmu G. Adebayo and Olutayo C. Adesina,Globalization and Transnational Migrations: Africa and Africans in the Contemporary Global System,Hardback,978-1-4438-0535-3,44.99,"The past three decades have proved extremely challenging for Africa and its peoples, both at home and in the Diaspora. Coincidentally, these were also the decades that globalization reached maturity and that the world became more interconnected and interdependent. The paradox of globalization for Africa has included increase in marginalization, poverty, inequality, migration and instability. This book highlights global asymmetries by interfacing the notion of “one world” or “flat world” with the challenges thrown up by transnational migration, brain drain, citizenship, identity, multiculturalism, religion and ethnicity. It presents researches and discourses on globalization across disciplines and across regions, and fosters ongoing inquiry into important assumptions, beliefs and perspectives about the implications of globalization for Africa and Africans. It covers major areas of concern—movement of refugees, xenophobia, transition from economic migration to citizenship, challenges of integration, and conflict of identity. The authors investigate the experiences of Africans in various economic sectors and geographical locations, and the trends in hegemony, inequality, cultural changes and the dynamics of social movements and struggles. Through illuminating narratives and copious explanations, this book assists readers to make sense of globalization and the position of Africa and Africans in it. 









","“Taking views from the dimly-lit basement of an allegedly ""flattened"" world, this book provides diverse – and sometimes surprising – perspectives on the experience of Africa and Africans in the age of globalization. It covers the experience of Africans as migrants to the North as well as in other African countries; it studies refugees and highly-qualified migrants alike. While taking seriously the analysis of socio-economic and policy dimensions of African migration, this book goes beyond it and explores aspects of the wider cultural impact of globalization on Africa and Africans. Examples extend from changes in gender stereotypes to the literary expression of the diaspora experience. 
Joining together a diversity of views and perspectives, this book provides a remarkable example of fruitful collaboration between African and African diaspora academics.”

- Axel Harneit-Sievers, Director, East & Horn of Africa Office, Heinrich Böll Stiftung

“This is an important collection of essays by an impressive team of scholars who interrogate the meanings and implications of the processes of globalization for the continent and its peoples. Focusing on both transnational migrations and local transformations wrought by globalization, its dynamics as a historical process of growing interconnectedness and an ideological project of neoliberal capitalism, the authors offer fresh insights into the exceedingly complex subject of Africa’s globalization. With admirable theoretical sophistication and ample empirical data, they probe, expand, and enrich our understanding of African migrations and new diaspora formations, how these developments are affecting the constructions of and contestations over the identities and notions of citizenship, nationality, race, culture, ethnicity, gender, and class. “
 
- Paul Tiyambe Zeleza, Liberal Arts and Sciences Distinguished Professor, University of Illinois at Chicago; President, African Studies Association

“Globalization and Transitional Migrations provides a road map into the complex world of globalization by examining the etiology of its making, and because it is conceived and written mostly by African scholars in Africa, and African scholars who have settled in the West, there is an effect of deep intimacy, akin to eavesdropping on a conversation among family members… The book questions the necessity and investigates the sufficiency of globalization in relation to African living... It helps us to understand better the balance sheet of globalization in Africa by providing new structures and new perspectives with which to think about our world and our role in it.” 
 
- Kwadwo Opoku-Agyemang, Director, Center for International Education, University of Cape Coast, Ghana






",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-05-01,Gabriel Rosenstock,Haiku Enlightenment,Hardback,978-1-4438-0521-6,34.99,"A renowned poet shares his experience of haiku and its potential to surprise us again and again into a sudden awakening and thus to a deeper sense of what it is to be truly alive. His remarkably refreshing insights have delighted confreres around the world.




","“Gabriel Rosenstock offers us a marvellous path into the essence of haiku and the state of being in harmony with the laws of the universe.”	
-Ion Codrescu, Romania

“A learned, imaginative and profound commentary on haiku with many outstanding examples from around the globe, demonstrating the form’s universal appeal. Persons with little knowledge of haiku will be captivated, while those with expertise will feel renewed …”
-George Swede, Canada

 “Rosenstock is an excellent teacher, wise enough to realise that in describing haiku (as in so many other things) examples are worth a million words. He spreads before us a variegated tapestry of haiku, by poets in all places and at all times since haiku began, as well as from his own ingenious pen, in which ‘the spirit of play and the play of spirit are simultaneous and one.”
-David Cobb, England

“From the wealth of his experience, Rosenstock gives profound advice and useful tips for the wanderer on the haiku path, showing us how sudden enlightenment can happen in our ordinary life.”
- Ruth Franke, Germany

“With edifying purpose, the author subtly introduces examples of haiku’s apocalyptic potential of transfiguration, known in haiku and Zen as ‘spiritual interpenetration’ and, by so doing, offers the reader an opportunity to witness – through numinous haiku moments – the entwining of the Universal Spirit with Its Self.”
- James W. Hackett, Hawaii


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-05-01,Magda Czigány,"""Just Like Other Students"": Reception of the 1956 Hungarian Refugee Students in Britain",Paperback,978-1-4438-0550-6,19.99,"Based on extensive archival research and in-depth interviews with former refugee students, the author has painted a detailed picture of how and why the students came to Britain after the failure of the 1956 revolution. She chronicles their studies and achievements and their attempts to adapt to British society and recalls the extraordinary welcome extended to them by British higher educational institutions as well as the magnanimous response by the people of Britain to the appeal to raise funds to cover the cost of their education.

The British people, feeling guilty that the Suez crisis had prevented the British government from being able to help Hungary in face of Soviet aggression, readily offered whatever they could to help the refugees pouring into Britain. The Lord Mayor of London’s Appeal Fund was set up within a week of the Russian tanks rolling into Budapest. It had the then unprecedented sum of two million pounds as its target, which was collected, mainly from small individual donations, by the first week of January 1957. 

The universities immediately began to organize the selection and transfer of refugee students from the Austrian camps to Britain, to interview them, allocate places for them and set up the necessary English language classes. Nearly one thousand potential students were interviewed, five hundred of whom were placed in higher educational institution all over the country. Well over the half of these students obtained degrees, and an unusually high proportion went on to gain higher degrees.





","“Magda Czigany’s book is the story of many Hungarian students who fled Hungary and who went to Britain at the time of the 1956 uprising. The book covers the reasons why the students left, the financial and other help that they received, their journey – in winter, and often in harsh conditions – to the UK, and their experiences in the UK educational system. It deals with their slow but thorough integration into British way of life, and how many of them stayed on in Britain to work. Ms Czigany’s book is not just the outcome of many hours of patient and dedicated research, it is also the outcome of her personal experiences at a time of individual and national trauma – as she herself was one of the students who sought refuge in Britain. I commend it to a wide readership.” 
 
- John Nichols, H.M. Ambassador to Hungary, both for the Hungarian and a potential English edition of the book:



",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-05-01,Magda Czigány,"""Just Like Other Students"": Reception of the 1956 Hungarian Refugee Students in Britain",Hardback,978-1-4438-0525-4,39.99,"Based on extensive archival research and in-depth interviews with former refugee students, the author has painted a detailed picture of how and why the students came to Britain after the failure of the 1956 revolution. She chronicles their studies and achievements and their attempts to adapt to British society and recalls the extraordinary welcome extended to them by British higher educational institutions as well as the magnanimous response by the people of Britain to the appeal to raise funds to cover the cost of their education.

The British people, feeling guilty that the Suez crisis had prevented the British government from being able to help Hungary in face of Soviet aggression, readily offered whatever they could to help the refugees pouring into Britain. The Lord Mayor of London’s Appeal Fund was set up within a week of the Russian tanks rolling into Budapest. It had the then unprecedented sum of two million pounds as its target, which was collected, mainly from small individual donations, by the first week of January 1957. 

The universities immediately began to organize the selection and transfer of refugee students from the Austrian camps to Britain, to interview them, allocate places for them and set up the necessary English language classes. Nearly one thousand potential students were interviewed, five hundred of whom were placed in higher educational institution all over the country. Well over the half of these students obtained degrees, and an unusually high proportion went on to gain higher degrees.


","“Magda Czigány’s book is the story of many Hungarian students who fled Hungary and who went to Britain at the time of the 1956 uprising. The book covers the reasons why the students left, the financial and other help that they received, their journey – in winter, and often in harsh conditions – to the UK, and their experiences in the UK educational system. It deals with their slow but thorough integration into British way of life, and how many of them stayed on in Britain to work. Ms Czigány’s book is not just the outcome of many hours of patient and dedicated research, it is also the outcome of her personal experiences at a time of individual and national trauma – as she herself was one of the students who sought refuge in Britain. I commend it to a wide readership.” 
 
- John Nichols, H.M. Ambassador to Hungary, both for the Hungarian and English edition of the book:


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-05-01,Jennifer Craig and Warren Steele,"R|EVOLUTIONS: Mapping Culture, Community, and Change from Ben Jonson to Angela Carter",Hardback,978-1-4438-0508-7,34.99,"Can art change the world? Or can art produce new knowledge that facilitates radical change in our slowly-evolving communities? If so, then we must ask: How does cultural transformation, whether super or slight, affect our understanding of culture and the world? Operating under the rubric of resistance and reform, R|EVOLUTIONS: Mapping Culture, Community and Change is a unique scholarly collection that seeks to illuminate current understandings of art, aesthetics, and the revolutionary impulse. The resulting work interrogates intersections between culture and community, revolution and evolution. At the same time, it examines how enduring social issues intertwine with current concerns, such as representations of the body or the book. Multidisciplinary in approach, topics run from subversive uses of the body in Renaissance drama to the effect of the atom bomb on postmodern culture. From Mark Wallinger’s Turner Prize-winning performance in a bear suit, to Angela Carter’s concept of sexual multiplicity in The Passion of New Eve. Cutting-edge and politically engaging, R|Evolutions will appeal to general readers as well as the specialist, and it is designed for scholars not only interested in issues of cultural production, but also in the evolution of politics and perception over time.





","“In this excellent collection of essays the editors have assembled an international line-up of contributors to debate the parameters and problems of cultural transformations from the early modern period to postmodernity. Collections of this kind which offer such wide historical coverage can sometimes fall between two stools – neither sufficiently focused to fix the attention of scholars or students working in particular historical periods, nor comprehensive enough to satisfy the general reader. This volume manages to avoid both pitfalls, and for two reasons. First, the quality and precision of the contributions allows readers unfamiliar with debates around a specific historical moment access to the archive in a lucid and lively manner. Second, the theme of the collection – or rather, themes – are so expertly handled by the editors and so thoroughly marshalled by the essayists as to offer something serious at the level of theory, so that the individual historical engagements are supported by a series of meditations on the nature of culture, community and change. That holds a great deal of merit for the non-specialist, and is an example of the sort of clarity and comprehensiveness that the best work in cultural studies aspires to. Effectively, what the collection offers – and the editors are to be commended for maintaining such a strong through-line – is a kind of critical cartography of the modes and measures of cultural change across different periods, never losing sight of the big picture, producing finally the effect of an overview that enables close-ups and sidelights as well as snapshots and highlights. Any book of essays that can range from Ben Jonson to Angela Carter, and examine a wealth of material from Jacobean masque to the Atom Bomb, is not short on ambition. A materialist mapping of mindscapes as well as landscapes, I would certainly recommend this text to students as an engaging and energetic encounter with an open and ongoing debate in literary and cultural studies.”

Professor Willy Maley, Dept of English Literature, University of Glasgow 

“'R|Evolutions: Mapping Culture, Community, and Change' represents the best kind of cultural history: theoretically informed, conceptually adventurous, and closely attuned to the various interconnections between texts, disciplines and periods. Taken together the contributions cover a wide expanse of theoretical and literary territory, demonstrating the possibilities for literary studies in the twenty-first century. Rarely has the future of field been so energetically presented under one cover.”


Dr. Alex Benchimol, Lecturer in English Literature and Cultural History, University of Glasgow




",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-05-01,Doug Munro,The Ivory Tower and Beyond: Participant Historians of the Pacific,Hardback,978-1-4438-0534-6,44.99,"There is a tradition of “participant history” among historians of the Pacific Islands, unafraid to show their hands on issues of public importance and risking controversy to make their voices heard. This book explores the theme of the participant historian by delving into the lives of J.C. Beaglehole, J.W. Davidson, Richard Gilson, Harry Maude and Brij V. Lal. They lived at the interface of scholarship and practical engagement in such capacities as constitutional advisers, defenders of civil liberties, or upholders of the principles of academic freedom. As well as writing history, they “made” history, and their excursions beyond the ivory tower informed their scholarship. Doug Munro’s sympathetic engagement with these five historians is likewise informed by his own long-term involvement with the sub-discipline of Pacific History.








","“With infinite care and great sensitivity, Doug Munro has succeeded in combining biography with institutional research. The contribution of the Australian National University’s Department of Pacific History during the two to three decades after 1950 is well served by these portraits and the sympathetic and perceptive scholarship given to them.”
—Colin Newbury, Linacre College, Oxford
 
“Munro’s cast of characters are dealt with biographically and critically, but in a way that roundly contextualises their careers, their writings and their other activities. Thus it is that the chapters, while being richly informative and insightful, also read like stylish literary essays. This should not surprise anyone who knows the author or his field. In so packaging his writers Munro has gone well beyond them as individuals.”
—Hugh Laracy, University of Auckland

""Munro is clearly very well informed about all these issues and these writers. Only two of those described - Beaglehole and Maude - have had biographies published, so a lot of work went into biographical studies. Munro clearly admires these men and their work, although not uncritically...For those interested in Pacific history this is a valuable study of its modern originsand a selection of those who created it. It is well researched and clearly written...I enjoyed reading this book and think it will be of interest to all involved in modern pacific history.""

David Fieldhouse, Jesus College, Cambridge in The Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History, Vol 28, No. 1; March 2010

""This book presents a coming-of-age of Pacific history, a summation of more than sixty years of scholarship wrapped around five individuals. The Ivory Tower and Beyond is the most significant consideration of the Pacific history discipline yet published and an important study in Australasian historiography and biography. Doug Munro is a fellow Pacific historian whose career has veered more towards biography in recent years.

The book is a work of mature scholarship coming out of decades of Munro's own career, his personal connections with the scholars under review and his meticulous research and interviews. The seventy eight pages of references are a tour-de-force that will be mined by scholars for decades to come.""

Clive Moore, Australian Journal of Politics and History, 2010

""The Ivory Tower and Beyond is a fine assemblage of academic biographies that serves not only to remind us that historiography is produced by human beings whose work has been shaped by forces within and beyond the academy, but also of the difficult conditions under which these pionering historians worked.""

Hazel Petrie, University of Auckland in The Journal Of Polynesian Society, Volume 118, No. 4, December 2009

""The value of this book is providing us with the intellectual ancestry of significant place and period of a certain kind of study of the Pacific.""

Peter Hempenstall, Journal of Pacific History 2010


""Munro's densely packed research on these scholars will be an important resource for historians of the Pacific""

Helen Gardner, Deakin University, Historians of the Pacific (review no.955)
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-05-01,Iris Guske,Trauma and Attachment in the Kindertransport Context: German-Jewish Child Refugees’ Accounts of Displacement and Acculturation in Britain,Hardback,978-1-4438-0503-2,44.99,"The present volume is the result of an interdisciplinary oral history research project, which was carried out at the Centre for German-Jewish Studies at the University of Sussex. It focuses on the Kindertransport, the British rescue operation saving 10,000 predominantly German-Jewish children from Nazi Germany, and is based on in-depth case studies of five child survivors of the Holocaust.
Looking at human development over the life cycle as mediated by intervening trauma was at the heart of the project, which examined the making and breaking of a child's close ties to significant others, processes of identity formation under acculturative stress as well as the creation and recall of traumatic memories. The study is thus one of the few in the field of attachment research which sheds light on the lifelong influence which early attachment has on coping with massive cumulative trauma. 
The former child refugees' narratives are enriched by letters, diaries, or articles written by them and their (host) families as well as by interviews conducted with family members and friends. Consequently, we can look at individual lives and collective destinies from more than one perspective as we are provided with rich, multi-layered accounts of people's whole-life trajectories.
While each Holocaust survivor's developmental story is unique, it is, however, linked to the others' by the common experience of negotiating an identity between two countries, cultures, and religions against the background of unparalleled political upheavals, and as such also sheds light on, and offers ways out of, the traumata suffered in present-day contexts of enforced migration and displacement.


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-05-01,Gilles Teulié and Laurence Lux-sterritt,War Sermons,Hardback,978-1-4438-0546-9,39.99,"This collection of essays ponders upon the intricate relations between the military and the spiritual from the Middle Ages to the present day. In order to analyse human attitudes towards conflicts, it is necessary to dwell upon the nebulous area where the religious and political spheres interweave so tightly that they become virtually impossible to distinguish. Indeed, despite remaining the responsibility of the state, the political decision to go to war depends heavily on some spiritual underpinning since, without a moral, ethical, or religious justification, it stands for gratuitous violence and is often equated with aggression. Situated as they are at the intersection of religious and political awareness, war sermons are an invaluable source of information regarding societies in times of conflict. Indeed, whether favourable or hostile to the waging of war, preachers participated in the edification of parishioners’ opinion. The writing, delivering or reading of sermons shaped the mental process of peoples who sought their ministers’ moral and spiritual guidance in times of crisis. This collection of essays offers contributions to the renewed debate on the function of war, its representations and its rhetoric as generators of identity.


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-05-01,Kathleen Starck,When the World Turned Upside-Down: Cultural Representations of Post-1989 Eastern Europe,Hardback,978-1-4438-0552-0,34.99,"This collection of essays explores post-1989 Western perceptions of Eastern Europe and how these manifest themselves in cultural representations. It starts out from findings in the academic field of “post-socialism”, claiming that “Easterners” and “Westerners” are still very much under the influence of the socialisation they underwent during the Cold War and its aftermath. As a consequence, the revolutions of 1989 and 1990 and the subsequent opportunities for exchange did not necessarily bring about a reconciliation of the different worldviews. It seems the East-West divide has not simply vanished with the collapse of socialism.
The essays included in this book examine in how far the divide is mirrored in the cultural arena. They focus on portrayals of post-1989 Eastern European political and social transformations in Western poetry, fiction, travel writing, autobiography, theatre and documentaries and investigate the West’s fascination with the “Wild East” and how outsiders view or have experienced Eastern life after the iron curtain was lifted.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-06-01,Shraddha Kumbhojkar,19th Century Maharashtra: A Reassessment,Hardback,978-1-4438-0603-9,34.99,"Maharashtra in the nineteenth century exhibits all the characteristics of a society standing at the crossroads of civilization. Western education, press, industrialisation and material changes in production and consumption patterns resulted in fundamental changes in the thinking of the people. The first half of the nineteenth century witnessed the beginning of the Postal Service in 1837, rise and spread of the native press and rudimentary education.  The second half witnessed more dramatic events such as the coming of the Railways and the establishment of the  of Indian National Congress that changed the destiny of the subcontinent forever.
The book takes a fresh look at the various aspects of nineteenth century Maharashtra. It includes the critiques and reviews of literature, language, history writing and women’s reforms in this period. It argues that the elite attempts at social reform had their own inherent limitations. They could not reach the level of radicality reached by the subalterns whose lived experience of discrimination was the biggest stimulus for reform. Mahatma Phule stands out from among a range of thinkers in this period for his innovative understanding of the Indian reality. Phule was one of the rare thinkers who reconciled the Indian reality with its Universal counterpart.
 


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-06-01,Lydia Plath and Sergio Lussana,"Black and White Masculinity in the American South, 1800-2000",Hardback,978-1-4438-0596-4,39.99,"This book consists of a range of essays written by historians and literary critics which examine the historical construction of Southern masculinities, rich and poor, white and black, in a variety of contexts, from slavery in the antebellum period, through the struggle for Civil Rights, right up to the recent South. Building on the rich historiography of gender and culture in the South undertaken in recent years, this volume aims to highlight the important role Southern conceptions of masculinity have played in the lives of Southern men, and to reflect on how masculinity has intersected with class, race and power to structure the social relationships between blacks and whites throughout the history of the South. The volume highlights the multifaceted nature of Southern masculinities, demonstrating the changing ways black and white masculinities have been both imagined and practised over the years, while also emphasizing that conceptions of black and white masculinity in the American South rarely seem to be divorced from wider questions of class, race and power.



","""Expansive in scope, revealing in detail, and imaginative in research materials, this collection is a welcome addition to investigations into the pliable nature of southern masculinities.

...the pleasure of reading these essays, whose scholarly perspective and historical inquiry are rewarding. That they point to larger theoretical issues that have not yet been resolved only further enhances their value.""

Steve Blakenship, Georgia Highlands College, Journal of Southern History, Vol. 76, No. 4, November 2010
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-06-01,David Lockwood,Cronies or Capitalists?  The Russian Bourgeoisie and the Bourgeois Revolution from 1850 to 1917,Hardback,978-1-4438-0562-9,39.99,"Why wasn’t there a successful bourgeois revolution in Russia? Was it because Russian capitalists were too servile in their relationship with the Tsarist autocracy? Or was it because Russian states (Tsarist, republican and Soviet) were just too strong?
This book is a political history of the Russian capitalist class from 1850 to 1917 that seeks to answer these questions.

The book covers the consistent opposition of the Russian bourgeoisie to the Tsarist autocracy up to and including the revolution of 1905. It then considers its alliance, from 1909, with ‘new state’ elements – officials, politicians, army officers and technical experts who were convinced of the possibility of reform and renovation through a radically reorganised state, cleansed of its autocratic detritus. Such a reorganisation was expected as a result of the Great War. 

While these ideas came to a temporary fruition in the February Revolution of 1917, they also laid the basis for a much more demanding Soviet state in October – and the destruction of the bourgeoisie itself. The book ends with a consideration of the wider implications for the concept of the bourgeois revolution-implications that stretch well beyond Russia-that are revealed by the rise and fall of the Russian bourgeoisie.


","This book is an analytical synthesis of well-known secondary and primary sources (overwhelmingly in the English language) concerning political relation between the Russian merchantry and the state in the last decades of tsarism. 

G.M.Hamburg
Claremont McKenna College 
The Historian Journal 

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-06-01,Hilary Perraton,Learning Abroad: A History of the Commonwealth Scholarship and Fellowship Plan,Hardback,978-1-4438-0600-8,39.99,"Commonwealth scholarships began in 1959. They have since moved 25,000 people across borders, launching them into influence as politicians, poets, painters, professors—and the rest. Their stories illuminate the sociology and politics of higher education, of the Commonwealth, and of its member countries: they include the last scholar before apartheid took South Africa out of the Commonwealth, who became a high court judge, and the first after it came back, now a vice-chancellor. Half a century of British society shows up in the record of the Scholarship Commission that made Britain's awards. Its first chairman, the son of a general, was the Lord Chamberlain, taking time off from censoring plays. His successor in 2008 took time off from a day-job as professor in a new university. Her father had left school early to look after the pigs.

This book sets out the narrative of the scholarship plan from its unlikely conception in a Commonwealth trade conference. By asking who was selected for scholarships, how, and why, it examines the policies of countries offering scholarships and those receiving them, looks at their role within the universities of Africa, Asia and the Caribbean, discusses the experience of scholars as they studied abroad, and assesses the long-term impact of that experience. Three themes stand out. First, scholarship policy, increasingly now part of aid policy, has been shaped by the interplay of national politics and education. Second, crossborder university enrolments are themselves now big business and the stuff of international politics. Changes in the politics of the Commonwealth, as they have influenced international educational policy, provide a microcosm. Third, the experience and achievements of former scholars answer the evaluative policy question: was investing in scholarships a good way of spending public money?





","“Hilary Perraton brings a supple mind and a fluent pen to a 50-year story of high hopes substantially, but never wholly, fulfilled which, so far, has shaped the lives of 25,000 people. Apart from Learning abroad being a tale well worth telling in its own right, it provides a sensitive and sympathetic insight into the vicissitudes of the Commonwealth idea since its late fifties apogee.”

- Peter Hennessy FBA, Attlee Professor of Contemporary British History, Queen Mary, University of London

“In this absorbing and thoroughly researched study, Dr Perraton and his international team have made an invaluable contribution to our understanding and appraisal of the fifty-year history of the Commonwealth Scholarship and Fellowship Plan, its many achievements, setbacks and its central role in the Commonwealth-wide expansion of educational opportunity and exchange.  No less, this book provides a judicious commentary on the political, organisational and financial complexities of sustaining large scale, multi- and bi-lateral programmes over long periods of time.  The author’s insights and shrewd advice are relevant for policy makers, administrators, institutions, researchers and students engaged in the ever expanding field of international education.  Of particular interest is the attention given to the engagement of highly motivated, persistent internationally minded educators in promoting and sustaining the commitment of governments and administrators faced with changing national needs and priorities.”

- Malcolm Skilbeck, Emeritus Professor and former Vice-Chancellor, Deakin University, Australia; former deputy director of the 
Directorate for Education, Employment and Social Affairs, OECD

“In their first half-century, as this informed monograph indicates, Commonwealth Scholarships have become a unique global network of a growing number of universities and programmes advancing innovative educational opportunities, especially South-North. The number of partners and schemes has grown as demands and technologies have evolved. The thousands of alumni, mentors and extended families advance cosmopolitan citizenship throughout Commonwealth communities, companies, civil societies, governments and media with incalculable benefits. This timely history celebrates a brilliant legacy and anticipates the Scholarships’ centenary.”   

- Timothy Shaw, Professor and Director, Institute of International Relations, University of the West Indies; formerly Director of the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, University of London


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-06-01,"Elizabeth Mackinlay, Brydie-Leigh Bartleet and Katelyn Barney","Musical Islands: Exploring Connections between Music, Place and Research",Hardback,978-1-4438-0956-6,49.99,"The island is a powerful metaphor in everyday speech which extends almost naturally into several academic disciplines, including musicology. Islands are imagined as isolated and unique places where strange, exotic, different and unexpected treasures can be found by daring adventurers. The magic inherent within this positioning of islands as places of discovery is an aspect which permeates the theoretical, methodological and analytical boundaries of this edited book. Showcasing the breadth of current musicological research in Australia and New Zealand, this edited collection offers a range of subtle and innovative reflections on this concept both in established and well-charted territories of music research.


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-06-01,John Martyn,Pope Gregory and the Brides of Christ,Hardback,978-1-4438-0616-9,34.99,"The Letters of Gregory the Great, pope from 590 to 604, have long been viewed as an indispensable resource for scholars of the early medieval period.  John Martyn’s knowledge of these letters is well nigh unsurpassed, In this book he turns his attention to a hitherto neglected subject; those letters of Pope Gregory which pertain to nuns and convents. Despite the fact that scholarship on the Middle Ages has in the last thirty years been transformed by feminist contributions, and there has developed, as a result, a heightened awareness of the presence of women in medieval life, both secular and religious, only two of the thirty-six letters identified by Martyn have previously been discussed by scholars. This edition of the letters in both Latin and English is therefore of inestimable value to scholars and will act as a spur for further research.

This sizeable collection of letters are analysed in company with other, better-known, writings about nuns from Gregory’s dialogi. In the introduction Martyn argues that his upbringing, dominated by his mother and four devout aunts, might reasonably have inculcated in him a deep and abiding concern for women, the religious in particular. This is evidenced by his friendships with Theoctista and Gordia, the sisters of the Byzantine Emperor Maurice, and with his wife, the pious Constantina. and with a number of abbesses, including Respecta (from Marseilles) and Talasia (from Autun).  Gregory’s deep interest in the religious life of women, and his concern for their safety and wellbeing, are apparent throughout the letters. Martyn’s translations are clarified and enhanced by a commentary.





","“While there has been a dramatic growth of interest over the last two decades in the life of medieval nuns and in the complex relationship between nuns and the clerics who served female religious communities, the witness of Gregory the Great has been unjustly neglected. John Martyn enables us to glimpse the role played by religious women in the late sixth century through the Pope’s extensive collection of letters addressed to such women. Through these letters, we can observe the significant, and hitherto unnoticed depth of concern of Pope Gregory for nuns, often women of aristocratic birth, accustomed to the exercise of power and influence. Gregory emerges not simply as a great Roman, concerned for the physical as much as the spiritual survival of his society in the face of enormous military threats, but as a pastor unusually aware of the contribution women could make in such a world.”

- Professor Constant J. Mews, Monash University


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-06-01,Dóra Bobory,The Sword and the Crucible. Count Boldizsár Batthyány and Natural Philosophy in Sixteenth-Century Hungary,Hardback,978-1-4438-0606-0,39.99,"In the sixteenth century a new type of practitioner emerges in Europe: the aristocrat who not only supports creative activities, but is personally involved in the projects he finances. The courts of noblemen and other wealthy individuals are transformed into new sites of knowledge production where medicinal waters are distilled, exotic plants cultivated, and alchemical experiments pursued. This new fascination with nature, and the wish to explore and exploit its explicit and hidden mechanisms, was an intellectual trend that spread all over Europe, reaching even the easternmost parts of the Habsburg Monarchy. The Hungarian Count Boldizsár Batthyány (c.1542–1590), a powerful aristocrat and formidable warrior, was also a passionate devotee of natural philosophy. His Western Hungarian court was the focal point of an intellectual network which comprised scholars—such as the renowned botanist Carolus Clusius—physicians, book dealers, and fellow aristocrats from Central Europe and used his connections to exchange objects and information. Batthyány’s biography, his extensive correspondence and up-to-date book collection on natural philosophy—especially alchemy, Paracelsian medicine, and botany—reveals that wealth, mobility and intellectual curiosity allowed him to share the enthusiasms of his Western European counterparts, and make the Muses speak even among arms. 





","""The depth of the study can be judged from the inclusion of 683 notes and a thirty-three page bibliography. The book is, however, a very readable account of the life and times of one who used his wealth to build up a personal intellectual network that included physicians, humanists, book dealers and a botanist. The author gives us a vivid picture of the unique character of Boldizsar, who is shown to be, inmany ways, characteristic of European landed gentry of the period.

This volume is a significant contribution to the understanding of the role that alchemy and natural sciences played in the Renaissance and in the life of Boldizsar; in addition, it allows ready comparison with accounts of his contemporaries acros Europe.""

D. Thorburn Burns, The Queens University of Belfast in AMBIX Vol. 57, No. 2, July 2010
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-07-01,Ali Abdullatif Ahmida,"Bridges Across the Sahara: Social, Economic and Cultural Impact of the Trans-Sahara Trade during the 19th and 20th Centuries",Hardback,978-1-4438-0973-3,39.99,"The objective of this edited book is to rethink the history of colonial and nationalist categories and analyses of modern Africa through an integration and examination of the African Saharan trade as bridges that link the North, Central, and West regions of Africa. Firstly, it offers a critique of the colonial, postcolonial and nationalist historiographies, and also of current western scholarship on northern and Saharan Africa especially Middle East Studies and African Studies Associations. Secondly, it provides an alternative narrative of the forgotten histories of the Sahara trade as linkages between the North and the South of the Sahara.

The Sahara desert was seldom a barrier separating the northern, middle and western parts of the continent. On the contrary, the desert was and still constitutes a bridge of communication which connects northern Africa, West Africa and the countries in the southern Sahara. This connection was evident in the most important cultural, economic and social relations. Two connecting routes or bridges existed across the Sahara. First, the Hajj Routes from the north west of Africa to the holy places in Arabia. Second, are the trade routes between central and west Africa and the shores of North Africa. These trans-Sahara trade routes extend from the East Darb al-Arba’in in Egypt and Sudan to the far west borders of Senegal, Mauritania and Morocco. Hence the ties between the countries in North Africa and Wadai, Bornu, Kanim, Zender, Aer and others existed since pre-historic eras. The origins began before and were enhanced by the Islamic conquests and continued to present day.
","“Bridges Across the Sahara is a magnificent collection of essays that overcomes the standard fare on the region as an empty barrier between Tropical and Mediterranean Africa. The collection traverses history, geography, anthropology and politics, and demonstrates the region as the crossroads of human movements and commerce, but also [as a] a locality that has its own integrity and center of gravity. As such these contributions overcome colonial and nationalists projections of the region. Bridges Across the Sahara masterfully negates Africa’s division into sub-Saharan and northern Arab Africa. Collectively they endeavour to redefine the terminology/concepts and the historical and cultural analysis of the Sahara. In nutshell, this is a model for future studies of the Sahara.”
—Dr Abdi I. Samatar, Professor & Chair, Department of Geography, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, USA
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-07-01,"Tao Dongfeng, Yang Xiaobin, Rosemary Roberts and Yang Ling",Chinese Revolution and Chinese Literature,Hardback,978-1-4438-0974-0,44.99,"This volume has brought together essays to explore, analyse and interpret the revolutionary tradition in modern Chinese literature over the past century from various angles. The authors examines the bodily or carnal dimension, especially the hidden implication of sexual passion, in revolutionary literature, formulate feminist critiques of the conception of women in literary expressions of revolution, explore the function of revolution as historical discourse and in historiographical representation, and discuss the reworking of “revolutionary classics” in recent literary and artistic endeavours. Here, revolution (in history and in literature) is conceptualized neither as an unquestionably progressive and creative force for a new world, nor an absolutely pejorative concept that necessarily leads to sociopolitical turmoil and tragedy. Insofar as “postrevolutionary writings” cannot but reappropriate the revolutionary spirit as their unavoidable and inseparable traumatic kernel, studies in revolutionary literature and culture, too, go through the zigzag experience of revolution in order to scrutinize its complex implications. 


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-07-01,Roscoe Barnes III,F.F. Bosworth: The Man behind “Christ the Healer”,Hardback,978-1-4438-1004-3,34.99,"When the Pentecostal movement exploded in 1906 in Zion City, Ill., Fred Francis Bosworth was present. When the Assemblies of God was being formed, Bosworth served as one of its leaders. He also was present as a mentor to the tent revivalists in the 1940s and 1950s.

This book is about the life and ministry of Bosworth (1877-1958), a Pentecostal pioneer, musician, famous healing evangelist, and the author of Christ the Healer. He reportedly led over a million people to Christ, and was considered by scholars and ministers alike to be one of the most successful healing evangelists of his era.
 
His writings on divine healing influenced many church leaders of his day, as well many who claim healing ministries today. While many people are familiar with his book, Christ the Healer, few know much about the man behind the book.
 
F.F. Bosworth is the first book to offer a critical analysis of Bosworth's life and ministry from the beginning to the end. The purpose of this work is to explore his life and ministry in order to identify and analyze some of the factors that contributed to his success as a famous healing evangelist.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-07-01,Ana Lucia Araujo,Living History: Encountering the Memory of the Heirs of Slavery,Hardback,978-1-4438-0998-6,39.99,"This book focusses on the several forms of reconstructing the slave past in the present. The recent emergence of the memory of slavery allows those who are or who claim to be descendents of slaves to legitimize their demand for recognition and for reparations for past wrongs. Some reparation claims encompass financial compensation, but very often they express the need for memorialization through public commemoration, museums, and monuments. In some contexts, presentification of the slave past has helped governments and the descendants of former masters and slave merchants to formulate public apologies. For some, expressing repentance is not only a means to erase guilt but also a way to gain political prestige.

The authors analyse different aspects of the recent phenomenon of memorializing slavery, especially the practices employed to stage the slave past in both public and private spaces. The essays present memory and oblivion as part of the same process; they discuss reconstructions of the past in the present at different public and private levels through historiography, photography, exhibitions, monuments, memorials, collective and individual discourses, cyberspace, religion and performance. By offering a comparative perspective on the United States and West Africa, as well as on Western Europe, South America, and the Caribbean, the chapters offer new possibilities to explore the resurgence of the memory of slavery as a transnational movement in our contemporary world.





","""As other regimes of politically imposed truth, one must wait for an Alice to lead us through the mirror. Ana Lucia Araujo and the volume contributors invite us to an enlightening travel to the other side of the mirror of oblivion and silence tightened by the public space.""

- Bogumil Jewsiewicki, Université Laval, Canada

""The various contributors look at both sides of the Atlantic, at the descendants of masters and slaves, at the societies that profited and those that were created by the Atlantic slave trade. They explore folklore, photography, art, published literature, religious practices, and the struggles over the creation of suitable memorials. The different contributions are about efforts to shatter silences and to preserve them, to remember formally, to memorialize, and sometimes, to hide from history"".

- Martin Klein, University of Toronto, Canada






",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-07-01,Lars Edgren and Magnus Olofsson,"Political Outsiders in Swedish History, 1848-1932",Hardback,978-1-4438-0976-4,34.99,"The idea of the 'Swedish model' has been a widespread and enduring concept in the social sciences since the 1930s, associated with the political dominance of the Social Democratic Party, peaceful social development and a tradition of political consensus. Taking this exceptionalism as their starting point, the essays in this volume present new research on Swedish political movements of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries which have been largely forgotten in history writing.  The authors examine political outsiders in a double sense - both in their own time and in later historiography - and in doing so they contribute to a timely rethinking of the roots of contemporary Sweden.

The volume will be of interest not only to specialists in the Nordic region, but also to readers with interests in the history of European popular politics, radical movements, collective violence and anarchism.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-08-01,Savvas Neocleous,Papers from the First and Second Postgraduate Forums in Byzantine Studies: Sailing to Byzantium,Hardback,978-1-4438-1102-6,44.99,"Sailing to Byzantium brings together ten probing and pertinent critical papers, presented at the First and Second Postgraduate Forums in Byzantine Studies, held at Trinity College Dublin on 17-18 April 2007 and 15-16 May 2008 respectively. These essays engage with various facets of Byzantine history and culture. Many of them seek to shed new light on frequently controversial subject matters relating to history, historiography, and religion (the contentious nature of Jerusalem in Byzantine imperial ideology; medieval Western attitudes and perceptions of the Byzantine Empire; and the translation and use of Greek theologians in the West). Elsewhere, there are papers that tackle aspects of Byzantine literature (Encyclopaedism; the circulation of poetry; and a case study of political rhetoric in Manuel II’s Dialogue with the Empress-Mother on Marriage). Finally, history of art and cult come under the microscope in the last two essays of the volume (the meaning of the eight-century apsidal conch at Santa Maria Antiqua in Rome and the origins of the cult of Saint Martin in Dalmatia). Sailing to Byzantium is a provocative, wide-ranging collection and a must for students and academics who wish to broaden their understanding of one of history’s most fascinating civilizations.
","“This volume contains ten contributions to various aspects of Byzantine history, literature and mentality, all written by young scholars who show a high scholarly level and an impressive competence in handling important questions in a methodically correct and often new approach. Some of the articles are devoted to questions of the interrelationship between Byzantium and the medieval West in historiography and theology, others cover the fields of Byzantine encyclopaedism, of the circulation of poetry and of advices of the emperor. Two contributions deal with art history, again focusing on Byzantine-Western relations. Thus the volume shows a certain homogeneity and at the same time a rich variety of subject-matters. In its entirety it is a substantial contribution to our knowledge of the place of Byzantium within the framework of medieval literature and thought.” 
- Prof. Dr. Wolfram Hörandner, Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Institut für Byzantinistik

“This volume offers a convenient as well as impressive selection of the finest papers performed at the model-setting Dublin Postgraduate Fora Sailing to Byzantium, uniting young scholars from a large number of excellent institutions and educational backgrounds, from Bucharest in the east to Buenos Aires in the west, with innovative papers covering an equally huge scope, stretching from Rome to Jerusalem, and the Crusader Levant more generally, geographically, from Late Antiquity – St John Chrysostom – to late Byzantium – Emperor Manuel II Palaiologos – chronologically, and from medieval translation and manuscript studies via close source readings to art history methodologically.”
-Prof. Niels Gaul, Department of Medieval Studies, CEU Budapest

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-08-01,John W. Maerhofer,"Rethinking the Vanguard: Aesthetic and Political Positions in the Modernist Debate, 1917-1962",Hardback,978-1-4438-1135-4,39.99,"How has political revolution figured into the development of avant-garde cultural production?  Is the vanguard an antiquated concept or does its influence still resonate in the 21st century?  Focusing closely on the convergence of aesthetics and politics that materialized in the early part of the twentieth century, this study offers a re-interpretation of the historical avant-garde from 1917 to 1962, a turbulent period in intellectual history which marked the apex, crisis, and decline of vanguardist authority.  Moving from the impact of the Bolshevik Revolution to the anti-imperialist and decolonizing movements in the Third World, to the emergence of neo-vanguardism in the wake of postmodernity, this study opens the way for understanding the transformation of vanguardist cultural paradigms from a global perspective, the implications of which also reveal its relevance and application to the contemporary period.



","“With a strong and convincing political sense, Maerhofer presents the most interesting angles of the intertwining of avant-garde literary practice and events in the wider world.”
—Mary Ann Caws, Distnguished Professor of English, French, and Comparative Literature, Graduate School,CUNY


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-08-01,Arthur Keaveney and Louise Earnshaw-Brown,The Italians on the Land: Changing Perspectives on Republican Italy Then and Now,Hardback,978-1-4438-1129-3,34.99,"Proceedings of a conference held at the University of Kent, 11th and 12th October 2008

There has been, in recent years, a quickening of interest in the condition of Italy and state of those who lived there during the Roman republic. The diverse nature of the evidence, both historical and archaeological, has stimulated scholarly debate. New techniques and ideas are being brought to bear on old questions with interesting results. The papers in this volume, by both historians and archaeologists, are a contribution to the debate. They look at Italy and Rome from an Italian as well as from a Roman perspective. Dogmatism has been avoided in order to present different viewpoints and individual perspectives. Out of such diversity there eventually comes progress in understanding.

A wide range of topics will be found scrutinised and discussed here. Issues covered include villas, the ager publicus and agriculture, Italian participation in Roman politics, Roman agricultural writers and some of the methodological problems our evidence poses. 




","""It is a remarkable achievement that the book has appeared so quickly. Often conference proceedings take several years to see the light of day, thereby losing their immediacy. This volume has a particular focus on agrarian reform and law, and will be of greatest use to those interested in such matters.""

Edward Herring, NUI Galway in Classics in Ireland 16, 2009.
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-08-01,Susan Shifrin,"“The Wandering Life I Led”: Essays on Hortense Mancini, Duchess Mazarin and Early Modern Women’s Border Crossings",Hardback,978-1-4438-1103-3,39.99,"This book of essays brings together international scholars working on the literary, visual, musical, and theatrical representations and reception of Hortense Mancini, Duchess Mazarin, an early modern woman whose literal—geographical—“border crossings” serve here as the starting point for an investigation of her and others’ elisions and transgressions of borders of all kinds. The authors lay out strategies for exploring the ways in which she crossed geographical, gendered, cultural, and—in scholarly terms—disciplinary boundaries, and in so doing, consider how an investigation of those border crossings can enhance our understanding of early modern cultural formation. The new work presented here by some of the most distinguished junior and senior scholars working today in the fields of history, art history, literary history, the history of theater, and the history of music promises to stimulate a broader scholarly discussion about early modern border-crossing and women’s places in the early modern period in general. 



","""This volume is the fullest and most accurate account we may ever have of the fascinating career of the Duchess of Mazarin. More than that: it is a genuine contribution to our understanding of many aspects of European culture in the later seventeenth century, using the attractive and transgressive figure of the Duchess to explore larger social, political, and aesthetic issues. The disciplinary range is exemplary, as experts from art history, literature, music, and history bring their particular skills to bear upon a figure notable for her beauty, talent, and courage. Their contributions, rich in primary detail and interpretive nuance, shed new light on the period and its afterlife.""

- James A. Winn, English Department, Boston University

""This volume of essays brings into admirable fullness one of the single most fascinating women in early modern European history, the proto-feminist Duchess Mazarin, née Hortence Mancini. The interdisciplinary panel of specialists assembled here presents her as the very paradigm of a key seventeenth-century concern: how to construct a sense of self, and in particular, a liberated female self in a male-dominated world. The Duchess Mazarin challenged contemporary expectations and conventions in a most public fashion, crossing numerous “borders” in full public view throughout her life. The differing disciplinary perspectives of the six essays map as well as match her own multi-faceted process of self-realization in all its complexity, while also providing the perspective of Hortense’s contemporary audience as a revealing counterbalance. Her compelling ‘story’ becomes even more so through these exemplary essays.""

- Kathleen Nicholson, Art History Department, University of Oregon, Eugene



",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-09-01,Margit Rohringer,"Documents on the Balkans – History, Memory, Identity: Representations of Historical Discourses in the Balkan Documentary Film",Hardback,978-1-4438-1241-2,44.99,"This book explores historical discourses on the various forms of identity production in film that are based on memory and shows how these narratives get 'mediated' by (documentary) film. 

Most films about the Balkans produced in the last two decades were in fact made in response to immediate concerns about the economic crises and political conflicts that struck the region during the 1990s. These new forms of communication about history mostly show a rather self-critical approach.

The book's case studies give the reader a clear idea of how processes informing identity formations are directly launched and later on maintained in peoples' real and everyday lives. Thus, the case studies' principal objective is to integrate the study of 'private space' with existing macro-debates in politics as well as with dominant discourses within the academic community. The included case studies focus on several topics, i.e. migration, the reproduction and protection of personal as well as collective identities in post-socialist societies, revolutionary processes towards the official end of the Cold War, the (re-)creation of politically constructed narratives, generational conflicts in the post-socialist period, and the fate of women during the war.

The multifaceted view of the region under focus in this study shows that common grounds and differences co-exist in the Balkan space, be it on a cultural, economic, social or (geo)-political level. 

Apart from the field of film studies, this work is a powerful contribution to cultural history as well as to the growing field of visual history. 



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-09-01,Benjamin Mark Allen,Naked and Alone in a Strange New World: Early Modern Captivity and its Mythos,Hardback,978-1-4438-1250-4,34.99,"Naked and Alone is a comparative analysis of early modern captivity narratives that chronicle the harrowing experiences of a few Iberians and one Hessian in the New World during the century of exploration and colonization. Included among them are the tales of Jerónimo de Aguilar and Gonzalo Guerrero, Álvar Núñez Cabeza de Vaca , Juan Ortiz, Hans Stade, and Francisco Núñez de Pineda y Bascuñán. After years of captivity that stripped the unfortunate men of their cultural identity, they eventually reunited with their countrymen to relate and record tales that rivaled the heroic epics. The authors thus provided most Europeans with a first glimpse into exotic New World societies considered strange and perhaps even diabolical by the colonizers. At the same time, most contemporaries used the narratives as justification for imperial prerogatives although the captives themselves came away with a deeper understanding of and appreciation for their Indian captors.
Although considered by some early historians as reliable texts, the captivity narratives are rejected by this author as historically accurate depictions of the experiences—faulty memories, contemporary myth, and the authors’ subjectivity greatly impeded the veracity. He instead argues that the texts are cultural artifacts that offer useful insight to the mentalities of the age. In order to construct a histoire des mentalities, the author incorporates anthropological perspectives of myth and employs textual/contextual analysis to unlock the deeper meanings often obscured by the literary imagery. What results is an interpretation that aids understanding of sixteenth-century peoples and societies, and of the post-colonial American cultures most directly influenced by them. 

","“Captivity narratives are among the most fascinating and puzzling accounts of the early modern period.  On the surface each of them appears as a world in itself, showcasing a unique native society doing the capturing and the tribulations of a European captive.  By probing deeply into half a dozen captivity narratives of the 16th and early 17th centuries, Benjamin M. Allen is able to illuminate the narrative strategies, goals, and archetypes that are common to all of these extraordinary accounts and thereby opens an unexpected window into the mindset of that era.”

- Andrés Reséndez, Associate Professor, Department of History, University of California, Davis

""Benjamin M. Allen has taken the captivity narrative beyond the usual images of James Fennimore Cooper and Cynthia Ann Parker, instead going back to the fifteenth century, and the earliest accounts of Europeans captured by indigenous Americans. He discusses the narrative both as first person memoir and third person account, demonstrating that these two viewpoints often influenced how the story was told. In addition, Allen considers how the stories may have been colored by the time frame between the captivity and the written narrative, and by cultural, social, political, and even literary influences. He also examines the impact of these accounts on society at the time and on subsequent attitudes and scholarship. Although written for the specialist, Allen's work is valuable to anyone interested in the captivity genre, as well as those who want to learn more about the early Spanish colonial period. It is singular and an important contribution to the field.""

- Charles M. Robinson III, author of A Good Year to Die: The Story of the Great Sioux War and Satanta: The Life and Death of a War Chief




",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-09-01,Lucie Doležalová,Strategies of Remembrance: From Pindar to Hölderlin,Hardback,978-1-4438-1261-0,39.99,"Concentrated on the meanings and contexts of memory in literature, history, cognitive science and philosophy, primarily in the Middle Ages, this collective monograph offers a variety of ideas and approaches to memory in connection to identity, the past, and immortality. Contributors include Peter Agócs, Michal Ajvaz, Ivan M. Havel, Michael W. Herren, Gerhard Jaritz, Lenka Karfíková, Zsuzsanna Kiséry, Regina Koycheva, Csaba Németh, Sylvain Piron, Tamás Visi, and Rafał Wójcik.


","""A unique collection of contributions to the subject of memory and the various meanings of the concepts related to it. The impressive time-span of the studies makes it an inspiring starting point in any research related to memory. ""
- Farkas Gábor Kiss, University of Budapest

""A fine book about the past that echoes familiar concerns, present-day preoccupations with such trifles as the idea of immortality and the construction of historical patterns.""
- Laura Iseppi De Filippis, Università di Verona

""It is always fascinating to experience a transdisciplinary workshop at the CTS. The one on memory and remembrance was no exception, and the present book shows it in an excellent way.""
- Ivan Chvatík, Center for Theoretical Study, Prague




",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-09-01,Antoine Capet,The Representation of Working People in Britain and France: New Perspectives,Hardback,978-1-4438-1240-5,34.99,"It is a truism that History is about “representation”: but then opinions will diverge–as it should be–between what is meant by “representation”. Most of the chapters in this volume were first presented in November 2008 at an International Conference co-organised by the Society for the Study of Labour History and the University of Rouen. The authors–of all generations–come from Britain, France, Germany and the United States, and cover the field from the Middle Ages to the most recent developments. 

The friendly confrontation of points of view and cross-fertilisation which result from such undertakings can only add to our perception of the diversity of that elusive notion in History, “representation”–of working people in Britain and France in this particular instance. Beyond the differences in periods, places and situations, the reader will not fail however to see the “bridges” which recurrently link the various elements in the collection.


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-10-01,Patrick Major and Christopher R. Moran,"Spooked: Britain, Empire and Intelligence since 1945",Hardback,978-1-4438-1312-9,34.99,"In recent years the subject of intelligence has well and truly come out of the shadows. The terrorist attacks of 9/11 and 7/7, the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, debates about domestic surveillance, secret detention and rendition have all brought unprecedented notoriety and exposure to the work of the intelligence services. In a media world, both the limitations and abuses of intelligence have never been more visible. Faced with the threat of militant jihadism, public expectations of intelligence have greatly increased, as have calls for more transparency about combatting this new menace.  

These essays draw together Britain's leading intelligence historians to present a fresh and original study of British secrecy since 1945. A combination of synoptic works and empirical case studies, drawing on recently declassified archival materials, the essays touch upon several historiographical concerns: the advantages and disadvantages of greater openness; the accuracy of media reporting on secret services; the representation of intelligence in popular culture; and the use and misuse of intelligence in the so-called ‘War on Terror’. A focal point of this volume is the role of intelligence in imperial contexts, especially during the period of decolonisation. The contributors include Richard Aldrich, Christopher Andrew, Philip Davies, Anthony Glees, Rob Johnson, Philip Murphy and Calder Walton.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-10-01,Li-Chun Hsiao,"""This Shipwreck of Fragments"": Historical Memory, Imaginary Identities, and Postcolonial Geography in Caribbean Culture and Literature",Hardback,978-1-4438-1331-0,34.99,"In the light of, and in response to, the popular perception of the Caribbean as an epitome of cultural hybridity and improvisation, this book seeks to further examine Caribbean cultural identities along the lines of race, class, nationalism, and history. Drawing on a variety of genres of literature and popular music, the present volume includes not only essays that stress the shaping and reshaping of Afro-Caribbean cultural identities and the significance of hybridization, but also those that think against the grain and pursue questions which have not received enough critical attention. This latter task can be seen in the attempt to probe the phenomenon that the Caribbean's image as a tropical getaway in metropolitan popular imaginations tends to eclipse its troubled pasts, traumatic memories, and current (and recurrent) problems which elude the rhetoric of cultural hybridity, presupposing instead a certain non-conflictual diversity or racial equality in the relatively innocuous realm of ""culture."" Although nuanced among themselves on certain issues, the individual chapters together highlight a body of work which is distinct from the bulk of Anglo-American academic productions on the Caribbean, as the majority of the textual and cultural materials treated here come from either the Hispanic or Francophone Caribbean.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-10-01,Rudolf Schlögl ,"Urban Elections and Decision-Making in Early Modern Europe, 1500-1800",Hardback,978-1-4438-1327-3,44.99,"Everyday political business in early modern cities took place under many different sources of tension. De facto establishment of the oligarchy in the government collided with the urban community’s expectations of participation and with the responsibility for common welfare which was supposed to be the guideline for policies in the municipal boards. Urban Elections and Decision-Making in Early Modern Europe offers new interpretations of the governmental techniques applied by urban elites to cope with these tensions.
Written by leading historians of urban history and based on a broad foundation of previously unpublished research the volume explores the procedures of decision-making in early modern cities from an international and micrological point of view. It examines the attempts of delegating and stabilising power through elections, asks for the different ways of developing and demonstrating consent or dissent within the cities’ walls—urban revolts included—and offers a new theoretical framework to describe and understand these phenomena adequately.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-11-01,Chengetai J. M. Zvobgo,"A History of Zimbabwe, 1890-2000 and Postscript, Zimbabwe, 2001-2008",Hardback,978-1-4438-1360-0,49.99,"This study combines in one volume the history of Zimbabwe from the advent of British settlers in 1890 to 2000, including women’s rights and human rights in Zimbabwe. It is a political, social and economic history. The Postscript examines the major developments in Zimbabwe from 2001 to 2008.

The two previous major studies on the history of Zimbabwe, The Past Is Another Country by Martin Meredith (London, Andre Deutsch, 1979) and The Road to Zimbabwe, 1890–1980 by Anthony Verrier (London, Jonathan Cape, 1986) are now out of date. This volume brings the historical study of Zimbabwe almost up to the present day.







","‘….the book contains an extensive bibliography, which reveals the use he has made particularly of Government documents and the publications of non-governmental organisations and international organisations such as the UN’...this book can be confidently recommended as a basic introductory text to students of Zimbabwe’s History .If you want to know what happened and when, then this book will be invauable’

John Pinfold, The Round Table Vol.99, No. 408 June 2010

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-11-01,Trevor Harris,"Art, Politics and Society in Britain (1880-1914): Aspects of Modernity and Modernism",Hardback,978-1-4438-1364-8,34.99,"The oldest word in politics is “new”. The oldest word in the writing of history may well be “modern”: it is, without doubt, one of the most overworked adjectives in the English language. But the indeterminacy is perhaps just another way of saying that the difficulties raised are of a kind which simply will not go away… This collection of eight essays on aspects of modernity and modernism takes up the challenge of examining the complex, but fascinating convergence of aesthetics, politics and a quasi-spiritual dimension which is perhaps typical of British modernist thinking about modernity. This may have produced figures whom we now dismiss as eccentrics or “aesthetes”, it none the less produced figures whom many still think of as in some sense embodying the national identity: what, after all, could be more “English” than a William Morris wallpaper design? Rather than towards socialism in any of its “scientific” guises, what the British modernist approach to modernity may have been pushing at was yet another mutation of liberalism: a libertarian-humanitarian hybrid in which indigenous radical and Evangelical legacies keep scientific socialism in check, where fellowship and domesticity edge out a larger-scale, more abstract “fraternity”, and where citoyenneté or civisme give way to what George Orwell was later to define simply as “decency”. 
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-11-01,Robert Clarke,"Celebrity Colonialism: Fame, Power and Representation in Colonial and Postcolonial Cultures",Hardback,978-1-4438-1351-8,44.99,"Celebrity Colonialism brings together studies on an array of personalities, movements and events from the colonial era to the present, and explores the intersection of discourses, formations and institutions that condition celebrity in colonial and postcolonial cultures. Across nineteen chapters, it examines the entanglements of fame and power fame in colonial and postcolonial settings. Each chapter demonstrates the sometimes highly ambivalent roles played by famous personalities as endorsements and apologists for, antagonists and challengers of, colonial, imperial and postcolonial institutions and practices. And each in their way provides an insight into the complex set of meanings implied by novel term “celebrity colonialism.” The contributions to this collection demonstrate that celebrity provides a powerful lens for examining the nexus of discourses, institutions and practices associated with the dynamics of appropriation, domination, resistance and reconciliation that characterize colonial and postcolonial cultural politics. Taken together the contributions to Celebrity Colonialism argue that the examination of celebrity promises to enrich our understanding of what colonialism was and, more significantly, what it has become.

","""In this engaging and highly original collection of essays, Robert Clarke and his contributors direct our attention to the relationship that has developed over the past century or more between the cult of celebrity and the ongoing efforts of the West to impose its own moral regime on the rest of the world. This volume is both a sophisticated analytical inquiry into this unlikely but important intersection of interests and, it must be said, a guilty pleasure to read.""
- Professor Dane Kennedy, Elmer Louis Kayser Professor of History and International Affairs, Georgetown University
Author of The Highly Civilized Man: Richard Burton and the Victorian World

""Celebrity is one of colonialism's most potent, most prized commodities, and a point of confluence for the often obscure connections that exist between politics, ethics and entertainment. In tracing the entanglements of fame, representation and power in colonial and postcolonial societies, these essays edited by Robert Clarke make a signal contribution - at once theoretical and applied - to the emerging, interdisciplinary field of 'Celebrity Postcolonialism.'""
- Robert Dixon, Professor of Australian Literature, University of Sydney
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-11-01,Rana P. B. Singh with a Foreword by John McKim Malville,Cosmic Order and Cultural Astronomy: Sacred Cities of India,Hardback,978-1-4438-1417-1,39.99,"Throughout the Indian subcontinent there are territories and areas wherein culture, geography, and the archetypal cosmos interact with each other to create a sacredscape that is infused with meaning, cultural performances and transcendent power. These sacred sites possess extensive mythological associations where believed that spirit can cross between different realms. In a broad perspective such studies falls within the realm of cultural astronomy, which has two broad areas, viz. archaeoastronomy, concerned with the study of the use of astronomy and its role in ancient cultures and civilizations; and ethnoastronomy that studies the use of astronomy and its role in contemporary cultures. The seven essays in this volume deals with the critical appraisal of studying cultural astronomy and cosmic order and its implications in India, illustrated with case studies like heritagescape of Khajuraho, where stone speaks; manescape of Gaya, where manes come and bless the devotees; Deviscape of Vindhyachal, where goddess resorts; Shivascape of Kashi, where Shiva dances in making order; Shaktiscape of Kashi, that possesses the spatial ordering of goddesses; and Naturscape of Chitrakut, where mother earth blesses. 


","“Working together with the author over the last fifteen years, I realised the comprehensiveness and interrelatedness of geography in shaping and creating the sacredscapes and ritualscapes that have now considered as a way for ‘new vision’ in the era of New Age. The results presented here are based on co-sharing and deeper interaction that were presented in several papers during last two decades, however the essays are updated, revised and expanded with a fresh writ of integrity, harmony, cultural astronomical reflections, and profusely illustrated design and figures to which Rana Singh is a master craftsman. In the UN International Year of Astronomy (2009) this book will serve as sparking star for new thoughts from India”.  

― Prof. John McKim Malville,  Emeritus Professor, Astrophysics & Planetary Sciences, University of Colorado, Boulder, U.S.A



",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-11-01,"Eugenio Bolongaro, Mark Epstein, and Rita Gagliano",Creative Interventions: The Role of Intellectuals in Contemporary Italy,Hardback,978-1-4438-1353-2,49.99,"Who are “intellectuals”? What do they think their role and function in contemporary society is? Are they on the endangered-species list? Is equating conservatism with conservation becoming their dominant survival strategy?

This book is a collection of essays that examines some of the changes in the activities, role, function and self-perception of Italian intellectuals since World War II (two major divides are considered to be the crisis of 1956–7 and the fall of the Berlin Wall). The first section examines some of the most influential figures in the early decades, the second the activities of contemporary intellectuals, a third gives voice to some contemporary writers, a fourth contains some comparative essays about the role of intellectuals in influential contemporary Western cultures and a final section is devoted to some cross-disciplinary forays and reflections on the relevance and possible future directions of these inquiries.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-11-01,Andrew Gritt,Family History in Lancashire: Issues and Approaches,Hardback,978-1-4438-1343-3,34.99,"This book explores the history of the family in Lancashire during and after industrialisation. The family is society’s most basic building block and, as each contributor shows, its ability to adapt to circumstances is one of its most enduring qualities.  Economic change created social stresses which, whilst resulting in administrative and institutional change, were primarily absorbed within family groups.  Indeed, it could be argued that the family was society’s most effective safety valve and shock absorber, as individuals responded to the pressures created by industrialisation with its associated problems. 
This book  brings together the work of  leading historians who have each made unique contributions to our understanding of the family in the North West. 



","""This book will be of interest to those concerned with their own and other people's families in this key period for the experience of the British family. Its chapters provide a valuable update on developments in the field. The volume is strong on understanding the individual and personal perspectives on family life.""

Kate Tiller, The Local Historian Journal, Vol. 41 No. 1 (Feb 2011)
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-11-01,Eugenia Russell,Spirituality in Late Byzantium: Essays Presenting New Research by International Scholars,Hardback,978-1-4438-1363-1,34.99,"This collection of essays on late Byzantine spirituality presents new research covering a very important but less than well-documented period of Byzantine culture. Its thematic cohesion, originality of thought, variety of methodological approaches and broad intellectual range, make it a valuable contribution to the field and an asset for academics and students alike. The essays discuss pertinent historical, textual, liturgical and doctrinal matters, and through new evidence and re-appraisals of accepted scholarly views they seek to make their mark.  

Table of Contents


List of Illustrations
Preface
Acknowledgements
Glossary
Introduction - Eugenia Russell

Part I: The Seeds of hesychia and the Theologians of hesychasm
Chapter One: The Reforming Abbot and his Tears: Penthos in late Byzantium
Hannah Hunt
Chapter Two: The Patriarch Philotheos Kokkinos and His Defence of Hesychasm
Norman Russell
Chapter Three: Symeon of Thessalonica and his Message of Personal Redemption
Eugenia Russell
Chapter Four: Reading Denys in late Byzantium: Gregory Palamas’s Approach
to the Theological Categories of ‘apophasis’ and ‘union and distinction’
James Blackstone

Part II: Four Case Studies on Late Byzantine Spirituality
Chapter Five: The ‘Testament of Job’: From Testament to Vita
Maria Haralambakis
Chapter Six: Donors and Iconography: The Case of the Church “St. Virgin”
in Dolna Kamenitsa (XIV c.)
Teodora Burnand
Chapter Seven: The Church of the Most Pure Virgin at the Village of Graeshnitsa
Robert Mihajlovski
Chapter Eight: Journey of the Soul to Perfection: Nicetas Stethatos
Jozef Matula

Afterword - Eugenia Russell
Illustrations
List of Contributors
About the Editor
Index
Hallowed be thy name








",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-11-01,Matthew Hardy,"The Venice Charter Revisited: Modernism, Conservation and Tradition in the 21st Century",Hardback,9781847186881,44.99,"With a foreword by HRH The Prince of Wales.

The Venice Charter of 1964 was a major step towards better conservation of traditional buildings and places. It has since become the founding document of ICOMOS, the organisation for professionals in conservation. However, the requirement of clause 9 that new work ""must be distinct from the architectural composition and must bear a contemporary stamp"", has been misused to justify clashing new buildings in old places around the world. The results have attracted condemnation by citizens from Sydney to St Petersburg and beyond, and have prompted UNESCO to reconsider the issue of new buildings in historic urban landscapes. 
The Venice Charter Revisited: Modernism, Conservation and Tradition in the 21st Century is a timely look at how planning has gone wrong, why it needs to be fixed, and how we can heal the mistakes of the past within the spirit of the Venice Charter. 
With over 700 pages and with more than 350 black and white photographs and diagrams, and including the full text of the Venice Charter and the INTBAU Venice Declaration - which seeks to guide development in historic areas to a more harmonious relationship with its surroundings - these 64 essays on new buildings in old places provide an authoritative source on heritage and planning in a diverse and rapidly developing world. 












","""Division of the book into 64 easily assimilated essays makes this large volume useful as a textbook for courses in traditional urbanism and preservation - in the U.S. and abroad. Professionals in the US who will benefit from this book are urban planners, developers and designers who are creating additions or infill for historic areas - especially when debates with design review commissions might arise.

Most of all, one hopes that personnel of Historic District Commissions and the National Park Service read this book. In the face of all this evidence, the NPS's current refusal to admit that the Secretary's Standards and Guidelines need to be modified makes it appear that the National Park Service treats criticism the same way the Roman Inquisition treate Galileo.""

Clem Labine, Traditional Building Magazine, April 2010

The Venice Charter Revisited is a polemic for a pluralist approach to interventions in the historic environment, wheter in conservation work to individual buildings or in the design of new buildings; an approach that is not bound by fundamentalist ideologies whether from the conservationist or modernist camp.

It makes a rounded case in support of traditional architecture and urbanism in historic places.

Each of its 64 essays is a self-contained read, and all contain valuable insights into how conservation philosophy has been and can be practised. It is an important reference for all who question inconsiderate dogma.""

Dennis Rodwell, Context 117, November 2010, pg 48



",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-11-01,Joanne Parker,Written on Stone: The Cultural Reception of British Prehistoric Monuments,Hardback,978-1-4438-1338-9,34.99,"This collection of essays is not interested in the unresolved questions about the origin, original use, and authentic meaning of the prehistoric monuments of the British Isles. It is not concerned with their prehistory. Rather it deals with the history of barrows, standing stones, and stone circles: with the ways in which they have been viewed, the meanings that have been attributed to them, and the significant impact that they have had over the centuries on British life and culture – from motivating artists, authors, musicians and film-makers to inspiring ‘New Age’ religions. It is thus as interested in stones commonly believed to be megaliths – like the foundation stones of the chapel in the Dartmoor village of South Zeal – as in ‘real’ remains.  
In her recent study of Stonehenge, the historian Rosemary Hill asserted: ‘Stonehenge does not belong to archaeology, or not to archaeology alone’. Likewise, this book is not written primarily for archaeologists – or not for the interest of archaeologists alone. It will also be of interest to social and cultural historians, to those interested in fine art, literature or film, and to anyone fascinated by the construction of national, local, or counter-cultural identities. It should also intrigue anybody who lives near one of the thousands of prehistoric remains that add beauty and mystery to Britain’s countryside. 
The book surveys over eight hundred years of rediscovery, study, superstition, inspiration, fear, restoration, and destruction, investigating how different generations saw their own anxieties, beliefs and concerns reflected in the mysterious lives of the prehistoric builders. By discussing the many different ways in which prehistoric remains have been treated in different periods, the book interrogates any notion of objective approaches to archaeology. Instead, it asserts that what we think of as ‘the past’ is in fact multiple and man-made. Thus, if we are to effectively interpret and fully understand the prehistoric remains of the past, a variety of disciplines and a range of approaches – both traditional and unconventional – will need to work together. For this reason, this book has been produced as a jointly-authored text – a collaboration between archaeologists, folklorists, historians, journalists, and literary critics. 





",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-12-01,"Philippe Crombé, Mark Van Strydonck, Joris Sergant, Mathieu Boudin and Machteld Bats","Chronology and Evolution within the Mesolithic of North-West Europe: Proceedings of an International Meeting, Brussels, May 30th-June 1st 2007",Hardback,978-1-4438-1421-8,64.99,"Since its development in 1949, radiocarbon dating has increasingly been used in prehistoric research in order to get a better grip on the chronology of sites, cultures and environmental changes. Refinement of the dating, sampling and calibration methods has continuously created new and challenging perspectives for absolute dating.

In these proceedings the focus lies on the contribution of carbon-14 dates in current Mesolithic research in North-West Europe. Altogether 40 papers dealing with radiocarbon dates from 15 different countries are presented. Major themes are the typo-technological evolution of lithic and bone industries, changes in settlement patterns, burial practices, demography and subsistence, human impact on the Mesolithic environment and the neolithisation process. Some papers also deal with more methodological aspects of carbon-14 dating (e.g. calculation of various reservoir effects, the use of cumulative calibrated probability distributions), and related techniques (e.g. stable isotope analysis for palaeodiet reconstruction).








",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-12-01,"Susan Bracken, Andrea M. Gáldy, and Adriana Turpin",Collecting and Dynastic Ambition,Hardback,978-1-4438-1401-0,34.99,"Dynastic Ambition, the desire to advance one’s family fortune and reputation, is the reason for all kinds of sometimes bewildering behaviour and activities. Within the study of the history of collecting, many and various motives have been given that underlie the patronage and collecting of art, from personal to public, private to princely, self-interest to philanthropy. A growing interest in the commissioning, collecting and display of art in the early modern period has led to new discussions of the motivation of princes and rulers for the collecting and display of art. Recent historians of patronage have turned to economic motivations for patronage and the development of markets in art objects.
Collecting, it can be argued, goes together with genealogy; the old ruling houses mostly owned rich collections of a wide range of possessions attesting to the age and power of their lineage. The individual saw himself as part of a succession and his patronage often emphasized these dynastic links. That collecting itself could involve dynastic considerations has been less commented upon than the particular concerns of the individual. However, collecting was regarded as a princely pastime and the volume of objects in one’s collection in conjunction with the value of the items and the age of the collection in general attested to the nobility of the owner’s family. Hence the scions of the ruling houses of Europe were keen to extend their family’s collections and willing to spend considerable amounts of money in order to do so.
Many of these collectors amassed artworks of different kinds and provenance. Antiquities, contemporary paintings and sculpture, armour and weapons, plants, animals, and objects of virtue were gathered together and displayed in residences across Europe. If a piece was particularly old or came from an exotic part of the world, it immediately acquired additional political value as part of a court culture that was firmly based on etiquette, questions of precedence, and appropriate display of splendour and wealth.
	This volume, the first in a series of four, presents six articles that explore the role of collecting and collections of ruling families within a time frame that runs from the late Roman Republic to the eighteenth century and within a geographical area that encompasses not only the Italian peninsula but also the Electoral court of Saxony.



","""This volume is valuable for its scholarly juxtaposition of different kinds of collections, displays and princely propaganda. Its case studies, drawn from ancient and early modern regimes north and south of the Alps, examine the contexts in which dynastic rulers accumulated objects and exhibited them in richly meaningful settings; ephemeral and permanent, urban and rural, public and private, martial, legal and rhetorical. Myriad objects, techniques and expositors were exploited by princes keen to promote their dynastic authority through their collections, and the variety of those discussed here illustrates the intellectual ambitions of the Collecting & Display working group, the volume’s originators. Students of material culture and museology, princely residences, political iconography and early modern antiquarian publications will find much of interest in this well conceived, accessibly written book.""

- Suzanne B. Butters, Professor Emerita of Art History, University of Manchester


""Since its isolation in recent years as an independent field of study, understanding of the culture of collecting has been enriched and expanded by examining it from a variety of perspectives, subjecting it to different lights. The princely court formed one of the earliest contexts in which the formation of collections was single-mindedly pursued and, quite naturally, the forms adopted there by cabinets were shaped by agendas to some degree distinct from those pursued by the bourgeoisie. In scrutinizing the role played by collections within the court, the authors here tease out the complex web of correspondences between power and patronage, pomp and self-aggrandizement, acquisitiveness and largesse. The cabinet and the gallery emerge as important devices within the political as well as the cultural aspects of courtly life, functioning as platforms from which intricate messages of power and allegiance could be delivered and given substance. On occasion, individual exhibits might be invested with exceptional significance, acquiring the status of inalienable heirlooms, but even those collections lacking treasures that merited such treatment came to form corporately the tangible representation of dynastic tradition and legitimacy, reinforcing the status of the owner not only with evidence of his lineal and material heritage but asserting his place within the community of collectors embodying all the virtues of the Renaissance prince.""

- Arthur MacGregor, Former Senior Assistant Keeper, Department of Antiquities, Ashmolean Museum and Editor of the Journal of the History of Collections


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-12-01,Vesa Kurkela and Lauri Väkevä,De-Canonizing Music History,Hardback,978-1-4438-1391-4,39.99,"This book is about musical canons and de-canonizing music history. Whenever music is critically examined, it is disciplined, ordered, and corrected; the canon functions as a basic tool in defining the scope of this disciplining. In recent music history, however, there has emerged a strong need to redefine the limits of the disciplining and to criticize the principles of canon formation. De-canonizing can be seen as a tool in this critique. 

This book also shows how different styles and traditions in music have formed their own canons. Its main goal is to deconstruct these canons: to describe, analyze and problematize them in their variety. De-canonizing also refers to artistic crossover and cross-border encounters. In this book art meets popular, ethnic meets education, and avantgarde meets mainstream. Here musical past meets modern musicology, its various trends—and canons.


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-12-01,Eamonn T. Gardiner,Dublin Castle and the Anglo-Irish War: Counter Insurgency and Conflict,Paperback,978-1-4438-1392-1,24.99,"The Irish War of Independence is still regarded as a conflict that is both enigmatic and emotive in content; it  transformed the British imperial dream into a nightmare and was to shape the foreign and domestic agendas of two countries for nearly a century. 

This book seeks to examine the reasons and ask the hard questions to determine why the British state was unable to pour oil on troubled Irish waters and put Home Rule to bed and how that inability was left to fester. It examines in detail the relationships which existed between the arms of the British administration in Ireland and how the complexity of those bonds led sometimes to an animosity of sorts being fostered until it began to affect operational aspects of the British security apparatus in Ireland.' 

The operations and actions of British Army, the Royal Irish Constabulary, their mercenary Auxiliary security forces and the Bristish Government of the day are all probed and examined in this book. Why were the British, with massive imperial holdings and a modern and well equipped armed forces, unable to suppress an infant insurgency, numerically inferior and ill equipped less than four hundred miles from Whitehall? Why was the shining light of British colonial policing, the Royal Irish Constabulary subjected to stagnation and rot from within for over fifty years? Why instead of reforming the existing police in place in Ireland mercenary forces, with little official oversight, were introduced into Ireland in an effort to quell the rising trouble? 




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-12-01,"Lorna Bleach, Katariina Närä, Sian Prosser and Paola Scarpini",In Search of the Medieval Voice: Expressions of Identity in the Middle Ages,Hardback,9781443814348,39.99,"Organised in 2008 by four medievalists from the University of Sheffield, Locating the Voice: Expressions of Identity in the Middle Ages provided a theatre for dialogue between postgraduates and early career researchers from around the world. This collection of articles, born out of the conference, forms an intriguing and interesting way of looking at identity and reflects the editors’ desire to reconcile ideas within adjacent interdisciplinary fields of study. Reaching far beyond the domain of medieval literature, already familiar to so many, this book examines the authorial and pictorial voice, the voice of national identity and even the physical attributes a medieval voice may have had. Each contributor shows how, in locating the voice in their own field of research, it is possible to build a multi-disciplinary approach to individuality and identity in the medieval world.



","“In Search of the Medieval Voice: Expressions of Identity in the Middle Ages provides ample confirmation, if it were needed, that budding scholarship in the very broad field of Medieval Studies is in rude good health, even today. The co-editors of this exciting volume are to be congratulated for their initiative in organising such a well-managed and intellectually stimulating conference, and for bringing to press this absorbing collection of papers selected from the many contributions”. 
—Professor Peter Ainsworth

“This volume offers fresh insight and an approach at once focussed and ranging by approaching identity through the theme of the voice...The theme of identity is currently of great interest in medieval studies and other areas.  This volume offers fresh insight and an approach at once focussed and ranging by approaching identity through the theme of the voice.  The approach is highly appropriate for a culture such as that of the Middle Ages where so many texts were read aloud and consumed through the ear as much as the eye. The contributors, coming from a range of disciplines, extend the concept of voicing both within and beyond textual disciplines, ranging across literature, musicology, history, theology, arachaeology to do so, while the introduction reflects on the themes and history of thought about identity.  It is nowdays generally accepted, as the contributors to this project are well aware, that medieval concepts of identity vary considerably from modern models, often locating identity in what links or positions individuals as much as in what distinguishes them as personalities.  Within this framework, the essays recreate the voicing and the voices of medieval individual and group identity with intimacy and conviction and open up fresh and stimulating methods of enquiry to help us hear them.” 
—Jocelyn Wogan-Browne, Professor of Medieval Literature, Centre for Medieval Studies, The University of York




",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-12-01,Catherine Hynes and Sandra Scanlon,Reform and Renewal: Transatlantic Relations during the 1960s and 1970s,Hardback,978-1-4438-1415-7,34.99,"Transatlantic relations underwent significant change throughout the 1960s and 1970s as post-1945 cooperation was gradually replaced by rivalry in the economic, defence and intelligence arenas. An increasingly vulnerable United States economy, together with a focus on détente, led the Nixon Administration to adopt policies which directly challenged European economic and security concerns. 

However, this was also the time when inter-allied relations experienced significant rejuvenation. The rise of conservativism in the United States, no less than the debacle in Vietnam, augured new foreign policy priorities for American leaders. Coinciding with the renewed focus on economic liberalism on both sides of the Atlantic, the influence of conservatives in redefining international relations became increasingly obvious. 02

Drawing on recently declassified documents, Reform and Renewal offers a detailed analysis of the major events and themes in the transatlantic relationship. Focusing on the post-1960 era—a distinct phase in the transatlantic relationship—it provides an examination of the interplay between domestic political factors and the broader structural factors shaping relations between the United States and the countries of Western Europe. Providing a comparative perspective on key initiatives such as the Year of Europe, this edited collection will greatly enhance the existing literature in the field. 



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2009-12-01,Patricia M. Bennis,"St. John’s Fever and Lock Hospital Limerick, 1780-1890",Hardback,978-1-4438-1393-8,34.99,"Before 1780 there was no public provision for the hospital treatment of fever patients, “St. John’s being the first building of the kind erected in the empire”. They suffered and died in their homes under the combined pressure of poverty and disease. The spread of fever was controlled by admitting patients to hospital and isolating them from the rest of the community. Epidemics were frequent. This Irish study deals to a large extent with the 1820s, the cholera epidemic of 1832 and with the Great Famine of the 1840s—a period when St. John’s Hospital admitted more than 5,000 fever-ridden patients.
","“Bennis deftly depicts St. John’s Fever Hospital, against the backdrop of pre-famine Limerick city. She also convincingly demonstrates that St John’s Hospital responded well to the typhus epidemic of 1817–18, and the waves of cholera in 1832 and 1847–49. The publication and dissemination of this solid work of scholarship is overdue.”
—Dr. Padraig Lenihan, History Department at the University of Limerick

“Bennis makes an immense contribution to the medical history of Limerick city. She gives us a rich, multi-layered and illuminating account of the impact that a single hospital had on one of Ireland’s major provincial cities. Scholarly and authoritative, yet readable and accessible, this will be the definitive work on its topic for many years to come.”
—Dr. Matthew Potter, History Department at the University of Limerick
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-01-01,Andrew Apter and Lauren Derby,Activating the Past: History and Memory in the Black Atlantic World,Hardback,978-1-4438-1638-0,49.99,"Activating the Past explores critical historical events and transformations associated with embodied memories in the Black Atlantic world. The assembled case-studies disclose hidden historical references to local and regional encounters with Atlantic modernity, focusing on religious festivals that represent political and economic relationships in “fetishized” forms of power and value. Although memories of the slave trade are rarely acknowledged in West Africa and the Americas, they have retreated, so to speak, within ritual associations as restricted, repressed, even secret histories that are activated during public festivals and through different styles of spirit possession.

In West Africa, our focus on selected port cities along the coast extends into the hinterlands, where slave raiding occurred but is poorly documented and rarely acknowledged. In the Caribbean, regional contrasts between coastal and hinterland communities relate figures of the jíbaro, the indio and the caboclo to their ritual representations in Santería, Vodou, and Candomblé. Highlighting the spatial association of memories with shrines and the ritual “condensation” of regional geographies, we locate local spirits and domestic terrains within co-extensive Atlantic horizons.

The volume brings together leading scholars of the African Diaspora who not only explore these ritual archives for significant echoes of the past, but also illuminate a subaltern historiography embedded within Atlantic cultural systems.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-02-01,Krzysztof Nawotka,Alexander the Great,Hardback,978-1-4438-1743-1,49.99,"This book is possibly the most comprehensive biography of Alexander in print. It presents his story strictly on the basis of ancient sources, making use as much as possible of contemporary Greek inscriptions, coins,  and of non-western evidence (Babylonian tablets, Egyptian papyri, Bactrian parchments). The latter in particular change our understanding of how the Achaemenid state was run and how the Macedonian conquests were perceived from the Oriental perspective.  

The book’s protagonist was the first in Western Civilization to be hailed Great. The specific aura and charisma of this young ruler, the scale of his conquests and the exotic landscapes and peoples encountered during a tireless trek of over 35,000 km spanning three continents is what the broader public have always found particularly appealing. The author travelled extensively in the footsteps of Alexander and made use of other geographical accounts to elucidate the spatial perspective of his conquests. 

Space and politics define the dynamics of his story. The author presents Alexander as a component of the historical processes in his epoch and considers his influence on developments in Greece, Macedonia, the Persian Empire and neighbouring countries. The book tries to steer clear of both idealizing Alexander the Great, typical of some earlier modern biographies, and of deconstructing his personality, which mars the minimalist approach of today’s scholarship.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-02-01,Laurel Forster and Sue Harper,British Culture and Society in the 1970s: The Lost Decade,Hardback,978-1-4438-1734-9,44.99,"This collection of essays highlights the variety of 1970s culture, and shows how it responded to the transformations that were taking place in that most elusive of decades. The 1970s was a period of extraordinary change on the social, sexual and political fronts. Moreover, the culture of the period was revolutionary in a number of ways; it was sometimes florid, innovatory, risk-taking and occasionally awkward and inconsistent. The essays collected here reflect this diversity and analyse many cultural forms of the 1970s. The book includes articles on literature, politics, drama, architecture, film, television, youth cultures, interior design, journalism, and contercultural “happenings”. Its coverage ranges across phenomena as diverse as the Wombles and Woman’s Own. The volume offers an interdisciplinary account of a fascinating period in British cultural history.

This book makes an important intervention in the field of 1970s history. It is edited and introduced by Laurel Forster and Sue Harper, both experienced writers, and the book comprises work by both established and emerging scholars. Overall it makes an exciting interpretation of a momentous and colourful period in recent culture.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-02-01,James Earle,"Commodore Squib: The Life, Times and Secretive Wars of England’s First Rocket Man, Sir William Congreve, 1772-1828",Hardback,978-1-4438-1770-7,39.99,"Sir William Congreve, political propagandist, lawyer, inventor, and Chief Equerry to King George IV, was one of the foremost military salesmen of the early nineteenth century.

When England faced the overwhelming might of Napoleonic France, Sir William championed the potential of secret weapons, notably gunpowder rockets, mass-produced by the latest advances in manufacturing science. His was a world of fireships, bomb brigs, invasion fleets, experimental warfare, espionage, and the intense hostility of rival “projectors”.

By turns acclaimed, derided, libelled and sued, Congreve belonged to a colourful breed whose influence on history is frequently overlooked. Yet for those who care to notice, his name and works are widely commemorated from the dark side of the moon to the most resounding phrases of the American National Anthem.




","“James Earle’s pioneering book puts this remarkable invention in its proper historical context with a penetrating and amusing analysis . . .”
—Will Robinson, Literary Review
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-02-01,John O’Brien,"Discrimination in Northern Ireland, 1920-1939: Myth or Reality?",Paperback,978-1-4438-1744-8,19.99,"Throughout the period of devolved government in Northern Ireland between 1921 and 1972, allegations of discrimination by the Ulster Unionist government against the Catholic and nationalist minority have been constant. These accusations of discrimination were regularly made concerning education, employment, public housing and representation. 

This book aims to examine these nationalist allegations and assess whether or not discrimination did occur and if so, the extent to which the minority became disadvantaged as a result. This volume focuses on the inter-war period, 1920-39, and evaluates the policies and practices of successive Unionist governments. In essence, it attempts to ascertain whether or not the charges of overt discrimination levelled against the government were warranted. 

Previous literature on the topic has tended to be biased in favour of one side of the political divide, be it Ulster unionism or Irish nationalism. Drawing from a wide range of primary and secondary sources, this book has found that the need for mutual understanding is paramount. The Stormont administration’s need to concentrate all power in its own hands was most likely born out of a longing for security and self-preservation and motivated by siege mentality and internal threat. Is there a state in the world where there would not exist a bias, justified or unjustified, against those who refused to be loyal to or even recognise that state? 
Discriminatory practices, engaged in as a means to an end, may have become a way of life for some Protestants and unionists. It definitely came to be seen as such by the Catholic and nationalist minority, whether justified or not. 






","“Discrimination” or prejudice based on ethnic or religious lines has proved a dark stain on Northern Ireland’s recent history. In this volume historian John O’Brien has approached a very emotive subject with honesty and a careful eye. His analysis demonstrates that the categories of anti-Catholic/Nationalist and anti-Loyalist/Protestant can never be defined in simple terms or confined within neat categories. As with the tragedy that has defined the island known as Ireland, this history is a complex one and has been subject to a range of competing interests and pressure groups. Through a close and careful analysis of the Stormont parliamentary debates O’Brien demonstrates that the history of prejudice almost always encompasses a range of totalising discourses and concepts, each of which proves a site of contestation and conflict. This important study makes clear that what happened in the past can always be “constructed” in accordance with a number of different yet seemingly plausible narrative accounts. O’Brien’s set himself an ambitious task in this book and succeeded admirably. His research is essential to those seeking a clearer understanding of what has defined Irishness and Britishness, both North and South.

- Dr. Mícheál Ó hAodha, Lecturer, Department of History, University of Limerick, Limerick, Ireland 


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-02-01,Christopher Anthony Matthew,On the Wings of Eagles: The Reforms of Gaius Marius and the Creation of Rome’s First Professional Soldiers,Hardback,978-1-4438-1742-4,34.99,"Gaius Marius (157-86B) was one of the most innovative and influential commanders of antiquity. With Marius in command of its legions, Rome prevailed on the battlefields of North Africa and defeated a two-pronged invasion of the Italian peninsula by 300,000 migrating Germanic tribesmen. The reason for this success was a series of five ground-breaking reforms through which Marius dramatically altered the demographics, recruitment, training and operation of the Roman army. In effect, Marius’ reforms changed the Roman military from a service of short-term militia into a professional standing army. This allowed Rome to use the military as an effective tool for military expansion and internal security and laid the foundations for the role of the Roman army for centuries to come. Many of these reforms, however, came at a cost to the stability of the state. This book charts the military implications of Marius’ reforms: what they were, why they were made, how they were made, and how they altered the functionality of the Roman military.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-02-01,Marianne Neerland Soleim,Prisoners of War and Forced Labour: Histories of War and Occupation,Hardback,978-1-4438-1720-2,39.99,"Early research on the Holocaust was characterized by studies of the extermination of the Jews without other victims of the Nazi policy of extermination being included. In the past twenty years, there has been a greater focus on such topics as prisoners of war and forced labourers in the Third Reich among scholars. This development of a wider perspective in research topics has revealed a need for more primary research. Based on this viewpoint, it was established that a need existed to expand the historical perspective by connecting the Holocaust with the treatment of prisoners of war.

This book’s main goal is to make a contribution to the strengthening of studies on prisoners of war and forced labour. The volume consists of papers first presented at the Falstad symposium “Prisoners of War and Forced Labour—
Histories of War and Occupation”, held at the Falstad Centre on November 20-21, 2008. Topics of the symposium included prisoners of war; prisoners in concentration and extermination camps, people imprisoned for political or racial reasons; and forced labour, meaning civilians forced to migrate or forced to work for the Germans. The contributions in the book represent a broad perspective including researchers from the USA, Poland, Austria, Israel, Russia, Finland, the UK and Norway. The introduction gives a brief overview of how different European countries are dealing with the problem of overcoming the past and the state of research in some of these countries.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-03-01,Kathleen Starck,Between Fear and Freedom: Cultural Representations of the Cold War,Hardback,978-1-4438-1859-9,39.99,"The field of Cold War studies has recently undergone a cultural turn. Scholars from many disciplines outside – but increasingly also from within – diplomatic history have come to understand that, just as the Cold War was marked by a political and military competition, it was also characterised by a cultural one. As a result, it is now widely accepted that everyday culture was itself infused with political and ideological messages. The Cold War was ubiquitous.
In an attempt to comprehend this complexity of the superpower conflict, as well as the way it affected and still affects people’s lives globally, this collection of essays brings together the work of scholars from nine countries and a wide range of academic disciplines. They explore strategies, mechanisms and legacies of the Cold War in areas as diverse as film, propaganda, conspiracy theories, education, music, comic books, architecture, fiction, autobiographical writing and theatre.




",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-03-01,Nancy Rupprecht and Wendy Koenig,Holocaust Persecution: Responses and Consequences,Hardback,978-1-4438-1863-6,39.99,"This anthology of selected, thematic articles is a unique approach to Holocaust Studies because it focuses on the responses to and consequences of Holocaust persecution rather than on the fact of it. After a brief overview of the Holocaust itself, the book is divided into two sections, “Responses to Holocaust Persecution” and “Consequences of Holocaust Persecution.” 

Each section of the book begins with a scholarly essay by an internationally recognized scholar. Robert Satloff, Executive Director of the Washington Institute for Near East Policy and author of Among the Righteous: Lost Stories of the Holocaust’s Long Reach Into Arab Lands, contributes a scholarly essay to the Responses section of this volume called “Countering Holocaust Denial in the Middle East: A New Approach.” Satloff maintains that Holocaust denial in Arab regions may be more effectively countered if recognition is given to Arabs who helped Jews during the Holocaust and if the fate of Jews in Arab lands, particularly during World War II, is given a more thorough consideration. Two additional essays in this segment of the book focus on Arab or Muslim reactions to the Holocaust. In addition, the Responses section includes articles concerning both collaboration with the German occupiers and Jewish rescue of Jewish victims, as well as essays that discuss political and personal responses to Nazi persecution. 

Gerhard L. Weinberg, author of the magnum opus A World at Arms: A Global History of World War II, is generally considered to be the world’s most important authority on the Second World War. He contributes the primary article in the Consequences section of this volume, “The Holocaust and the Nuremberg Trials.” His essay argues that the evidence presented at the Nuremberg tribunal as well as the legal principles established at Nuremberg, have set important precedents in international law that also influence the course of contemporary politics as well as both Holocaust and genocide studies. Subsequent articles in this section of the book discuss the legal, personal, moral and political consequences of the Holocaust.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-03-01,Eugene Broderick,"Intellectuals and the Ideological Hijacking of Fine Gael, 1932-1938",Hardback,978-1-4438-1842-1,34.99,"This book covers a unique, yet virtually ignored episode in Irish history—the efforts by intellectuals to influence and shape in a radical way the policies and direction of a major political party. Between 1932 and 1934, Michael Tierney and James Hogan, both university academics, exploited the opportunity offered by the formation of the Blueshirts and Fine Gael to promote their views for an alternative social, economic and political order. This order was inspired by Catholic social teachings, in particular those enunciated by Pope Pius XI in his encyclical Quadragesimo Anno, issued in 1931. In it the pontiff had advocated a social system which sought to reconcile the conflicting interests of capital and labour by essentially giving representation to the various economic interests in society by organising them according to their vocational groupings. With ideas rooted in contemporary Catholic social and political philosophy, especially Catholic corporatism or vocationalism, Tierney and Hogan intended that Fine Gael become the vehicle for the promotion of their ideas. In effect, they virtually hijacked the objectives of the party. Under their influence and that of others, including Eoin O’Duffy and Ernest Blythe, Fine Gael adopted corporate principles and began the process of formulating policies to give practical expression to them. Among those the party produced was a detailed labour policy. The advocates of corporatism, though always a tiny minority within the party, enjoyed a disproportionate influence. They contributed, however, to divisions within Fine Gael during a turbulent period in Irish politics. Moreover, the party’s opponents in Fianna Fail and the labour movement successfully characterised it as advocating fascism. Their ultimate failure has obscured the significance of the achievement of Hogan, Tierney and their allies. They transformed Fine Gael into a political party with a radical and distinct ideological programme and succeeded in giving Irish politics, for a brief period in the 1930s, a new dimension and vibrancy.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-03-01,Rana P. B. Singh ,Sacred Geography of Goddesses in South Asia: Essays in Memory of David Kinsley,Hardback,978-1-4438-1865-0,49.99,"This book consists of thirteen essays that deal with links between ecology and shamanism, landscape and nature spirit, emphasising web of meanings imbued in the cultural tradition of portraying landscape as temple and territory as archetypal representation of the cosmos. In view of appreciating the path in this direction paved by David Kinsley, this anthology is a memorial tribute to him by his students, friends, associates and admirers, including an essay that critically and rationally examined his contributions and their relevance today. Of course, there are books on the thematic or disciplinary-packed orientation, however rarely any interdisciplinary book that narrates many perspectives and facets around sacred geography of goddesses is published. This anthology fulfils that gap substantially, through the essays by scholars from religious studies, geography, anthropology and cultural studies. The themes covered include: sacred places, spatiality and symbolism; mental journeys and cosmic topography, illustrated with Sricakra and Sricakrapuja;  pilgrimage sites in the Siwalik Region where landscape has played special role to awaken human mind; Pavagadh, where landscape helps to make the power of the Mother Goddess; spatial circulation in ritualscape of the matrikas in Kathmandu Valley; scenario at the Kamakhya Pitha; sacredscape and spatial structure of be-headed goddess at Rajarappa; sacred geography and formation of Vindhyachal goddess territory; Hindu Goddesses in Kashi: Spatial Patterns and Symbolic Orders; the ten Mahavidyas’ Yatra in making the goddess spirit invoked; role of Durga in the present sacredscape of Varanasi; issue of images and performances related to the river goddess Ganga; and Green Tara in the wall paintings of Alchi. 



","“In the 1990s, David Kinsley was a gracious, quiet, behind-the-scenes mentor to a number of young Ph.D.s in Indology and the comparative study of religion, including myself, who aspired to write like him, to think comparatively like him, above all, to put things together in ways that no one had thought of putting together.  Kali and Krishna, Tantric goddesses and ecology, shamanism and pilgrimage — they all seemed to come together in his prose in beautiful and always provocative ways.  In short, he taught us.  What a pleasure it is to see a volume coming together, ten years after his passing, that focuses on these same themes with a renewed vigour and a renewed concern”.  
―Prof. Jeffrey J. Kripal, J. Newton Rayzor Professor and Chair of Religious Studies, Rice University, Houston, TA, U.S.A. 
 
“In the frame of ‘sacred geography’ this anthology presents the multidisciplinary studies of goddesses that deal with links between ecology and shamanism, landscape and nature spirit, emphasising web of meanings imbued in the cultural tradition of ritualscapes, sacred time and territory as archetypal representation of the cosmos. The contents illustrated with 33 tables and 69 figures present a wide variety of topics related to sacred geography of goddesses, and I’m sure it will be a very valid and useful contribution to the field”.
―Prof. Alex Passi, Linguistics and Oriental Studies, Bologna University, Italy.

“David Kinsley’s impact on his students at McMaster University in Canada was extraordinary and his contribution worldwide to scholarly knowledge about and genuine interest in Hindu ways of religious life was impressive indeed. His premature departure from us was a palpable loss that we still feel a decade later. It is heartening none the less to realize that his impact carries on and is by no means confined to his home university and adopted country. The present volume, Sacred Geography of Goddesses: Essays in Memory of David Kinsley, edited by Rana P.B. Singh of Banaras Hindu University in Kashi, the city of light that David Kinsley knew so well, is fitting testimony to not only the respect in which he is held by scholars around the globe, but to the ongoing scholarship in fields where he himself began to sow”.
― Emeritus Prof. Joseph T. O’Connell, Study of Religion, University of Toronto, Canada.

“The book has rightly selected the theme of Sacred Geography of Goddesses in South Asia, the basic outline of which was paved by David Kinsley. Covering themes like sacred places, mental journey, cultural landscape, mandalic frame, locality to universality, symbolic ordering, pilgrimage and sacred sites, this anthology opens a new vision of understanding the impinging spirit of feminine divine in South Asia. I’m sure this will further inspire scholars from diverse fields to come closely in sharing thoughts for better service to the Mother Nature”.  
― Prof. Yuko Yokochi, 
Dept. of Sanskrit Language and Literature, Kyoto University, Japan

“This collection of essays is unusually giving insights to understand the inherent messages of feminine divine that should be portrayed metaphorically, metaphysically and mystically taking purviews of images, perception, pilgrimages and ritualscapes. Following the path shown by David Kinsley the essays have their own writ, integrity and vision.  For any one interested to know integration between inside realities and outside reflections related to sacred geography of goddesses, this book a ground-breaking path and the way to move upon”.  
― Prof. Erik R. Sand, Religious Studies, Copenhagen University, Denmark

“Dr. David Kinsley has left a legacy of research that will lead scholars and students into the next millennium. His love of India is reflected in his many works, not the least of which deal with Indian goddess figures and sacred geography. His work has enabled not only Indologists but academics dealing with Women and Religion to build new theory and rhetoric. It is fitting that a Festschrift on just those topics is composed in his honour, focusing sacred geography of goddesses. These essays will lead us moving in wider horizon of feminine divine and her universal importance.”
― Prof. Phyllis K. Herman, Religious Studies, California State University, Northridge, USA

“I suspect that David Kinsley would be “intrigued” by the prospect of a volume of essays on the theme of goddesses and sacred geography since the goddesses of Hindu traditions and the impact of religion on the environment were favoured areas for his “musings,” as he would so often say.  On the tenth anniversary of David’s premature departure from us, it is gratifying to see this concrete expression of his enduring legacy as a scholar and a teacher.""
― Prof. Patricia Dold, Religious Studies, Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada




",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-03-01,Robert D. Morritt,"The Quest: John Morritt, His Travels to Troy, 1794-1796",Hardback,978-1-4438-1774-5,34.99,"For many years I had wanted to write something about Troy and the Classical Age; ever since my earlier archaological 'digs' and flint knapping and an early essay on Troy, quite unplanned, that had my strict Headmaster quite aghast (and even myself). I expect it was something hidden within my psyche which knows a former life, I hesitate to go t
here.
 
Notwithstanding that, this book describes not just the story of 'Troy' but theories of whether it did exist, with recent archaeological 'finds'.  The work done at Troy by Schliemann is portrayed, also the work of Dorpfeld, Blegen and more recently the modern methods of the recently deceased Professor Manfred Korfmann and the theories of Joachim Latacz are explored, with emphasis on the University of Tuebingen TROIA Project, which is consistently attracting international attention.
 
Not only is Troy portrayed, but the travels of John Morritt to locate the site of Troy. The interesting way Morritt circumnavigated the Napoleonic armies makes one wonder if he was on a clandestine mission to record topography, as he later makes un-historical observations of military movements in an area the French navy were to invade to reach Egypt, etc.
 
If the reader receives any benefit from this book, I will consider that I have done my part. If not, I recomend it wholeheartedly as a sure-fire cure for insomnia.
 
Robert D. Morritt








",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-04-01,"Anka Ryall, Johan Schimanski and Henning Howlid Wærp",Arctic Discourses,Hardback,978-1-4438-1959-6,44.99,"Both fictional and non-fictional accounts of the Arctic have long been a major source of powerful images of the region, and have thus had a crucial part to play in the history of human activities there. This volume provides a wide-reaching investigation into the discourses involved in such accounts, above all into the consolidation of a discourse of “Arcticism” (modelled on Edward Said’s concept of “Orientalism”), but also into the many intersecting discourses of imperialism, nationalism, masculinity, modernity, geography, science, race, ecology, indigeneity, aesthetics, etc.

Perspectives originating from inside and outside the Arctic, along with hybrid positions, are examined, with special attention being given to the textual genres, narratives and figures which they mobilize, together with to the close relationship between the Arctic as an unknown place and the literary imagination.

The different chapters address a wide geographical range of texts, providing a necessary supplement to most previous work in the field, and also address the wide variety of genres which flourish under the aegis of Arctic discourse, ranging from exploration accounts, travel-writing, political texts and journalism through diaries and historical documents to novels and novelizations, and including also other media, such as music and opera.
","“Arctic Discourses is recommended—even required—for those studying polar literature and for libraries with collections in northern studies. For fans of explorers’ accounts and other forms of arctic literature, the book offers new perspectives on familiar stories. Perhaps above all, this work is a salutary reminder that when we write we tell a story, whether or not we mean to; and that we are revealed alongside our subject matter.”
—Shelly Sommer in Arctic, Antarctic, and Alpine Research

“Arctic Discourses is complex, confronting and thoroughly engaging. It will have wide reader appeal because, although there are many technical aspects to the analyses, they are not impenetrable and therefore don’t exclude readers unfamiliar with the disciplines. Buy a copy; you’ll not be able to put it down!”
—Dr Julia Jabour, The Polar Journal, 1:2, 2011

“Pull apart explorer’s accounts, opera, and poetry for awhile instead of data. This volume of literary criticism traces how the Arctic is imagined and reimagined in literature and music, and how these representations confirm or counter prevailing images of identity, environment, and Arctic peoples.”
—Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research (INSTAAR) blog

“. . . useful from a research [point of view], and genuinely enjoyable reading.”
—Steve Himmer on goodreads.com

 “Arctic Discourses makes a seminal contribution to relatively new but expanding studies that focus on the ice and cold above the Arctic Circle . . . Arctic Discourses is a pioneering and exploratory text representing an international circumpolar approach that, in contrast to previous studies, is not limited to a particular geographical area . . . a highly useful resource.”
—Caroline Schaumann, Arcadia
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-04-01,Amar Wahab,"Colonial Inventions: Landscape, Power and Representation in Nineteenth-Century Trinidad",Hardback,978-1-4438-1922-0,39.99,"This book situates its contemplation of the nineteenth-century Trinidadian landscape in the context of an emerging sub-field of Caribbean postcolonial studies, by connecting the visual representation and indexing of colonial landscapes and peoples with the making of colonial power. Emphasis is placed on three pivotal image catalogues which span the pre and post emancipation periods and which connect the projects of British slavery and indentureship. The book unearths sketches, paintings, lithographs and engravings and analyzes them as central to the iconic framing and disciplining of colonized subjects, tropical nature and the plantation landscape. Focusing on the image works of British travellers Richard Bridgens and Charles Kingsley and Creole artist, Michel Jean Cazabon, the chapters consider how an aesthetic logic was not only illustrative but constitutive of racialized and gendered scripts of colonial landscapes, nature and identity. While these various strands of aesthetic reasoning reveal a seemingly coherent operation of colonial power, they also register the very ambiguity of these disciplinary projects in moments of uncertainty regarding the amelioration of African slavery, the emancipation of slavery, and the highly contested project of Indian indentureship in the Caribbean. The book reflects the dynamic instability of colonial inventive projects manifest in a period of experimental and troubled British rule that potentially frustrates any attempt to recover the truth of Caribbean colonial reality. 





",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-04-01,"Helena Gonçalves da Silva, Adriana Alves de Paula Martins, Filomena Viana Guarda and José Miguel Sardica","Conflict, Memory Transfers and the Reshaping of Europe",Hardback,978-1-4438-1914-5,44.99,"Conflict, Memory Transfers and the Reshaping of Europe discusses processes of memory construction associated with the realities of war and genocide, totalitarianism, colonialism as well as trans-border dialogues in the overcoming of conflict memories. It is based on the premise that there are no available clear-cut or definite positions to approach the problematic issues of conflict, memory and history. Consequently, it examines and articulates across several different media discourses, problems, contexts and considerations of value. Its scope is thus deliberately interdisciplinary, drawing on the cross-fertilization of diverse research methods. 

The book addresses a number of issues and raises questions that have been crucial to our modern thought, and problematic or even inexplicable to any cultural theory that approaches history with an ethical approach. It works through and evaluates ongoing representative processes, strategies and practices, next to longstanding constraints, dilemmas and taboos regarding discussions of contentious matters. The different perspectives from which the issues of conflict, identity and memory are examined, in authoritarian, new European and (post-) colonial contexts, provide examples of power and conflict memory intervening in discourse and areas of cultural practice, destabilizing fixed or encoded meaning. It examines how the “making sense” of our memories—so vital for the qualification of culture and social practices—is about concepts and ideas, as well as emotions and attachments, i.e. meaning resulting from effective social exchange framed by specific contexts of interpretation. As such, the book is also a contribution to a memory culture that is pushing forward the clarification of conflicts, crystallizations of tension and all sorts of threads that bind us, very often invisibly, to the past.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-04-01,Marianna D’Ezio,Hester Lynch Thrale Piozzi: A Taste for Eccentricity,Hardback,978-1-4438-1872-8,39.99,"Scholars and readers who are interested in eighteenth-century British literature are surely familiar with Hester Lynch Thrale Piozzi in the light she came to be known in her lifetime and after: first, as the “formidable hostess” of Streatham House, South London, and then as an outcast from respectable eighteenth-century society after she had married the Italian piano teacher of her daughter. As a writer, her importance has long been that of a footnote to Samuel Johnson and as a consequence, she has been part of the official British literary canon only as a character. This volume introduces Hester Lynch Thrale Piozzi as a whole, trying to link her fascinating and subversive biography to her development as a writer, emphasizing the innovative issues of her works, her style and her social and personal beliefs. Piozzi’s biography is an interesting example of the dynamic scene of the late eighteenth century, where she was both conservative and subversive: she was an eccentric, and although her decision to marry the Italian singer and composer Gabriele Piozzi disgraced her, it was through this act of subversion that Hester Thrale Piozzi could finally make her own entrance into the world as a public writer. Once she had transgressed the social codes of so-called “feminine” behaviour, she was also ready to move into the public sphere, publish her works and make money out of them, pioneering several traditional literary genres through her passionate search for professional independence in the literary canon of the eighteenth century.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-04-01,Jeremy Roe and Marta Bustillo,"Imagery, Spirituality and Ideology in Baroque Spain and Latin America",Hardback,978-1-4438-1913-8,34.99,"This volume offers a series of  essays that explore the significance of visual imagery as a medium for the representation of spiritual and ideological concerns by the Catholic Church in the Spanish Habsburg Empire. Each of these essays provides a valuable contribution to established areas of research such as Velázquez studies, St. Teresa of Avila as spiritual exemplar for the Counter-Reformation in Spain, the iconography of St. Francis of Assisi, or the evolution of Peruvian Christian iconography. A valuable contribution of all these essays is their discussion of new visual and textual sources which are revealing of the diverse modes of representation developed by the Church to ‘Delight, Move and Instruct’ the many and diverse spectators of its artistic message. Together these essays provide a range of critical perspectives on the complex cultural, political and spiritual context that shaped the evolution of Religious Art in cities as distant as Cuzco and Madrid.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-04-01,F. Suzanne Bowers,"Republican, First, Last, and Always: A Biography of B. Carroll Reece",Hardback,978-1-4438-1916-9,39.99,"Republican, First, Last, and Always: A Biography of B. Carroll Reece examines the political culture that created an intense fervor of anti-communism in America. From 1920 to 1961, B. Carroll Reece served a then unprecedented thirty-five years in the United States House of Representatives. A close friend of Robert Taft, Reece served as Chairman of the Republican National Committee from 1946–1948 and used his position as chairman to push anti-communism to the forefront of the Republican Party’s national agenda and to help Taft try to win the presidency. His background in finance and economics led him to believe that capitalism remained America’s strongest defense against communism. He worked to eradicate any threat to the capitalist system—from trying to block government development of the Muscle Shoals Dam projects in Alabama in the 1920s to forming a congressional committee that attacked foundations created by the Ford, Rockefeller, and Carnegie families in the 1950s. Reece’s downfall and death represented the demise of Old Guard conservatives within the Republican Party as new leaders and new issues became the center of Republican politics, and his investigation contributed to the animosity towards foundations and large concentrations of wealth that continues today.
","“Bowers’s book is an important contribution to our understanding of the conservative anti-Communist movement of the late 1940s through the early 1960s. Congressman B. Carroll Reece of East Tennessee was a figure of considerable significance in that movement, but until now he has been neglected by historians. Bowers has thoroughly mined the available sources, especially Reece’s voluminous personal papers. Her extensive research in those sources and her wide reading in the historiography of the era enable her to offer a full and engaging portrait of both the public man and the private man and to situate him in the context of his times. This book should be read by everyone interested in mid-twentieth-century American politics.”
—Professor Stephen V. Ash, Distinguished Professor in Humanities, University of Tennessee, USA
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-04-01,L. B. Ross,Revisiting Decadence: A Behavioral Interpretation of Fifteenth-Century Historical Narrative,Hardback,978-1-4438-1956-5,39.99,"This volume is an introduction to the fifteenth century through chronicles and personal recollections of a diverse group of its French- and English-speaking writers. It revisits some of the principal events and personalities of that era through anecdotes illustrating interpersonal behavior. It examines how writers evaluated the conduct of their contemporaries and how some of their pessimistic conclusions may have contributed to the reputation for decadence of their century.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-04-01,Kevin J. McGinley and Nicola Royan,The Apparelling of Truth: Literature and Literary Culture in the Reign of James VI; A Festschrift for Roderick J. Lyall,Hardback,978-1-4438-1873-5,44.99,"Prepared to honour the work of R. J. Lyall, this collection of essays offers new perspectives on the literature and culture of the reign of James VI, from his accession as an infant to the throne of Scotland, through the Union of the Crowns, to his final years as king of Great Britain. Its emphasis is on James’s reign as a whole, stressing the continuities in literary culture throughout the time of his rule, rather than the more familiar narrative of disjunction caused by his accession to the English throne in the 1603 Union of Crowns. In addition, the collection extends its focus beyond a concentration on the environment of James’s court to situate the literature of his reign in terms of both regional and international contexts. The essays range widely in their approaches and cover topics as diverse as book history and printing; textual scholarship and editing; language, rhetoric, and prosody; gender attitudes in James’s reign; travel writing and colonial contexts; Latin literary culture; and courtly culture and the politics of literary representation. Such variety is also evident in the languages discussed, which include Scots, English, Latin and French, in the generic range of the subject texts, from epic poetry to travel writing, and in the writers discussed, from the very familiar, such as John Knox and Robert Aytoun, to the currently less well-known, such as William Lithgow and Thomas Hudson. All the contributors are respected scholars in the discipline, including some of the most senior figures in the field. Taken as a whole, this collection is the most extensive and varied treatment of Scottish literary culture of this period to date, and will be a key collection for all students and specialists in the field. 


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-04-01,Isabel Noronha-DiVanna,Writing History in the Third Republic,Hardback,978-1-4438-1934-3,39.99,"Writing History in the Third Republic offers new insight to the historiographical output of French historians between 1860 and 1914, a period often referred to as of positivistic historians or the école méthodique. Asserting their independence from Germanic influence by emphasising the French element in their work, historians in the period described their approach as methodical and positivistic and maintained that this was a distinctively French way of studying history. A heightened concern with sources, with facts as basis for all true knowledge, and with truth itself were unifying elements of the historiography of those historians now called école méthodique. The école represented the most sophisticated theoretical considerations about history and a method for historical studies in French academia in the late nineteenth century. The purpose of this book is to reassess whether or not this school is legitimately to be seen as having emerged in the Third Republic in response to political developments of nineteenth-century France, or if the so-called méthodiques share more in terms of philosophy of history and methodology than previously emphasized by scholars. This book contributes to the debate surrounding the role of history and its method, offering a counter-argument to postmodernist scholars while reassessing the contribution of twentieth-century theorists of history to the history of historiography.

","“Anyone interested in the intellectual history of the Third Republican France should read Isabel DiVanna on the period’s history and historians. She casts aside old ideas about their work as merely ‘methodical’ and overly determined by the tumultuous politics of the era and shows that they were more than mere handmaidens of Republican ideology. The result is a readable and learned account of their diversity and richness.”
—Ruth Harris, author of Dreyfus and Murders and Madness: Medicine, Law, and Society in the Fin de Siècle

“Isabel DiVanna’s book deepens our knowledge of French historical writing and thought at a time when historians were asserting their intellectual and professional independence. She explores the historiographical dimensions of Positivism, the characteristic philosophy of the early Third Republic. The authors she discusses wrote some of the most famous and influential works of French history. They had a formative influence on teaching in schools and universities during the late 19th and early 20th centuries, and consequently on the elaboration of national and republican identities.”
—Robert Tombs, Professor of French History, University of Cambridge

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-05-01,Rosamaria Loretelli and Frank O’Gorman,Britain and Italy in the Long Eighteenth Century: Literary and Art Theories,Hardback,978-1-4438-1973-2,39.99,"The essays in this collection range across literature, aesthetics, music and art, and explore such themes as the dynamics of change in eighteenth-century aesthetics; time, modernity and the picturesque; the function of graphic ornaments in eighteenth-century texts; imaginary voyages as a literary genre; the genesis of children’s literature; the Italian opera and musical theory in Frances Burney’s novels; Italian and British art theories; and patterns of cultural transfers and of book circulation between Britain and Italy in the eighteenth century. Collectively they epitomise the concerns and approaches of scholars working on the long eighteenth century at this challenging and exciting time. In the absence of universally agreed, overarching interpretations of the cultural history of the long eighteenth century, these papers pave the way for the ultimate emergence of such explanations.

Authors discussed here include Margaret Cavendish, David Russen, Francis Hutcheson, Reverend Gilpin, Samuel Richardson, Henry Fielding, Laurence Sterne, Dugald Stewart, Dorothy Kilner, Frances Burney, Anna Gordon Brown, Saverio Bettinelli, Henry Ince Blundell, Francesco Algarotti, Ugo Foscolo and Francesco Domenico Guerrazzi.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-05-01,David Wills,Greece and Britain since 1945,Hardback,978-1-4438-1962-6,34.99,"In 1945 the modern country and people of Greece were unknown to many Britons. This book explores the transformation and varying fortunes of Anglo-Greek relations since that time. The focus is on the perceptions and attitudes shown by British and Greek writers, audiences, and organisations.

Greece and Britain Since 1945 has contributions from leading academics, journalists, novelists, and public servants. Subjects covered include: literature by Greek writers in English translation; the work of the British Council and international aid agencies; and television series set in Greece.

Contributing authors include: Peter Mackridge (Emeritus Professor of Modern Greek, University of Oxford), David Connolly (Professor of Translation Studies, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki), and Alexandra Moschovi (University of Sunderland).
","“Peter Mackridge’s compelling account of Kay Cicellis’ life of writing between worlds and languages offers readers a rare glimpse into the ways that multilingual literature and the practice of translation are related. His chapter provides a rich cultural history of postwar Britain and Greece as well as a wonderful example of how the best literature is often literature that doesn’t fit into any one tradition or canon.”
—Professor Karen Van Dyck
Columbia University

“Alexandra Moschovi’s essay offers a thoughtful insight into the troubled post-war period of Greece’s history. Focusing on the British intervention in the country’s reconstruction, it thoroughly examines the photographic work of two well-known Greek women photographers during the period 1944–6. This meticulous paper triggers further thought on how ‘orchestrated’ photography eventually became the formal visual history of a country.”
—Aliki Tsirgialou, curator-in-chief
Photographic Archive, Benaki Museum, Athens
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-05-01,Fiona Cameron and Lynda Kelly,"Hot Topics, Public Culture, Museums",Hardback,978-1-4438-1974-9,44.99,"Hot Topics, Public Culture, Museums engages the highly problematic and increasingly important issue of museums, science centres, their roles in contemporary societies, their engagement with “hot” topics and their part in wider conversations in a networked public culture. Hot topics such as homosexuality, sexual, and racial violence, massacres, drugs, terrorism, GMO foods, H1M1 (swine flu) and climate change are now all part of museological culture.  The authors in this collection situate cultural institutions in an increasingly interconnected, complex, globalising and uncertain world and engage the why and how institutions might form part of, activate conversations and action through discussions that theorise institutions in new ways to the very practical means in which institutions might engage their constituencies.


","“This important book, about museums incorporating difficult and contested subjects into their work...helps merge isolated examples onto a more coherent and acceptable practice. The authors wish to propose change because they believe in a different definition of museums.” 

- Elaine Heumann Gurian (consultant and member of Museum group)


“This is a wonderfully assembled, fascinating and significant collection of examples which I hope will augment the confidence of CEOs and boards to break through their widespread inertia.” 

- Emlyn Koster Ph.D (CEO, Liberty Science Center, Jersey City, USA)


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-05-01,Tihamér Margitay,Knowing and Being: Perspectives on the Philosophy of Michael Polanyi,Hardback,978-1-4438-2062-2,39.99,"Michael Polanyi is one of the most inspiring and original thinkers in the 20th century. He launched a new and independent philosophical tradition and fertilized many intellectual areas from cognitive psychology to management sciences. Polanyi’s systematic thoughts span over many areas of philosophy, yet his most fruitful ideas, the fundamentals of his system are contributions to epistemology and ontology. His theory of tacit knowledge, his critique of both the objectivist and the subjectivist views of knowledge, his concept of emergence, and his theory of spontaneous order and coordination—just to mention a few—are probably the most important and most well-known. Polanyi also gave us a new picture about science in which scientist’s personal participation guided by his cognitive and moral commitment, passions and trust, is an essential part of knowledge itself, in both its discovery and its validation.

This volume focuses on these epistemological and ontological issues. Thirteen critical essays analyze, interpret and develop further Polanyi’s ideas in the two parts of the book: Knowing and Being. Most of these papers address Polanyian themes in a comparative way, in dialogue with other major traditions illuminating both sides and helping to re-evaluate Polanyi in broader philosophical context.

The title of this book also refers to a seminal collection of papers of Michael Polanyi (edited by Marjori Grene in 1969), Knowing and Being.

",""". . . this one provides an excellent summary of the present positions with respect to the main themes of polanyi's philosophical contributions.

Overall, for those who are concerned and interested in Michael Polanyi's highly original and fearlessly-expressed ideas on scientific and philosophical themes, Knowing and Being is highly recommended as an up-dated account of their acievements.

Norman Sheppard, The Journal of the Society for Post-Critical and Personalist Studies
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-05-01,Gaynor Johnson,"Peacemaking, Peacemakers and Diplomacy, 1880-1939: Essays in Honour of Professor Alan Sharp",Hardback,978-1-4438-1980-0,39.99,"This book is a collection of essays by leading scholars of the international history of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries that aims to explore the dynamics of the way in which diplomacy was conducted before, during and after the First World War. It is a history of the origins, nature and conduct of the so-called ‘new diplomacy,’ a phrase often used by historians of this period but not full understood. Other key themes include changes in the way war as a diplomatic tool was viewed in this period, primarily from the perspective of the British and American governments. This book also contributes to the growing literature on how the Paris Peace Conference and the peace treaties it produced were viewed from outside as well as inside Europe.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-05-01,Nicola Queally,"Rebellion, Resistance and the Irish Working Class: The Case of the ‘Limerick Soviet’",Paperback,978-1-4438-2058-5,19.99,"Rebellion, Resistance and the Irish Working Class: The Case of the ‘Limerick Soviet’ explores the background and history of a major strike which occurred in Limerick city, Ireland, in 1919. This industrial dispute made headlines worldwide given that many central aspects of the dispute impacted on controversies as relating to workers’ rights in both Ireland European at this juncture. In this volume the “Limerick Soviet,” as it was known, is considered as a seminal element within Ireland’s local and regional history. This volume is an important addition to the historical literature, one which illuminates Ireland’s symbolic role within more large-scale European events of this historical period—the Russian Revolution and the mass protests by striking workers in both Germany and Scotland being just two examples.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-05-01,Herbert Schutz,"The Medieval Empire in Central Europe: Dynastic Continuity in the Post-Carolingian Frankish Realm, 900-1300",Hardback,978-1-4438-1966-4,44.99,"This book offers a concise yet detailed political history of medieval Central Europe as it traces the history of the Medieval Empire from its inception as a kingdom during the early 10th century, to its formation as Roman Empire, its support of the papacy, its struggle with the papacy for supremacy, the shift of its centre of gravity to Italy and its demise into particularist parts by the middle of the 13th century. It surveys the three dynasties which ruled the Post-Carolingian Empire and follows the political emergence of a disjointed region through its crystallization into an independent kingdom to become by the year 1000 the strongest military and political power in Europe, ultimately called upon to stabilize the political unrest in Italy. As Roman emperors the kings ordered the affairs of the city of Rome and bolstered the spiritual and political position of the popes until several competent popes turned the papal dependency into its primacy and enforced the subordination of the secular authorities. The Crusades helped to play great military and political power into papal hands, so that the secular authority declined, as the monarchy lost interest in Germany and became focused on Italy and especially on Sicily.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-05-01,Charles M. Dobbs,"Trade and Security: The United States and East Asia, 1961-1969",Hardback,978-1-4438-1990-9,44.99,"In a strange way, the United States achieved its goal for the Vietnam War, but forgot why it was fighting. It was not fighting to keep South Vietnam from falling to the communists; it was fighting in Indochina to buy time for the other free nations of the region to develop economically and strengthen their respective relationships with their polities.

In 1961, the region seemed weak economically. Japan was on the eve of its great expansion that turned it into the world’s second largest economy for many years; South Korea and Taiwan still depended on US economic assistance, and focused more on the perceived communist threat than improving the quality of life for their peoples. Thailand similarly watched the civil war in Laos; the Philippines needed to develop stability in government; and the Malay peoples moved from Malaya to Malaysia, to Malaysia and Singapore, all the while warily watching events in Indonesia.

Trade and Security discusses how the US government sought to rally the region against the Communist threat, and in part opened the American economy to exploitation by its East Asian allies, and how those Allies used the Cold War and the perceived Chinese threat to gain greater access despite the consequent damage the American economy suffered. While US financial officials complained about the increasing damage to the domestic economy and to the worsening balance of trade and balance of payments deficits, diplomatic and military leaders remained fixated on the general superpower confrontation with the Soviet Union and the regional competition with the People’s Republic of China.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-06-01,Paul F. Rice,British Music and the French Revolution,Hardback,978-1-4438-2110-0,49.99,"British Music and the French Revolution investigates the nature of British musical responses to the cataclysmic political events unfolding in France during the period of 1789–1795, a time when republican and royalist agendas were in conflict in both nations. While the parallel demands for social and political change resulted from different stimuli, and were resolved very differently, the 1790s proved to be a defining period for each country. In Britain, the combination of a protracted period of Tory conservatism, and the strong spirit of patriotism which swept the nation, had a profound influence on the arts. There was an outpouring of concert and theatrical music dealing with the French Revolution and the subsequent war with France. While patriotic songs might be expected when a country is at war, the number of recreations on the London stages of events taking place on the Continent may surprise.  Initially, such topical subjects were restricted to the summer or “minor” theatres; however, government restrictions were relaxed after 1793, giving Londoners the opportunity to see topical theatre in the royal or “patent” theatres, as well. The resulting repertoire of plays and recreations (often propagandist in nature) made considerable use of music, and those performed in the “minor” theatres were all-sung. Consequently, there exists a large repertoire of music which has been little studied. 

British Music and the French Revolution investigates this repertoire within a social and political context. Initial chapters examine the historical relationship between France and Britain from a musical perspective, the powerful symbols of national identity in both countries, and the complex laws that governed commercial theatres in London. Thereafter, the materials are presented in a chronological fashion, starting with the fall of the Bastille in 1789, and the Fête de la Fédération in 1790. The period of the Captivity was one of growing tension and fear in both France and Britain as war became an ever-increasing threat between the two nations. Two subsequent chapters examine the war years of 1793 until first half of 1795. The choice of a five-year period allows the reader to follow British musical reactions to the fall of the Bastille and subsequent events up to the rise of Napoléon.

","Dr Paul Rices' new book British Music and the French Revolution is an important, impressive and thorough-going study of music and theatre in England in the last decated of the 18th century. the French Revolution, with its political and social upheavals inspired British librettists and composers to fashion musical dramas dealing with the French Revolution, which served as a spring-board for dozens of musical/theatrical works.

Remarkably little has been written about the relationship of the French performing arts and the French Revolution. British Music and the French Revolution is the first study to examine the analogous relationship in Britain. Given that this period in British history shaped the destiny of the country for much fo the 19th century, the study is long overdue.

The Book examines a little-known repertoire of theatrical and concert materials, and it does so within a complete social and political context. In his study, Dr Rice reveals the complex relationship between the needs of politics and hte creative energies of composers, playwrights and theatrical singers and actors.

Dr Rice's study significantly expands our understanding of the relationship between the performing arts and government during the crises of war, and reveals how the government of PM William Pitt used the  media to 'instruct' audiences to receive new artistic works based on their patriotic content alone. At the same time, the study reveals the tremendous change in musical styles that took place in the Royal Theatres at Covent Garden and Drury Lane, moving from concert and operatic styles to those of popular songs and folksongs. All in all, this is an excellent book which Cambridge Scholars should be proud to publish.
- Professor Erich Schwandt, School of Music, University of Victoria, Canada
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-06-01,Gerrit Gong and Victor Teo,"Reconceptualising the Divide: Identity, Memory, and Nationalism in Sino-Japanese Relations",Hardback,978-1-4438-2119-3,39.99,"Relations between the People’s Republic of China and Japan are still subject to abrupt and periodic diplomatic confrontations and subtle political antagonisms. Though China and Japan have signed four political instruments, including the 1978 Treaty of Peace, Friendship and Co-operation, and maintain vibrant economic relations, Beijing and Tokyo too-frequently appear to have difficulty getting along. In this new volume, edited by Gerrit Gong and Victor Teo, a leading group of international scholars delineate underlying causes that strain bilateral Sino-Japanese relations and shape the 21st century international system. This book focuses on the “ideational” aspects of the Sino-Japanese relations—an area contemporary policy-makers and diplomats often neglect. Beyond visible interests and political gains, ideational forces including memories, identities, norms synthesize with nationalism and domestic politics to shape the tone and direction of Sino-Japanese relations and, for better or worse, set the trajectories for these two political and economic giants in the future.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-07-01,"Anne Digby, Waltraud Ernst and Projit B. Mukharji",Crossing Colonial Historiographies: Histories of Colonial and Indigenous Medicines in Transnational Perspective,Hardback,978-1-4438-2154-4,39.99,"This book offers an innovative engagement with the diverse histories of colonial and indigenous medicines. Engagement with different kinds of colonialism and varied indigenous socio-political cultures has led to a wide range of approaches and increasingly distinct traditions of historical writing about colonial and indigenous modes of healing have emerged in the various regions formerly ruled by different colonial powers. The volume offers a much-needed opportunity to explore new conceptual perspectives and encourages critical reflection on how scholars’ research specialisms have influenced their approaches to the history of medicine and healing. The book includes contributions on different geographical regions in Asia, Africa and the Americas and within the varied contexts of Chinese, Spanish, Portuguese, German, Dutch and British colonialisms. It deals with issues such as internal colonialism, the plural history of objects, transregional circulation and entanglement, and the historicisation of medical historiography. The chapters in the volume explore the scope for conceptual interaction between authors from diverse disciplines and different regions, highlighting the synergies and thematic commonalities as well as differences and divergences.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-07-01,"Susan Finding, Logie Barrow and the late François Poirier",Keeping the Lid on: Urban Eruptions and Social Control since the 19th Century,Hardback,978-1-4438-2150-6,34.99,"The contributors to this book have explored various aspects of urban imagination, so intimately related to a peculiar social environment. They are historians and geographers, linguists and cultural students. Their methodologies are very different, their sources poles apart. And yet, they address the same object of study, social and spatial segregation and urban eruptions, though severally defined: from epidemics to anarchist scares, urban uprisings to mental maps, or the reverberations of urban memories in song, novels and museums. Case studies consider the towns of Liverpool, London, Hull, New York, Salvador de Bahia, or more generally France and America. The networks created among intellectuals and labourers, anarchists and migrants, or the lack of communication between those who feel oppressed (rioters, strikers, anti-vaccination protesters) and those in control, are a further common denominator.

In a way, urban epidemics were the epitome of the repulsive character large cities possessed in the eyes even of their own inhabitants. If they were the receptacle of so many foreigners, and shady political characters, if they were the scenes of social and ethnic conflict, and violence, and promiscuity, and prostitution, and drunkenness, and pauperism, they were of necessity a festering sore which nothing could eradicate.

It is strange that something of this fear should linger on today—otherwise, how can one explain the lacunae in the official memory of museums?—despite the cultural efforts produced in the opposite direction, with Ackroyd's love for East-End London, with the revival of a Little Italy in every major American city, with the nostalgic folklorisation of past miseries in Salvador de Bahia and in popular song. What sense of belonging can be generated by an obliteration of the past, what dynamic local culture can spring from an absence, from a hole in collective memory? This book goes some way to filling those gaps.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-07-01,Björn Horgby and Fredrik Nilsson,"Rockin’ the Borders: Rock Music and Social, Cultural and Political Change",Hardback,978-1-4438-2163-6,39.99,"Rock music challenges hegemonic orders based on class, gender, nation, ethnicity/race or generation. This volume investigates how rock has played an integral part in the formation of identities and life-styles since the 1950’s. Rock music is used as a wide concept, including different genres, e.g. rock ‘n’ roll, pop, punk, hip hop and blues.

Unlike most other books on rock music, this volume focuses on how rock music becomes a part of everyday life and the formation of identities in a variety of European states such as England, Finland, Sweden and Wales, the USA, and also states that used to be on the other side of the Iron Curtain—such as GDR and Czechoslovakia. Thus, it includes a comparative perspective based on temporal as well as spatial aspects that further deepen the understanding of how rock music and society are intertwined.

Rockin’ the Borders is an interdisciplinary volume; the authors represent a variety of backgrounds: History, Ethnology, Folklore, Sociology and Sociology of Music, thus presenting us with an interesting mix of theoretical perspectives and methods.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-08-01,Lena Larsson Lovén and Agneta Strömberg,Ancient Marriage in Myth and Reality,Hardback,978-1-4438-2261-9,39.99,"The papers in this volume were among the contributions presented at an international symposium, Ancient Marriage in Myth and Reality, which was held at the Swedish Institute in Rome in October 2006. The symposium was held under the aegis of ARACHNE—the Nordic network for women’s history and gender studies in Antiquity.

The study of ancient marriage has been largely the province of historians working with texts, and the result of this was an emphasis on elite marriages discussed by the male writers of the upper classes and on laws pertaining to marriage. Neither area has been exhausted, as several essays in this new international collection indicate, but the balance among the papers reveals the shift in focus. Along with innovative readings of authors from Livy to Porphyry, we find examinations of demographic and contractual evidence as well as inscriptions and visual imagery. Among the contributors to the volume are: Pauline Schmitt Pantel, Judith Evans Grubbs, Ray Laurence, Marjatta Nielsen and Mary Harlow.

","""This is a clear presentation of new ideas about marriage with a focus on social status as well as gender in the Greek, Etruscan and Roman worlds. The result is a new balance between the elite and the sub-elite, between the ideal and the everyday, and between the generic and the very personal. This collection is an exciting and important addition to the literature on ancient marriage.""

- Natalie Boymel Kampen, Professor emerita, Columbia university, New York

""Marriage is an essential institution to study if one wishes to understand the role of women in ancient society. Case studies enrich the view of marriage in antiquity provided by more general accounts of the subject. Diversity of the evidence and approaches produces a fresh contribution to the gender studies within the classical studies.""

- Dr Marja-Leena Hänninen, Reader in History, University of Helsinki and Tampere





",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-08-01,Ann McGruer,Educating the ‘Unconstant Rabble’: Arguments for Educational Advancement and Reform during the English Civil War and Interregnum,Hardback,978-1-4438-2231-2,39.99,"
‘The English Revolution was a revolution in reading.’ For the first time more people had access to books and other printed media containing a far broader spectrum of information than had previously been the case. But an increase in access to material meant an increase in discussion and expression of opinions, some of which had the potential to be detrimental to the stability of the state. It was therefore in the interest of the state to restrict access to this material to those that possessed the requisite educational training with which to understand the ideas and opinions now in circulation. For Samuel Hartlib, John Dury, Johan Amos Comenius, John Hall, John Milton and Marchamont Nedham however, the answer lay not in restricting access to information and education, but rather in the extension of educational opportunity beyond the governing elite of the country in order to equip the emerging ‘reading public’ with the skills they needed to take an active part in the political life of the country. In the opinion of these writers it was only through effective educational reform that the political and religious growth of the country could continue. 
A strong theme emerging within the tracts discussed in this book is that an adequately reformed educational system will provide the state with an able and useful populace on which they can depend in times of crisis. Allied to this is the notion that the populace is entitled to receive a level of education appropriate to their abilities and talents and that the state bears a responsibility to play at least some part in providing that education, whether formally or through the dissemination of information through the printing press. As will be seen from the discussion of the literature produced at the time, the ideas and reforms suggested within these tracts were the continuation of an intellectual context in which the development of learning and the expansion of knowledge were seen as paramount. Drawing on the religious ideas of the millennium, as well as the philosophical ideas of Bacon especially, the writers to be considered here sought the reformation of the educational system, as well as a broader series of social reforms, in order to perfect the Reformation and make England ready for the new age.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-08-01,Barry Taylor and Alejandro Coroleu,Humanism and Christian Letters in Early Modern Iberia (1480-1630),Hardback,978-1-4438-2227-5,39.99,"Even though humanism derived its literary, moral and educational predilections from ancient Greek and Roman models, it was never an inherently secular movement and it soon turned to religious questions. Humanists were, of course, brought up with Christian beliefs, regarded the Bible as a fundamental text, and many of them were members of the clergy, either regular or secular. While their importance as religious sources was undiminished, biblical and patristic texts came also to be read for their literary value. Renaissance authors who aspired to be poetae christianissimi naturally looked to the Latin Fathers who reconciled classical and Christian views of life, and presented them in an elegant manner.

The essays offered in this volume examine the influence of Christian Latin literature, whether biblical, patristic, scholastic or humanistic, upon the Latin and vernacular letters of the Iberian Peninsula in the period 1480 to 1630. The contributions have been organized into three thematically coherent groups, dealing with transmission, adaptation, and visual representation. Contrary to most studies on the Iberian literature of the period in which practically no essays are devoted to texts other than in Spanish, this volume successfully accommodates authors writing in Portuguese and Catalan. Likewise, a significant part of the pieces presented here is concerned with literary texts written in Latin. Moreover, it shows how the interests and preoccupations of the better-known authors of the Iberian Renaissance were also shared by contemporary figures whose choice of language may have resulted in their exclusion from the canon.

","""This work gives us a richly varied set of studies examining the many-sided inheritance and transmission of, and response to, the Christian Latin literary tradition across the centuries and across the whole Iberian Peninsula, ranging from Isidore of Seville to Velázquez and from medieval pietism to Renaissance Christian humanism. The many angles of approach present new readings of big names and introduce others so far little remembered to a wider readership. Highly stimulating in its range, variety, and many insights.""
—R. W.Truman, Oxford University

""The transformation of biblical and later Christian sources in humanist thought and cultural production was an essential feature of the European Renaissance. The essays in the present volume survey various forms of religious influence on a wide range of scholarly and artistic domains in Spain and Portugal, taking account of both Latin and vernacular sources. This important collection offers nothing less than a fresh panoramic perspective on the intellectual history of early modern Iberia.""
—Andrew Laird, Professor of Classical Literature, Warwick University

""This volume has attracted many of the leading scholars in the field and is notable for its breadth—it does not limit itself to the canonical works and is not just Spanish-focused—as well as the rich variety of the studies within it. The studies I have read are meticulously researched, lucidly written and present exciting, new ideas even on well known areas of study, such as the writings of San Juan de la Cruz and the painting of Velázquez. Like the other volumes of studies that Taylor and Coroleu have co-edited, this volume will be widely quoted and will help to set the agenda for other scholars working on Spanish and indeed European humanism.""
—Dr Jonathan Thacker, Fellow and Tutor in Spanish, Merton College, Oxford

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-08-01,Jennifer Frangos and Cristobal Silva,Teaching the Transatlantic Eighteenth Century,Hardback,978-1-4438-2266-4,39.99,"The central axiom of Teaching the Transatlantic Eighteenth Century is that the classroom functions as a site for research and collaboration: not only as a space that reflects the research of individual teacher-scholars, but as a generative site to put ideas, theories, and methodologies into play. Whereas transatlanticism has transformed research practices over the last decade, the present collection is concerned with exploring what this transformation looks like in the classroom, and how the classroom continues to shape research practices in the field.  Contributors address issues such as how the traffic in ideas, people, and commodities between Europe, Africa, and the New World are considered in classroom settings; how inter- and intra-departmental collaborations reshape our approaches to teaching the eighteenth century; how and why Transatlantic Studies can function as an introduction to college study; and how it can help more advanced students to revise their notions of nation, place, and identity.

By now, there are a number of anthologies available to help instructors determine what transatlantic material to teach, but none that engage why and how to teach it, or what teaching it can do for us, our students, and our profession. Rather than simply providing reading lists or a collection of anecdotes about lesson plans, Teaching the Transatlantic Eighteenth Century emphasizes theorizing critical engagements with, interdisciplinary focus on, and the transformative potential of Transatlantic Studies.

The primary market for Teaching the Transatlantic Eighteenth Century is university, college, and community college professors, researchers, and students, with three specific subgroups:

1.	Teachers new to Transatlantic Studies
Teachers coming to Transatlantic Studies for the first time will find both suggestions for materials or topical units to be integrated into existing courses (e.g., a unit on transatlantic exchange that could figure in an eighteenth-century literature survey course) and ideas for developing new courses altogether.

2.	Teachers already teaching and/or researching in the field of Transatlantic Studies
Such scholars will find material to broaden their approach to familiar courses and subjects: inter- or cross-disciplinary focus, new texts, successful clusterings of texts or themes or approaches, and ideas for team-teaching or linking courses with other faculty.

3.	Teachers involved in Transatlantic Studies programs, especially those that focus on contemporary/Post WWII context (e.g., at the University of Dundee, the University of North Carolina–Chapel Hill, and the University of Birmingham)
Teaching the Transatlantic Eighteenth Century will provide historical context for current geopolitical studies: perspective on the dynamics and historical and political forces occurring in the eighteenth century and contributing to 19th-, 20th-, and 21st-century politics, nations, and paradigms.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-09-01,Nikita Desai,A Different Freedom: Kite Flying in Western India; Culture and Tradition,Paperback,978-1-4438-2273-2,34.99,"Kite flying is a sport native to South-East Asia and the Indian subcontinent. Symbolic of both freedom and control, the kite has been used as a metaphor in classical Indian literature, poetry, language and folklore. Uttarayan, a kite festival celebrated in the state of Gujarat, is not merely a religious observance, but also a time when young and old come together in celebration; a time when differences hold little meaning…

The culture of flying and fighting kites, its history, politics, language, and the commerce that lies at the core of the Gujarati way of life provide an interesting backdrop to the celebration of Uttarayan. The buying of kites, preparations in the kitchen and the rooftop wars all form a part of this colourful festival. 

A Different Freedom explorers the world of the kite, as it travels and changes through the centuries, to its current form and the festivities associated with it in modern day Gujarat. 



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-09-01,Janelle A. Schwartz and Nhora Lucía Serrano,"Curious Collectors, Collected Curiosities: An Interdisciplinary Study",Hardback,978-1-4438-2325-8,34.99,"Curious Collectors, Collected Curiosities: An Interdisciplinary Study asks its readers to enter into an investigation of the nature of collecting as an aesthetic exercise. Spanning the sixteenth century through today, this book gathers together the work of current scholars to re-envision the task of collectors and their collections in broad strokes. Each chapter appropriates the idea of a cabinet of curiosity in order to expand its boundaries of meaning and to complicate our understanding of the acts of display and observation. These chapters also demonstrate that collecting is a universal trope which nevertheless depends on time and place for its particular expressions. Whether the collection is made up of literary texts and criticism, visual art, including mechanical reproductions, taxidermy and photography, historical travelogues, museum exhibitions, blockbuster films, or airline in-flight briefing cards, it conveys an urgent relevance to our consumer age, in which information is abundant and attention is a commodity.
","“These erudite and evocative essays effectively dislodge the Cabinet of Curiosities from its assigned place in the prehistory of the modern museum. In today’s heterotopic, globalizing contexts, where mobility and juxtaposition are the norm, an old form takes on new life.”
—James Clifford, author of Routes: Travel and Translation in the late 20th Century

“Curious Collectors, Collected Curiosities is an ambitious study that surprises and delights as it turns from Leonardo da Vinci to taxidermy to modern air travel. The collection constructs an architecture of curiosity by inhabiting the very form it is scrutinizing. It is a compelling catalogue of the productive energies and weird slippages that occur at the junctures of order and wonder.”
—Tina May Hall, author of The Physics of Imaginary Objects (Pitt Drue Heinz Lit Prize)

“Itself a veritable cabinet of curiosities, this volume takes the reader on an immensely gratifying tour of the world, from The Arabian Nights to taxidermic displays, from Renaissance museums to Eadweard Muybridge’s innovative images of animal motion.”
—Christoph Irmscher, Indiana University Bloomington
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-10-01,Michael Duke,Detective Inspector Napoleon Bonaparte: His Life and Times,Hardback,978-1-4438-2375-3,39.99,"Bony was a “blacktracker” who became a police inspector and worked throughout mainland Australia. Ranging across five of Australia’s States, Dr Duke pursued Bony’s trail through desert and coast. He has tracked through the bush, its wonderful scenery and characters. He has climbed mountains and swum in inland seas.

For the first time the reader can learn of the real Bony and his antecedents. For the first time the Aboriginal background to so many of Bony’s cases is revealed. This biography displays the real spirit of Australia!


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-10-01,Claudette Fillard and Françoise Orazi,Exchanges and Correspondence: The Construction of Feminism,Hardback,978-1-4438-2396-8,44.99,"Through the eighteen essays of this book, the reader becomes the beholder of a challenging survey of “feminism-in-the-making,” from its early stages in the 18th century to the present, in Anglo-Saxon countries and elsewhere, including Eastern Europe and some places under the influence of communism or Islam. The development of exchanges and correspondence enabled feminism to pre-exist the word itself, which leads several contributors to ponder over its meaning as well as over the notion of influence, a pivotal component of their reflection. Through the complex interplay of harmony and disharmony, openly acknowledged or carefully hidden similarities or differences, and the delineation of the converging or conflicting forces which the authors of this volume attempt to disentangle, a fascinating chorus of voices eventually emerges from this volume, a preview of the budding “sisterhood.” It throws light on the major factors in women’s growing consciousness of their plight and of the main stakes in the struggle for the defense of their rights. Scholars of different national origins and methodological approaches here join forces until the book itself amounts to an innovative web of exchanges and correspondences, its medium as well as its avowed message.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-10-01,Michael Foster,Spiritual Temporalities in Late-Medieval Europe,Hardback,978-1-4438-2365-4,39.99,"Nowadays, many take for granted that time is quantifiable and measurable; did the people of medieval Europe feel the same way? How was their perception of time influenced by their religious faith? How did their faith change over time? This book collects various attempts to trace changes to perceptions of time throughout medieval Europe by examining both how time was a spiritual experience for medieval people and how spiritual experiences changed over time in the Middle Ages. The essays in this volume demonstrate from a variety of perspectives that Christian faith was extremely malleable in the late-medieval period, and that various artists, scribes, and writers negotiated with their spiritual tradition. These are the “spiritual temporalities” of the medieval world, and by studying them we gain an understanding of how medieval culture was a dynamic gathering of different voices, movements, and beliefs, which constantly influenced and changed one another.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-10-01,Francis Feeley,"War, Resistance and Counter-Resistance in Modern Times",Hardback,978-1-4438-2367-8,34.99,"These essays on war, resistance and counter resistance represent an original approach to understanding how political constraints on human behavior, and the resistance movements to which these restrictions give rise, produce counter-resistant forces which represent new constraints, which in turn often generate new and innovative behaviors which sometimes create new crystallizations of cultural expression and occasionally influence institutions and traditions. This new anthology offers a unique analysis of the important role political constraints play in the production of creative thinking and the development of systematic projects aimed at human liberation. In the preface, Francis Feeley clearly states the purpose of this book, which is to demonstrate how resistance movements have often given birth to counter-resistance measures employed mostly by state agencies aimed at stifling the self-realization of certain groups and promoting the self-realization of other organized interests. The following essays are a composite of writings by political activists, poets, and academic scholars. The introduction offers a brief description of major resistance movements in the United States. This historical overview presents a context for the appearance of the 20th- century resistance movements described in the following chapters. We are alerted from the start that one of the unifying themes of these essays is the dialectical relationship between social movements and political institutions, ""producing democracy within American institutions""; another theme will be how these social contradictions which generate the growth of democracy have proven time and again to operate beyond the control of capitalist interests both in France and within the United States, thereby giving rise to many species of democratic expression... Gilles Vachon's description of his childhood impressions of Paris under the German occupation offers new insights into micro-resistance at the level of alternative perceptions and subliminal communications. George Brown's contribution to the thesis of this book, although first published in 1978, is his self-conscious description of one man entering into a dialectical relationship with prison reforms, which pushed him into a deeper understanding of the injustices that he had suffered as a child and young adult growing up Black in the United States. In the third chapter of this book Francis Feeley uncovers the economic interests behind the production of political repression. His analysis of the Homeland Security Act, and the growth of surveillance and security industry that it gave rise to, supports the main thesis of this book, namely that the contradictions which generate democracy exist beyond the control, and very often beyond the apprehension, of the society in which they are created. Patrick Litsangou's essay in chapter 4 contributes to our understanding of the dialectical relationship between the mainstream media and the alternative media, in the period of the U.S. military invasion of Iraq. He illustrates in this essay how the demise of mainstream medias independence gave rise to the extraordinary success of the alternative media, as large numbers of people living within the United States vigorously struggled to stay informed, in order to understand the palpable contradictions in their lives. In the fifth chapter, Peterson Nnajiofor recounts the histories of resistance and counter resistance around the aggressive activities of US petroleum companies in the Niger Delta, where class warfare has produced strategies and counter tactics that have been evolving for decades in the relationships between the inhabitants of the region and the transnational corporations which control their political economy to the almost unimaginable detriment of the environment. The last chapter of this book is an excerpt from Professor Anthony Wilden's classic work, ""Man and Woman, War and Peace, the Strategists Companion"" (New York, 1987). Despite having been published more than two decades ago, this theoretical study stands as a contemporary statement on the epistemology of strategic thought. The indirect approach, described here by Wilden complements Professor Feeley's thesis that the forces of resistance and the forces of counter resistance are intimately related; that from this interrelationship new cultural expressions are created, some of which have long-term effects on the society in which they occur. The formation of a revolutionary counterculture is but one example of the effects of this power interface. As professor Wilden notes, no confrontation occurs without some structural modification taking place. The forces of order are never the same after they successfully repress the forces of change, and guerrilla warfare tactics are constantly evolving, adapting to new conditions. Professor Feeley concludes this anthology by attempting to synthesize the main ideas presented in the seven essays in this book. The main thread running through these chapters is the idea that cultural order cannot be reduced to the natural order. This idea is clearly expressed in each of the essays found in this book, and the conclusion convincingly states the view that social science, like all other cultural expressions, exists beyond ""being,"" in the realm of ""becoming."" 


","“The very notion of resistance seems to lie somewhere between reform and revolution, and can evolve into one or the other (or, of course, disappear completely). But, for all its importance, the relationship of resistance to reform and revolution has never been adequately understood. Feeley’s book seeks to clarify this relationship, first, by treating resistance as an evolving process rather than a stable activity, and, then, by examining this process in its interaction with the political repression that it is—in large part—responding to as well as furthering. The approach is also comparative, treating France and the US, and special attention is given to the effect of this crucial interaction on both the theory and practice of democracy.

Quite frankly, I cannot think of a more important cluster of interrelated topics to study, especially in our countries, especially now. I also believe that the approach sketched above is very well chosen to bring out the complex dialectical nature of the problem. I have read several of Feeley’s works and have always been very impressed by the scholarly care and originality that they show. His knowledge of dialectics, in particular, is impressive. He also writes extremely well. In short, I think he is the perfect person to undertake this project, and I strongly recommend it to students of social sciences and the humanities.”
—Professor Bertell Ollman, Department of Politics, New York University; Author of Alienation: Marx’s Conception of Man in Capitalist Society, Dialectical Investigations, and Dance of the Dialect, among dozens of other books and articles.



",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-10-01,Lydia Langerwerf and Cressida Ryan,"Zero to Hero, Hero to Zero: In Search of the Classical Hero",Hardback,978-1-4438-2391-3,39.99,"Hercules is a hero; we were all brought up to appreciate the basic idea of the ancient hero. But what about him makes him one? This book aims to challenge some of the standard expectations as to what constitutes a hero, considering the phenomenon of heroism from a range of viewpoints. In this book we invite you to walk around the monumental notions of the hero and heroism, and endeavour to reach out and touch them on all sides.

The chapters in this volume testify to the difficulty of answering the question ‘what is a hero?’ and engage with a variety of themes in attempting to offer some replies. They demonstrate not just the variety of ways in which the protagonists of ancient literature can be deemed heroic, but also the tendency for aspects of heroism to turn sour once identified. It seems that the moment we recognise heroic features, we are forced to question them. Do heroes necessitate anti-heroes, for example? Portraying protagonists’ heroic qualities in an ambigous light focuses the reader’s attention on the problem of realising the ideals of heroism in historic actuality. Various chapters ask the rhetorical question of whether we should expect, or more importantly, desire historical actors to behave like mythical heroes. To what extent can a hero ever be integrated into normal society? What difference might there be between a tragic and an epic hero? The commonplace ‘The only good hero is a dead hero’ summarises the extent to which this book also focuses on heroic death and dying. Covering Euripides to Monty Python, Roman soldiers to the modern military, this volume offers the reader a chance to think about the changing notion of the hero and recognise heroic qualities throughout western culture.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-11-01,Andrew Wax,Born in the Jungles of Burma: Behind Enemy Lines in the China-Burma-India Theater of Operations,Hardback,978-1-4438-2414-9,34.99,"This researcher examined the evolution of warfare in an unforgiving environment, necessitating an innovative method of warfare never attempted on a large scale. It details the early history of air supply and support near the end of WWI up to and including the war in Europe in 1939 and the expanding war in Asia following the December 1941 Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor and subsequent offensives in southeast Asia. The China-Burma-India Theater (CBI) became an important component of Allied efforts.

Low in Allied priority, the difficulties encountered by the Southeast Asia Command (SEAC) increased. Burma, a British colony, was a region with few all-weather roads; the only rail lines available were in enemy hands 150 miles inside Japanese lines. Temperatures reached 110 degrees Fahrenheit with rainfall as much as 200 inches per year. Additionally, the nearest friendly seaport was more than 500 miles away.

The Allied offensive, scheduled for the spring of 1944, incorporated a multi-pronged ground attack on three different Japanese fronts. To achieve success, it was essential to develop the only logical means of sustainability for ground forces: Air Supply and Support.

Described herein are the efforts of the United States Army Air Forces (USAAF) and the Royal Air Force (RAF), creating a singularly unique air unit: Air Commando 1. The coordination of Allied tactics and doctrines were worked out with a clear delineation of the chain of command. When Air Commando 1 arrived in India, the framework that became the Allied offensive, codenamed “Operation THURSDAY” was laid.

For the survival of soldiers contracting one of the numerous diseases (Burma has the largest number of snakes per square mile) or suffering from combat related wounds and injuries, it was essential to receive quick medical attention. It was in the CBI that SEAC established an effective method of air evacuation that made the difference between life and death.

The research unearthed most of the heretofore publicly unknown aspects of the campaign, explored in the author’s thesis, which indicate that the first sustained effort of air supply and support deep within enemy-held territory established a vital method of warfare deployed in subsequent wars.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-11-01,Rekha Pande,Divine Sounds from the Heart—Singing Unfettered in their Own Voices: The Bhakti Movement and its Women Saints (12th to 17th Century),Hardback,978-1-4438-2490-3,39.99,"Recent years have seen a sea change in the way history is written and also in the way our conceptions of the past are being rewritten. In traditional historiography, women’s articulation is often marginalized and dominated by male voices. Through centuries of patriarchal control, women negotiated many layers and levels of existence working out different forms of resistance which have often gone unnoticed. Bhakti was one such medium. Religion provided the space in the medieval period and women saints embraced bhakti to define their own truths in voices that question society, family and relationships. For all these women bhaktas, the rejection of the male power that they were tied to in subordinate relationship became the terrain for struggle, self assertion and alternative seeking. Most of these women lived during the period from 12th to 17th Century. While the dominant mode of worship in bhakti was prostration to a deity like a feudal lord, the women bhaktas’ idea of God as a lover, a husband and a friend came as a breath of fresh air. The individual outpourings and the voices of these women, who had the courage to sing unfettered in their own voices, refused to melt in the din of the feudal scene which was largely patriarchal. This book will be useful to scholars interested in Feminist History, Comparative Religion and Asian Studies. The sensitive and rigorous research will be of great help to young scholars interested in embarking on a journey to discover religious history, especially with regards to women’s history in the South Asian context.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-11-01,Lori Maguire,Domestic Policy Discourse in the US and the UK in the 'New World Order',Hardback,978-1-4438-2429-3,39.99,"With the end of the Cold War, many commentators expected a renewed emphasis on domestic policy as a result of this major change in foreign policy. Until the attacks of 11 September 2001, this is exactly what happened. The “new world order” in domestic terms, celebrated the triumph of capitalism and free markets. At this time, Milton Friedman’s economic ideas were all the rage and Keynes completely out of fashion. The economic problems of the 1970s, in combination with the manifest failure of communist economies, had largely discredited the traditional notion of the Left and party rhetoric reflected this. Both the Democrats and Labour had begun in the 1980s (faced with the success of Reagan and Thatcher) a process of redefinition: people talked of “New Democrats” and “New Labour”. During the campaign of 1992, Clinton insisted on the need for a “modern, mainstream agenda” and used key terms often associated with conservatism like “expansion of opportunity”, “choice”, “responsibility” and “reinventing government”. Labour, especially after Tony Blair became leader in 1994, followed the same path.

Both the Conservatives and the Republicans had pushed to the right in the late 1970s and continued this trend in the following years. Although their electoral fortunes varied, they increasingly found themselves divided between moderate and more rightwing members. In Britain this division focused on Europe while, in the US, it usually concerned social and ethical questions. By 2010, the Conservatives had attained some cohesion under David Cameron but, the Republicans were openly feuding.

This book’s originality lies in its scope, in its comparative aspect, and its inclusion of first person accounts as well as scholarly studies. In particular, the book includes one of the first major analyses of the health care debate from Clinton’s failed attempt to the conclusion of Obama’s successful one. Highly up to date and topical, it also discusses discourse related to the recent economic crisis, the so-called “Climategate” scandal, the UK elections of 2010, the gay rights debates in the US, “Islamophobia”, and the Arizona immigration law.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-11-01,Robert D. Morritt,Echoes from the Greek Bronze Age: An Anthology of Greek Thought in the Classical Age,Hardback,978-1-4438-2489-7,39.99,"Echoes from the Greek Bronze Age is the result of much that the author has read over several years. It is a study of the thoughts and works of early thinkers, from Hecataeus the early cartographer, to Herodotus’ survey of the then “known world,” the thoughts of Anaxagoras, Xenophon’s descriptions, and the sayings of Xenophanes. Simones work on the art of memory, “The Loci” and its influence so many years later on Giordano Bruno declared as a heretic are also explored.

This book will interest readers who enjoy history, archaic scientific observations and those who desire a good read, rather than that found within a turgid Classical monograph.

The author hopes that the reader will enjoy this book as much as he enjoyed writing it.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-11-01,Karin Baumgartner and Margrit Zinggeler,From Multiculturalism to Hybridity: New Approaches to Teaching Modern Switzerland,Hardback,978-1-4438-2488-0,39.99,"From Multiculturalism to Hybridity: New Approaches to Teaching Switzerland places Switzerland within the context of transnational labor migration and examines how this German-, French-, Italian-, and Romansh-speaking nation is being transformed by the influx of migrants from all over the world who now constitute a fifth of the population. This dynamic mixture of cultures and races is embodied by a new generation of citizens who call themselves “Secondas and Secondos,” the second generation. Today, Switzerland is leading all industrial nations in growth potential and economic benefits from migration (OECD). The articles in this volume analyze the challenges, successes, and ongoing struggles Switzerland experiences with migration, focusing specifically on what it means to shape a nation-state by political will rather than linguistic and cultural unity.

From Multiculturalism to Hybridity also offers teaching suggestions for the French, German, and Italian language and literature classroom as well as for courses in Social, Cultural, and Political Studies. Articles address the hybrid literatures and cultures of Switzerland including films, pageants, smellscapes, and women’s issues and place Switzerland in the context of a unifying European continent. Readers will find ideas and resources for critically investigating  and teaching the concepts of cultural hybridity and transculturalism in the high school and college classroom. 



","“From Mulitculturalism to Hybridity: New Approaches to Teaching Switzerland’ presents a comprehensive, informed and well-researched overview of evolving developments and trends in life and culture in present-day Switzerland; it offers excellent practical advice and suggestions about constructing approaches for teaching aspects of the complexity of this small country which contains different languages and cultures within one political framework.”
— Malcolm Pender, Emeritus Professor of German Studies at the University of Strathclyde in Glasgow

“Like a magnifying glass, this book shows today’s new and multiple facets of Swiss plurality to readers willing to learn about this country. In doing so, the chapters in this book turn into a mirror for Switzerland itself, for the country to read its future. It is a perfect teaching tool, useful for both insiders and outsiders.”
—Rosita Fibi, Senior Lecturer, University of Lausanne and Senior Researcher at the Swiss Forum for Migration and Population Studies, University of Neuchâtel, Switzerland
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-11-01,Christa Mahalik,"Merchants, Barons, Sellers and Suits: The Changing Images of the Businessman through Literature",Hardback,978-1-4438-2419-4,44.99,"Merchants, Barons, Sellers and Suits: The Changing Images of the Businessman through Literature originally began as a conversation about a hybrid course at Quinnipiac University. Its purpose was to take an online English course for non-traditional business majors and create a theme that would be relevant to the business world. Being given the task to create this course from the ground up was exciting and intriguing. There turned out to be a lot more material that could be used for this theme than previously thought. To gauge the temperature of the topic, a panel was set up with the theme of businessmen (or women) and their changing image through literature.

At the 2009 NeMLA (Northeast Modern Language Association) conference in Boston, the panel was held and many ideas, such as some of the ones presented in this book, were discussed. A secondary theme evolved out of the construction of the first. Participants discussed the environment as a catalyst in the change of “what a person actually thinks a businessman (or woman) looks like.” Many of these images were formed based upon pop culture, such as the traveling salesman in the Looney Tunes cartoons who sells brushes door to door and hails from Walla Walla, Washington. Others were based on the images read about in books, such as Willy Loman from Death of a Salesman.

The essays included in this volume, presented by doctoral candidates and scholars from across a range of geographical regions and disciplines, result in a collection that investigates the idea of the changing image of the businessman throughout literature both in America and in Europe. The arrangement of the collection is a comparative timeline allowing the changing images of business to evolve with each essay.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-11-01,Katalin Miklóssy and Pekka Korhonen,The East and the Idea of Europe,Hardback,978-1-4438-2502-3,34.99,"In this volume, the authors examine the mutual relationship of the East and Europe within the Eurasian geopolitical space. They investigate how people to the East of Europe understand themselves vis-à-vis Europe, how they have processed European influences, and how states in the East compete with the West. The East is a strong rhetorical metaphor efficiently colouring something as non-European, or not-essentially-European. Studies in this volume examine the linguistic techniques that are used in erecting social and political boundaries, and how they are eventually demolished. The main focus is on turning points of time and transitional periods where the stability of status quo and maintenance of traditional values have been questioned, both in history and at present. All analysis is strictly based on original language sources, which are interpreted with thorough social, cultural and historical expertise. The main conceptual tool used for analysis is the binarity of boundaries. Binarity, or the use of boundary creating dichotomies, is constantly used in public discussion and political strategies to structure geopolitical space, create imperial power plays, and competing centre-periphery formations. The empirically strong social and cultural expertise of the authors, and their multidisciplinary use of geopolitical theory in conjunction with new linguistically inspired analytical tools create a highly original perspective on the Eurasian political space. The book is a significant contribution to studies on Europe and its neighbourhood.
","“The authors have succeeded in presenting the history of the East with Europe as an interesting succession of skillful political moves and rhetorical reinterpretations. Their approach of linguistically inspired new geopolitical research is original and certainly path-breaking in international studies. Recommended for serious scholars interested in European politics, as well as for European and international relations courses.”
—Kari Palonen, Academy of Finland Professor, Leader of the Centre of Excellence
Political Thought and Conceptual Change

“The contributors have weaved their multidisciplinary approach into a coherent whole. With extensive knowledge of languages and cultures, their analysis is deep and illuminating. The text is lucid and informative, with advanced theoretical and methodological argumentation intertwining with historical and empirical observations. Recommended reading for scholars of social sciences and history, both in Asia and in Europe.”
—Emiko Ochiai, Professor of Sociology, Kyoto University, Leader of the Centre of Excellence
Reconstruction of the Intimate and Public Spheres in 21st Century Asia

“This edited volume offers fresh and critical ideas about the meaning of ‘the West’ and ‘Europe’ as seen from peoples and countries on the ‘periphery’ or outside the ‘West,’ like Finland, Hungary, Japan, and Russia. Its six chapters highlight important aspects of the linguistic and political construction of borders referring to binary orders which are used to structure geopolitical landscapes. The East and the Idea of Europe constitutes a significant contribution to such various discourses as those on globalization, the meanings of European and Western identities, geopolitical conflicts, and migration.”
—Dr Árpád von Klimó, DAAD Visiting Professor, Department of History, University of Pittsburgh

“How do nations and states construct their own ‘placing’ –and each other’s -- in a world signed by the forced juxtaposition of ‘East’ and ‘West?’” “How are these ‘placings’ negotiated and reshaped at especially critical cultural and political junctures?” To shed light on these questions, editors Katalin Miklóssy and Pekka Korhonen have engaged a uniquely distinguished and uniquely diverse group of authors. That they have been able to create a fruitful dialogue between them without straight-jacketing them into methodological conformity is one of the great strengths of this book. Our own conceptualizations of what is ‘East’ and ‘West,’ and of the shifting role of ‘in-between’ states, as Minna Rasku’s contribution on “Placing Greece on the Boundary of Europe” reminds us, is culturally and politically contextualized, fuzzy, and changing. The essays in this book go beyond mechanistic understandings of ‘Orientalism’ and ‘Westernism’ to paint a nuanced and multi-hued picture of the many elements—from the power of naming to  economic policies and trade reorientation to views of geopolitical order— that go into the ‘placing’ and self-placing of nations, states, empires and boundaries themselves.
This book makes an important contribution  to our understanding of both cultural representations of East and West, and of borders, their meaning and their cultural shifting.”
—Margarita M. Balmaceda, PhD, Professor of Diplomacy and International Relations, Seton Hall University
“The book ""The East and the Idea of Europe"" brings an important contribution to the field of mental mapping and discursive construction of collective identities. It combines well-thought methodological approaches with huge empirical material from different countries. Studying how the East understood itself vis-à-vis the West it focuses on critical periods where the stability of status quo have been questioned. The book contributed for better understanding geopolitical frames of references that determine both contemporary world politics and everyday thinking.”
—Professor Olga Malinova, leading research fellow of the Institute of Scientific Information for
Social Sciences, Russian Academy of Sciences
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-12-01,Catherine Royer-Hemet,Canterbury: A Medieval City,Hardback,978-1-4438-2552-8,39.99,"Between the Celtic tribe of the Iron Age—the Cantiaci—and the twenty-first-century inhabitants of Canterbury, three millenia stand during which the city has enjoyed unparalleled fame, particularly since it became the religious heart of the country in AD 597. While ambling through the streets of modern Canterbury, one is able to—if careful enough to do so—get the feel of the medieval city. There must be reasons for that enduring impact of the past and it might be because of the overwhelming wealth of people who have left their mark as well as events of momentous importance that took place there. 

Canterbury: A Medieval City will take the reader on a trip through time, space and history, as well as literature. It will enable him to apprehend the magnitude of the history of the place and the reasons why Canterbury has become the magnet it is nowadays for people from all over the world, the “mecca for tourists” as it is advertised on some websites.

While illustrious figures are dealt with in the articles contained in the book, such as Saint Augustine, Thomas Becket, and Geoffrey Chaucer—who account for the renown of the place and have indeed helped to shape national identity—it is also possible to catch a glimpse of the less notorious personalities and facts that have also worked to give Canterbury its deeply ingrained identity: people like priors, as well as the many different ways which the city functioned.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-12-01,"Miguel López-Pérez, Didier Kahn and Mar Rey-Bueno",Chymia: Science and Nature in Medieval and Early Modern Europe,Hardback,978-1-4438-2553-5,49.99,"In September 2008, an international conference on the history of alchemy was held at El Escorial, close to the ancient location of the distilling houses operating under royal patronage during the second half of the 16th century. The present book consists of a selection of the papers presented then, shedding light on little-studied medieval and early modern texts, important alchemical doctrines such as medieval corpuscularianism, early modern spiritus mundi or the function of salt within chymical principles, and discussing such prominent figures as Paracelsus, Isaac Hollandus, Michael Sendivogius, Fontenelle or G. E. Stahl. Last but not least, the book offers new insights on the most recent history of Spanish alchemy.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-12-01,Vincent Broqua and Guillaume Marche,L'épuisement du biographique?,Hardback,978-1-4438-2572-6,49.99,"Pourquoi penser le biographique ? N’est-il pas épuisé ? Le siècle passé semble l’avoir vidé de son contenu et de sa substance et l’a réduit à un état d’affaiblissement presque complet dans le domaine des sciences sociales comme dans celui de la critique littéraire. L’enjeu de cet ouvrage est d’affirmer que le biographique déborde la biographie et de considérer le biographique comme une condition du retour de la biographie au moyen de son dépassement.

Cet ouvrage rassemble des travaux abordant des questions historiques et littéraires dans une multiplicité d’aires géographiques (pays de langue allemande, anglaise, espagnole et italienne) : penser la spécificité du biographique suppose de prendre en compte plusieurs disciplines et aires culturelles, diversité nécessaire, car le biographique se trouve au croisement des sciences sociales et de la littérature, au point de rencontre entre science et fiction. Ce livre propose un état de la réflexion sur le sujet.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-12-01,Skevi Christodoulou and Anna Satraki,POCA 2007: Postgraduate Cypriot Archaeology Conference ,Hardback,978-1-4438-2571-9,44.99,"The Postgraduate Cypriot Archaeology Conference (POCA) was held in Cyprus in 2007. This event brought together a significant number of distinguished young scholars from research institutions all over the world, conducting research on the history and archaeology of the island. The proceedings volume of this conference is a multidisciplinary collection of papers that spans from the prehistoric to the medieval times, a significant contribution to the field of archaeological research that will engage young and older scholars and provide the groundwork for further development of research ideas, methodologies and collaborations.
","“This volume contains sixteen contributions to various aspects of Cypriot studies, ranging from the earliest (pre-)historic phases of the island to the most recent Ottoman past and contemporary heritage management. Thus, while it works as an introduction to Cypriot culture diachronically, it simultaneously offers a rich variety of specialised studies. The contributors handle critical questions of Cypriot archaeology with a range of new and impressive methodological approaches. The volume, therefore, is a substantial and indeed very welcome addition to Cypriot and Mediterranean studies in general, not only for enhancing POCA’s conception, but also for its consistency and high academic standards.” 
—Dr Giorgos Papantoniou, Trinity College Dublin, Organiser of POCA 2005
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-12-01,"Dale Sullivan, Bruce Maylath and Russel Hirst",Revisiting the Past through Rhetorics of Memory and Amnesia: Selected Papers from the 50th Meeting of the Linguistic Circle of Manitoba and North Dakota,Hardback,978-1-4438-2555-9,39.99,"As the 21st century’s first decade draws to a close, we are reminded of events of the past, both distant and recent. Many resulted in violent conflict. This volume investigates how our memories are shaped by rhetorics crafted by people who want audiences to remember events in specific ways. From the pivotal battle between Americans and British and their Loyalist allies during the American Revolution to North America’s First Nations conflicts with the White mainstream to current memories and rhetoric about the recent war in Iraq, the authors of this book examine the ways in which rhetoric acts as a catalyst not only for cultural memory but also cultural amnesia.  

Both scholars and the general public will find the analyses in these chapters informative, insightful, and provocative. The authors delve into literary fiction, accounts of history, and even the vocabulary of the English language to examine what and how we remember and forget. 

Assembled from coast to coast across the US and Canada, the authors demonstrate how several rhetorics at once are often at play, from Wallace Stegner’s fiction to the architecture of urban Toronto, the US Air Force Memorial in Arlington, Virginia, and even in rural cemeteries.
","""The essays collected in Revisiting the Past through Rhetorics of Memory and Amnesia contribute to a transformation taking place in classical rhetorical theory and criticism. Drawing upon what few would argue has been the least attended of the five parts of classical rhetoric, the canon of memory, the studies in the collection connect with emerging work in rhetoric, literary criticism, and visual communication. Studies in the rhetoric and politics of space and place have been prominent in the past decade. This collection contributes to this movement, linking such studies to the ways that inhabited spaces, historic places, and ceremonial sites are rhetorically constructed to perpetuate as well as to erase memories. The first part of the collection looks at public places and the ways they are articulated to retain, refresh, and revise memory—primarily collective memory.  For example, Sally Booth investigates the rhetoric of walking tours in Toronto, describing “a narration of history that distorts the specificity of place and ignores certain aspects of history in order to mythologize a past that is more easily consumed.” 

But memory functions rhetorically at the site of the individual as well. We see this particularly in literary works, as Sarah Himsel-Burcon explores in her analysis of Gayl Jones’ novel Corregidora, the story of four generations of Brazilian slaves and their determination to keep alive the memory of what they suffered and thereby situate themselves within a history from which they might otherwise have been excluded. 

Visual memory is examined in Mary Fitzgerald and Elizabethada Wright’s essay comparing different ways in which deceased human bodies are situated can affect whether they awaken memory, as when an unknown burial ground is discovered and those interred there are given a place they had lost in a community’s history, or whether their situation erases memory, as when bodies are displayed as representations of human biology. 

Although we might find studies elsewhere that are similar to some in this collection, it would be difficult to find works in one place that at once encompass the scope and at the same time the unifying focus that we encounter here. The larger argument made by editors Dale Sullivan, Bruce Maylath, and Russell Hirst, which makes the collection important, is the significance of memory in the ideological processes of shaping and transforming personal and cultural identity and values.""
—Gerald Savage, Professor of English, Illinois State University

""In contrast to the classical interest in memory as a skill, or the psychological interest in the neurological and cognitive schema enabling individual recall,  contemporary  interest, as represented in this collection, examines the collective and communicative nature of memory.  In this respect, The Rhetorics of Memory is consistent with a burgeoning, multi-disciplinary literature focused on the social nature of remembering, on the symbolic constitution of memory, and the political and cultural consequences of memory.  Much theorizing has been done across the humanities and social sciences in this respect.  Where this volume of essays stands to make a significant contribution is in its focus on the particular “sites” in which memory is accomplished. Ranging from literary works to “body works,” from historical tours to battlefield monuments, The Rhetorics of Memory considers the range of sites, multiple media, and social contexts within which remembrance is accomplished. It’s passionate and detailed analyses are more than simple applications of established theories, they comprise a rich effort to interrogate theoretical assumptions, to test them in the crucible of everyday encounters with memory. Rhetorics of Memory seeks collective memory where it happens in order to understand how it happens, why we remember as we do, and to what effect. The essays in this volume are accessible enough to enrich students’ introduction to both theoretical and methodological questions associated with the study of collective memory from a rhetorical perspective, yet they are rich enough to bear the scrutiny of scholars interested in the study of memory.""
—Gordon Coonfield, Associate Professor of Communication, Villanova University

""Even though it is one of the parts of classical rhetoric, memory has been ignored in rhetoric studies for centuries. Revisiting the Past Through Rhetorics of Memory and Amnesia introduces the reader to the current reclamation of memory in rhetoric studies. The essays cover nearly every aspect of memory studies, and the book’s introduction and organization serve as a primer for memory theory. Indeed, one of the book’s strengths is that it contains no overt theorizing. Instead theory emerges from specific empirical case studies of memory (or amnesia). For example, Michael Halloran’s study of the accounts of the battle of Saratoga illustrates the disfigurement of memory to suit ideology. Miriam Raethel’s study of traumatic memory breaks new ground in studies of Holocaust literature. Mary Fitzgerald and Elizabethada Wright’s “Rhetorical Situation of the Sacred: Exigences of the Human Body” confronts anthropological and religious attitudes toward the dead and sees a conflict between two value-laden definitions of memory. The essays not only present the most current thinking in memory studies but also reveal how memory studies can reconfigure approaches to problems that bedevil history and the social sciences.""
—John D. Schaeffer, Professor of English, Northern Illinois University

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-12-01,"Catherine Delmas, Christine Vandamme and Donna Spalding Andréolle",Science and Empire in the Nineteenth Century: A Journey of Imperial Conquest and Scientific Progress,Hardback,978-1-4438-2559-7,39.99,"The issue at stake in this volume is the role of science as a way to fulfil a quest for knowledge, a tool in the exploration of foreign lands, a central paradigm in the discourse on and representations of Otherness. The interweaving of scientific and ideological discourses is not limited to the geopolitical frame of the British empire in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries but extends to the rise of the American empire as well. The fields of research tackled are human and social sciences (anthropology, ethnography, cartography, phrenology), which thrived during the period of imperial expansion, racial theories couched in pseudo-scientific discourse, natural sciences, as they are presented in specialised or popularised works, in the press, in travel narratives—at the crossroads of science and literature—in essays, but also in literary texts.

Contributors examine such issues as the plurality of scientific discourses, their historicity, the alienating dangers of reduction, fragmentation and reification of the Other, the interaction between scientific discourse and literary discourse, the way certain texts use scientific discourse to serve their imperialist views or, conversely, deconstruct and question them. Such approaches allow for the analysis of the link between knowledge and power as well as of the paradox of a scientific discourse which claims to seek the truth while at the same time both masking and revealing the political and economic stakes of Anglo-saxon imperialism. The analysis of various types of discourse and/or representation highlights the tension between science and ideology, between scientific “objectivity” and propaganda, and stresses the limits of an imperialist epistemology which has sometimes been questioned in more ambiguous or subversive texts.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2010-12-01,Charles Walter Masters,"The Respectability of Late Victorian Workers: A Case Study of York, 1867-1914",Hardback,978-1-4438-2512-2,44.99,"This study of the working classes of York in the late Victorian period places respectability at the heart of the interpretation of working-class culture, drawing attention to its distinctive role within working-class daily life while eschewing a class-based analysis. Through an investigation of workers’ actions, choice-making and personal testimony, and using a wide range of textual and non-textual sources, a picture is produced of what it meant to be respectable in working-class communities and respectability’s role in personal and community identity formation. Not only is the importance of gender-based notions of the male breadwinner and female homemaker explored, but fresh light is cast on how respectability was engaged with and negotiated in everyday contexts.

Respectability is shown to be a dynamic and culturally creative process with workers building their identities within the confines of “structural” constraints, including street and neighbourhood based mores and institutions, but with a measure of self-generated cultural, social and organisational space. Far from respectability being a function of socio-economic differentiation, even the poorest are shown to have aspired to join self-help organisations and become worthy citizens. Crucially, “working-class respectability” is shown to have been moral and Christian in character—underpinned by a form of diffusive Christianity that was robust and vital rather than some kind of legacy cultural and religious phenomenon. Although different attributes of respectability could be prioritised within working-class circles, respectability is seen as a distinctive and essentially pan-class culture centred on a set of universal values which distinguished and defined the respectable citizen and separated him from imagined or real rough “Others.”

This study will appeal to readers interested in social and cultural history, gender studies and material culture. York inhabitants are given their own voice through hitherto unpublished, as well as published, oral and written testimony. Worker and family attitudes are analysed in the everyday contexts of work, home, neighbourhood and leisure, and as part of the wide-ranging discussion, attention is paid to the cultural significance of what working people ate and wore, and what goods they bought to furnish their often very modest homes. The emphasis throughout is on a “grass-roots” analysis, showing clearly how and why respectability answered the needs and aspirations of most ordinary Victorian and Edwardian workers and their families.
","“This rich local study offers a nuanced and accessible history of respectability as a lived, coherent culture. It is an important study because, like the best local histories, it has potentially enormous implications for our understanding of Victorian and Edwardian society construed broadly as a national culture. Using York as a case study, Masters adroitly places his examination of daily life into the broad stream of recent writings about respectability, offering important insights into virtually every aspect of the lives, habits, and outlooks of working people. Drawing on oral testimony, contemporary surveys, archival records, newspapers, and a wealth of secondary literature, he presents a complex and fascinating thematic portrait of the lives and culture of ordinary people and shows how they negotiated the sometimes difficult economic and social world in which they lived.”
—Simon Cordery, Monmouth College, Illinois, USA
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-01-01,Robert D. Luginbill,Author of Illusions: Thucydides’ Rewriting of the History of the Peloponnesian War,Hardback,978-1-4438-2649-5,39.99,"Pericles, famed general and foremost political leader of Athens during her glory days of the 5th century, brought about the downfall of the Athenian empire almost single-handedly. This truth, obvious to contemporary Greeks, is today not generally understood, and we have Thucydides and his History of the Peloponnesian War to thank for the confusion. That Thucydides, a fierce partisan of Pericles and a soldier exiled for his own military misadventures, should wish to reinvent the history of that famous war to show himself and Pericles in a more favorable light is understandable. But how could one man with a single literary production manage to replace the reality of the war with a myth of his own making, creating in the process an edifice of illusion that would last for millennia, scarcely questioned even by scholars? The answer lies in Thucydides’ ability to engage the reader’s mind and emotions with his psychological motifs. By promising to peel back the superficial layers of contemporary descriptions of the war and reveal the true ‘mysteries’ of history, Thucydides draws in his readers and persuades them to accept his overall thesis of Pericles’ innocence. Author of Illusions examines Thucydides’ techniques and demonstrates just how it was that he was able to reinterpret the history of the Peloponnesian War so successfully for his own and for Pericles’ benefit.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-01-01,"Susan Bracken, Andrea M. Gáldy, and Adriana Turpin",Collecting and the Princely Apartment,Hardback,978-1-4438-2591-7,39.99,"Collecting is an obsession that goes back to the mists of history. While spare time and spare cash seem an absolute necessity for this kind of activity, every collector has his or her own approach to the formation of a collection. The way in which one’s treasures are displayed is another important instance in which one collector differs from another. Glass cases, niches, trays, cupboards, or drawers have been adopted; sometimes cards offer information on the subject, its age and provenance; an overall theme may have prompted the choice of the actual objects displayed together; security reasons suggest one room over another.

While some collectors keep their treasures as close as possible—in their bedroom, throughout their living quarters, or in a locked up closet nearby—others may find that they want to be able to show off their collection without being disturbed by visitors in the rooms in which they actually spend most of their time. Certainly, our notions of private and public have changed considerably over the centuries and this has had an impact on questions of display and on the separation of particular parts of the house from other less accessible ones, in particular in great houses that allow for the establishment of a museum. The museum, in such cases, is quite separate from the living quarters, for example situated on the ground floor off the main hall.

Not all displays were so defined; there were many forms of exhibition just as there were many forms of collections. The aims and ambitions of the collector are often discussed in terms of the display of their collections; in part because we believe that analysing how a collection was shown and how it was received are key contributors to our understanding the role and purpose of the collection. In lieu of any other documentation, inventories, sales catalogues and wills remain essential tools for the historian of collecting, both in terms of what was owned and where it was housed.

This volume, the second in a series of four, presents ten articles that explore the connection between collections and their display in, near, or separate from the princely apartment within a time frame that runs from the sixteenth century to the early nineteenth and within a geographical area that includes courts on the Italian peninsula, in England, France, The Netherlands and Germany.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-01-01,James Earle,"Commodore Squib: The Life, Times and Secretive Wars of England’s First Rocket Man, Sir William Congreve, 1772-1828",Paperback,978-1-4438-2640-2,24.99,"Sir William Congreve, political propagandist, lawyer, inventor, and Chief Equerry to King George IV, was one of the foremost military salesmen of the early nineteenth century.

When England faced the overwhelming might of Napoleonic France, Sir William championed the potential of secret weapons, notably gunpowder rockets, mass-produced by the latest advances in manufacturing science. His was a world of fireships, bomb brigs, invasion fleets, experimental warfare, espionage, and the intense hostility of rival “projectors”.

By turns acclaimed, derided, libelled and sued, Congreve belonged to a colourful breed whose influence on history is frequently overlooked. Yet for those who care to notice, his name and works are widely commemorated from the dark side of the moon to the most resounding phrases of the American National Anthem.



","“James Earle’s pioneering book puts this remarkable invention in its proper historical context with a penetrating and amusing analysis . . .”
—Will Robinson, Literary Review
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-01-01,Geneviève Massard-Guilbaud and Stephen Mosley,Common Ground: Integrating the Social and Environmental in History,Hardback,978-1-4438-2549-8,49.99,"Today’s environmental problems—climate change, loss of biodiversity, polluted air, land, and water—all have their origins to a greater or lesser extent in how we have lived, played and worked. At a time when societies are confronted with the often dramatic consequences of past choices made in the fields of energy, technology, industry, agriculture, urbanisation and consumption, we need a history that casts more light on the ways in which unsustainable human-nature relationships came into being. This means forging stronger connections between social and environmental history. Common Ground opens up a dialogue between two sub-disciplines that to date have remained largely parallel endeavours, bringing together both established and younger scholars from both fields to explore how people’s everyday lives have connected to their environments—and with what effects. The book is organised in six sections: leisure and environment; nature and conservation; environmental conflicts; folk and scientific knowledge; environmental disasters; and energy, industry and urban infrastructure. By exploring the complex interplay between people’s day-to-day activities and ecological change, especially the values, beliefs and environmental experiences of ordinary men and women, we can better understand our past relationships with nature and perhaps make more informed planning and policy choices in the future.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-01-01,Alison O’Malley-Younger and John Strachan,Ireland at War and Peace,Hardback,978-1-4438-2633-4,39.99,"The essays in this collection examine Ireland at war and peace from the Revival period to the present day, examining key aspects of Irish literature and history—culturally rich but politically turbulent—from the late nineteenth century to the early twenty-first century. Ireland at War and Peace examines important social, political and aesthetic contexts which have shaped modern Irish society and culture, from the First World War and the Easter Rising of 1916 through to the Troubles and beyond. A key focus is on the ideological and artistic significance of Irish culture in a wide sense; the volume includes essays on the cultural significance of commodity culture and advertising in Ireland, images of the child in Irish culture, the importance of the horse in the Irish imagination, and the manner in which narratives of eighteenth and nineteenth-century Irish uprising, execution and imprisonment informed Irish theatre both before and after the 1916 Uprising.

The book’s dual focus is exemplified in its opening essays on Padraig Pearse as both rebel-rousing separatist polemicist and Volunteer leader, and on his related careers as dramatist, story writer and educationalist. Subsequent essays deal with Yeats and the Easter Rising, consumer culture in James Joyce’s Ulysses, the riotous reception afforded J. M. Synge’s Playboy of the Western World and Sean O’Casey’s The Plough and the Stars, and Samuel Beckett’s vexed relationship with his homeland. There are also important essays here on the contemporary Irish writers Seamus Heaney and Deirdre Madden. The focus of the collection is wide, ranging from canonical literary figures such as Joyce, Beckett, and Yeats, modern-day authors such as Heaney, Paul Muldoon and Nuala Ní Dhomhnaill, through to popular-cultural phenomena from Dion Boucicault’s nineteenth-century melodrama Robert Emmet, to Alan Parker’s movie of Roddy Doyle’s The Commitments and that great Irish sitcom Father Ted.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-01-01,John T. Burridge,Kennedy and Khrushchev: The New Frontier in Berlin,Hardback,978-1-4438-2654-9,34.99,"For the first time in modern history, a regime had to wall itself in to keep from bleeding to death. The masses of refugees that had staked their hopes on the Berlin escape route through the Iron Curtain were cut off from freedom by this wall of death erected by a Soviet puppet and tolerated by the new American president and his administration. The United States had witnessed and permitted, even conspired in, the undoing of those human rights to which it was purportedly committed. Contrary to the inaugural address of the young president, the price was not paid, the burden was not borne, the hardship was not met, the friends were not supported, and the foes were not opposed. As a result the survival and success of liberty was not only not assured; it was destroyed.

This book examines the ‘how’ in an attempt to find out ‘why.’
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-01-01,"Deb N. Bandyopadhyay, Paul Brown and Christopher Conti","Landscape, Place and Culture: Linkages between Australia and India",Hardback,978-1-4438-2632-7,44.99,"This collection of essays takes an interdisciplinary approach to the ecological, social, economic and, in particular, the cultural dimensions of the Australia-India relationship. The essays provide many levels of focus on environment, place and culture. Some evoke appreciation of particular “places,” either in India or Australia. Many explore how literature has treated “landscape,” while some are comparative studies of cultural, historical and political development.

The essays arise from a particular gathering of scholars: The East India chapter of the Indian Association for the Study of Australia (IASA) held its inaugural international conference in Kolkata on 22–23 January 2009. Much of the work is comparative, exploring common Indian and Australian themes of colonial and postcolonial experience, implications of migration and diaspora, and shared language and literature. The work also explores shared environmental crisis, manifest in landscapes such as the Mouths of the Ganges and Australia’s Murray Darling Basin. Such comparisons indicate our shared experience of the “crisis” of ecological, social, economic and cultural sustainability.

As human future is colonized through environmental degradation, and determined by human migration and shared culture and values, our relationship to “place” is revitalized and reassessed. We seek simultaneously a reconciliation between humans and a realignment of the human-nature relationship. This is the most basic meaning of social and ecological sustainability.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-01-01,Charlotte Appel and Morten Fink-Jensen,Religious Reading in the Lutheran North: Studies in Early Modern Scandinavian Book Culture,Hardback,978-1-4438-2643-3,39.99,"Religious Reading in the Lutheran North opens up the doors to a part of early modern European history that has often been overlooked. In the Nordic countries, an abundance of religious literature in the vernacular was produced in the centuries following the Reformation, and reading was almost exclusively taught to children in a Lutheran Protestant setting. Literacy rates were high, and by the mid eighteenth century around ninety per cent of both men and women could read. The eight contributions to the present book investigate different aspects of religious reading in Denmark, Norway, Sweden and Greenland, looking at the publication and dissemination strategies of authors and clergymen, as well as reading habits and interpretations among Scandinavian readers.
","“The Scandinavian kingdoms were famously literate. Yet it is far from clear how these essentially rural societies achieved such impressive rates of reading ability. This outstanding collection of essays draws together a range of sophisticated and original studies, probing the reading practice, pedagogy, oral and print cultures of Denmark, Norway, Sweden and Greenland between the 16th and the 18th centuries. It will be essential reading for anyone interested in this critical aspect of Early Modern Society.”
—Andrew Pettegree, Professor of Modern History, University of St Andrews

“This excellent collection of essays underlines the significant role of Lutheranism in generating a culture of reading and high levels of literacy in the Nordic countries in the early modern period. For anyone interested in the culture of reading and literacy in the early modern period this volume of essays on ‘the Lutheran North’ is important reading.”
—Ole Peter Grell, Reader in History, The Open University
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-01-01,Samantha L. Bird,"Stepney: Profile of a London Borough from the Outbreak of the First World War to the Festival of Britain, 1914-1951",Hardback,978-1-4438-2582-5,44.99,"This book is the first single volume history of Stepney in modern times. It sets out to provide a vivid and yet scholarly portrait of an iconic London borough situated in the heart of the East End. Stepney is an area with very many well known associations and images, from the horrifying murders of “Jack the Ripper” to the soaking up of the heavy bomb damage during the Blitz, from the classical confrontation between Mosley’s fascists and the socialist left at the “Battle of Cable Street,” to the dramatic “Siege of Sidney Street” when Liberal Home Secretary Winston Churchill rooted out an anarchist cell. Beyond these dramatic episodes, Stepney witnessed the perennial struggle for subsistence among the many poor, the rise and fall of the great local docks, the immigration of large numbers of Jewish refugees from Eastern Europe and elsewhere, the growth of the Labour Party and the surprising local ascendancy of the Communists, the desperate drive to improve public housing, the evacuation of a large proportion of its children at the start of World War II, and much more besides.

This is a truly ground-breaking, very readable book that fills a surprising gap in our knowledge and greatly enhances our understanding of London, urban, working-class, inter-ethnic, industrial and British 20th century history.
","“[Dr Bird’s] thesis on the London Borough of Stepney is a fine piece of work, incorporating much original research and genuinely opening up new vistas in our understanding of this iconic part of the East End.”
—Professor Denis Judd, BA (Oxford), PhD (London), FRHistS; Professor Emeritus, London Metropolitan University; Professor in History, New York University in London

“Like many of the best local histories, this book combines enthusiasm and dedicated local research with a shrewd knowledge of wider contexts. Samantha has written a book which is both learned and very interesting to read.  Anyone with an interest in Stepney, London history or labour movement history will want to read this book.”
—Chris Wrigley, Professor of Modern British History, Nottingham University

“. . . it is surprising that no single volume history of Stepney has existed until now. Samantha Bird's fine book, however, has put that to rights.

Dr. Bird has done a tremendous amount of valuable and original research into both the archives and the secondary literature.

This is a much needed, very readable and refreshing book, and both author and publisher should be delighted with this product.”
—Dennis Judd, Professor Emeritus in History, London Metropolitan University and Professor at New York University, London
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-01-01,"Heiko Feldner, Claire Gorrara and Kevin Passmore","The Lost Decade? The 1950s in European History, Politics, Society and Culture",Hardback,978-1-4438-2583-2,39.99,"This volume of essays explores the social, political and cultural legacies of a decade which has, until relatively recently, received scant scholarly attention. Sandwiched uncomfortably between the traumatic events of the Second World War and the dramatic changes of the 1960s, the 1950s appeared as seemingly transitional years, while they were in fact an astonishingly fecund period of reassessment and experimentation when traditional models were re-evaluated and new models were road-tested, to be either developed or rejected.

An important intervention in the dynamic scholarly re-examination of the 1950s, this volume analyzes these years in relation to three broadly defined areas: historiography, politics and society, and culture. What emerges from all three parts of the volume is a vision of the 1950s as a decade which was to have a profound impact on post-war European identities in two key respects: as a time of accelerated European intellectual exchange and as a time of fertile receptivity to the ‘new’, variously formulated and contested across and within national borders.

Written by experts in the field, the contributions to this volume represent some of the most exciting work on the 1950s currently being undertaken in Europe and the US. They combine high intellectual standards with accessibility and will appeal to academics, students and the general reader alike.
","“It is now widely recognized that the 1950s marked a hinge period in post-war European history. The current volume unites some of the most exciting cultural and intellectual historians to shed important light on some of the key changes that took place in European politics, society and culture. The book is a ‘must-read’ for all contemporary historians of Europe.” 
– Stefan Berger, Professor of Modern German and Comparative European History, University of Manchester, United Kingdom

“This stimulating collection illuminates an overlooked and forgotten decade. It draws on insightful interdisciplinary and transnational scholarship to challenge our preconceptions of the period. The perceptive contributions evaluate the significance of the fifties within a wider chronological and geographical perspective and argue persuasively that the importance of these years has yet to be fully recognised.” 
– Hanna Diamond, Reader in French History, University of Bath, United Kingdom
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-02-01,Ali Abdullatif Ahmida,"Bridges Across the Sahara: Social, Economic and Cultural Impact of the Trans-Sahara Trade during the 19th and 20th Centuries",Paperback,978-1-4438-2674-7,19.99,"The objective of this edited book is to rethink the history of colonial and nationalist categories and analyses of modern Africa through an integration and examination of the African Saharan trade as bridges that link the North, Central, and West regions of Africa. Firstly, it offers a critique of the colonial, postcolonial and nationalist historiographies, and also of current western scholarship on northern and Saharan Africa especially Middle East Studies and African Studies Associations. Secondly, it provides an alternative narrative of the forgotten histories of the Sahara trade as linkages between the North and the South of the Sahara.

The Sahara desert was seldom a barrier separating the northern, middle and western parts of the continent. On the contrary, the desert was and still constitutes a bridge of communication which connects northern Africa, West Africa and the countries in the southern Sahara. This connection was evident in the most important cultural, economic and social relations. Two connecting routes or bridges existed across the Sahara. First, the Hajj Routes from the north west of Africa to the holy places in Arabia. Second, are the trade routes between central and west Africa and the shores of North Africa. These trans-Sahara trade routes extend from the East Darb al-Arba’in in Egypt and Sudan to the far west borders of Senegal, Mauritania and Morocco. Hence the ties between the countries in North Africa and Wadai, Bornu, Kanim, Zender, Aer and others existed since pre-historic eras. The origins began before and were enhanced by the Islamic conquests and continued to present day.
","“Bridges Across the Sahara is a magnificent collection of essays that overcomes the standard fare on the region as an empty barrier between Tropical and Mediterranean Africa. The collection traverses history, geography, anthropology and politics, and demonstrates the region as the crossroads of human movements and commerce, but also [as a] a locality that has its own integrity and center of gravity. As such these contributions overcome colonial and nationalists projections of the region. Bridges Across the Sahara masterfully negates Africa’s division into sub-Saharan and northern Arab Africa. Collectively they endeavour to redefine the terminology/concepts and the historical and cultural analysis of the Sahara. In nutshell, this is a model for future studies of the Sahara.”
—Dr Abdi I. Samatar, Professor & Chair, Department of Geography, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, USA
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-02-01,Kiran Toor,"Coleridge’s Chrysopoetics: Alchemy, Authorship and Imagination",Hardback,978-1-4438-2656-3,39.99,"This book is an attempt to assess the creative potential of alchemy as a master trope in Coleridge’s conception of authorship and imagination. It begins with a challenge to the idea that an autonomous author is at the centre of a literary work. This idea is crucial to the reception of literature and to the way in which concepts of “originality” and “authorship” are typically understood. Against this marking out of an author as a singular, autonomous, and uniquely privileged “self,” it is posited that, for Coleridge, authorship occurs in a transformative or alchemical interspace between the desire for self-expression and the necessarily other-determined nature of creativity. Offering an alternative trajectory for the author, Coleridge elaborates an imaginative strategy in which the dislocation of the self from itself is the truest path to self-expression, and the author must become other in order to become more fully himself. Demonstrating a unique link between plagiarism and creativity, this book suggests that alchemy, better than any other system, accounts for Coleridge’s propensity for plagiarism and for an aesthetic of artifice. In an attempt to trace Coleridge’s familiarity with Hermetic and alchemical discourses throughout his life, it has been necessary to review works as varied as those of Plato, Marsilio Ficino, Ralph Cudworth, Jacob Boehme, Herman Boerhaave, and F. W. J. Schelling. It is then suggested how Coleridge appropriates alchemical terminology to his own aesthetic and imaginative ends. Unable to resolve the desire for aesthetic autonomy with the impossibility of asserting the self in one’s own voice, Coleridge “plays” in the hermeneutic interspace between selfhood and otherness, creativity and counterfeit, authority and artifice in order to arrive at an entirely unique strategy of alchemical self-exposition. Arriving at authorial selfhood through the odyssey of alterity, Coleridge’s “play”giarisms, in this view, do not violate the principles of originality, but redefine them. The book ends with a consideration of the necessarily negotiated fiction of all acts of imagination and authorship.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-02-01,Stella Rudman,"Lloyd George and the Appeasement of Germany, 1919-1945",Hardback,978-1-4438-2657-0,39.99,"This book examines Lloyd George’s attitudes to Germany during the inter-war period and beyond. As Prime Minister until October 1922 and a leading player in the shaping of postwar Europe, Lloyd George maintained an active critical interest in Britain’s European policy almost until his death in 1945. After a brief survey of his role at the Paris Peace Conference of 1919, the book considers Lloyd George’s policy towards Germany during the rest of his premiership. It then examines his interventions across the remaining inter-war years, concluding with an evaluation of his advocacy of a compromise peace with Hitler during World War Two.

In 1941 Churchill likened Lloyd George’s attitude to Germany to that of Marshal Pétain. The evidence in some ways vindicates that comparison. It shows that, after 1918, Lloyd George supported appeasement on most issues involving Germany—even during Hitler’s chancellorship, and even after World War Two began. His belief that Germany had just grievances, his suspicion of French motives, his admiration for Hitler and his growing conviction that Germany had been treated unfairly at Versailles, led him to see her as a long-suffering under-dog.

The book also sheds light on the evolution of the appeasement policies of successive British governments throughout the inter-war period; and, by comparing Lloyd George’s views with those of contemporary leaders and opinion-formers, it highlights ideas for alternatives to appeasement as conceived at the time rather than by historians in hindsight.


","""Readable and absorbing, Rudman's book focuses on a period in Lloyd George's life which apparently has been largely overlooked by historians. It does admirably what all doctoral studies should do and that is, explore avenues of enquiry where few if any other observers have ventured before, thus revealing truths hitherto only dimply perceived, or not perceived at all.

Through copious research, mainly into original source material as shown in the bibliography -- the author gradually reveals the psychology behind Llyod George's appeasement of Germany and examines its consequences during the crucial twenty-six year period of history covered in this book. The results provide important insights into the many factors which can propel nations into war.""

Phillip Taylor MBE & Elizabeth Taylor of Richmond Green Chambers, 2011

""Unlike full-scale Lloyd George biographers, including the most recent, Roy Hattersley, Rudman does not reach her subject's later years in a state of exhaustion. Instead, she draws on the high phase  of his political career as a means of adding colour and depth to her convincing portrait of the elder statesman.""

Will Robinson, Times Literary Supplement, 7 October, 2011

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-02-01,Herbert Schutz,"Romanesque Architecture and its Artistry in Central Europe, 900-1300: A Descriptive, Illustrated Analysis of the Style as it Pertains to Castle and Church Architecture",Hardback,978-1-4438-2658-7,54.99,"This book seeks to offer a detailed survey of the Romanesque Architectural style preserved in Central Europe. It traces developments of the style from earliest examples of the post-Carolingian period to the height of sophistication during the transition to Gothic. It begins with a survey of the remains and reconstructions of the palaces of the mighty. It then offers a selection of castles, both as ruins or restored facilities as they can be found in Germany, Austria and Alsace. Where possible the emphasis rests on seeking out the artistic ornamentation with which the builders enhanced the structures. The major part of the book deals with church architecture, where the structures are discussed as monumental statements of the faith with consideration given to their embellishments on towers and facades, friezes and apses, portals and colonnades, columns and capitals, screens, reliefs, fonts and statuary, wall painting and stained glass. Inescapable is the conclusion that these fortresses of God are sermons in stone in which the worshipper finds himself within the Imperium Christianum.


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-02-01,Matthew Hardy,"The Venice Charter Revisited: Modernism, Conservation and Tradition in the 21st Century",Paperback,978-1-4438-2666-2,29.99,"With a foreword by HRH The Prince of Wales.

The Venice Charter of 1964 was a major step towards better conservation of traditional buildings and places. It has since become the founding document of ICOMOS, the organisation for professionals in conservation. However, the requirement of clause 9 that new work ""must be distinct from the architectural composition and must bear a contemporary stamp"", has been misused to justify clashing new buildings in old places around the world. The results have attracted condemnation by citizens from Sydney to St Petersburg and beyond, and have prompted UNESCO to reconsider the issue of new buildings in historic urban landscapes. 
The Venice Charter Revisited: Modernism, Conservation and Tradition in the 21st Century is a timely look at how planning has gone wrong, why it needs to be fixed, and how we can heal the mistakes of the past within the spirit of the Venice Charter. 
With over 700 pages and with more than 350 black and white photographs and diagrams, and including the full text of the Venice Charter and the INTBAU Venice Declaration - which seeks to guide development in historic areas to a more harmonious relationship with its surroundings - these 64 essays on new buildings in old places provide an authoritative source on heritage and planning in a diverse and rapidly developing world. 











","""Division of the book into 64 easily assimilated essays makes this large volume useful as a textbook for courses in traditional urbanism and preservation - in the U.S. and abroad. Professionals in the US who will benefit from this book are urban planners, developers and designers who are creating additions or infill for historic areas - especially when debates with design review commissions might arise.

Most of all, one hopes that personnel of Historic District Commissions and the National Park Service read this book. In the face of all this evidence, the NPS's current refusal to admit that the Secretary's Standards and Guidelines need to be modified makes it appear that the National Park Service treats criticism the same way the Roman Inquisition treate Galileo.""

Clem Labine, Traditional Building Magazine, April 2010

""In advancing a pluralist approach for the 21st Century, The Venice Charter Revisited focuses on creative cultural continuity rather that discordant rupture, and harmonious relationships, not conflictual ones. It makes a rounded case in support of traditional architecture and urbanism in historic places.

Each of its 64 essays is a self-contained read, and all contain valuable insights into how conservation philosophy has been and can be practised. It is an important reference for all who question inconsiderate dogma.""

Dennis Rodwell, Architect Planner, consultant in cultural heritage and sustainable Urban Development in IHBC Context 117, November 2010
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-03-01,Benjamin Mark Allen,"Captivity, Past and Present: A Compendium of Observations and Interpretations",Hardback,978-1-4438-2690-7,34.99,"Captivity, Past and Present is a compilation of historical, literary, and sociological analyses of tales of human bondage from the early modern era to more recent times. Beginning with a study of 16th-century Spanish captivity sagas that emanated from America, the essays go on to examine the 17th-century Puritan narrative of Mary Rowlandson, the slave narrative of Olaudah Equiano, and concludes with a study of incarcerated African-American mothers in the United States. Also included is an original captivity narrative that relates the 19th-century ordeal of Manuel Ramirez Martinez, who was captured by Comanche Indians in Texas. 

The studies originated in a conference hosted by the Southwest/Texas Popular Culture and American Culture Association in 2010. Contributors are Franklin Hillson, Jacquelynn Kleist, Jacob Massine, Dahia Messara, Julia Metzger-Traber, Alfonso Uribe and Joel Uribe.
","“By assessing historical, political, social, and psychological dimensions of captivity experiences from colonial Spanish and British North America to the present, this multidisciplinary study explores complexities in this rich if darker side of the frontiers where disparate cultures met. Revealed are the rituals, thought processes, and cycles common to captivity narratives that students of social history in general and borderlands in particular will find compelling and worth a second look.”
—William B. Carter, author of Indian Alliances and the Spanish in the Southwest, 750–1750

“A timely collection of well-researched articles that covers origins, classical texts, and contemporary experiences—even a first printing of an original captivity narrative is included. . . . A meaningful contribution to the field of study!”
—Professor Sämi Ludwig (UHA Mulhouse, France), author of Cognitive Realism: The Pragmatist Paradigm in American Literary Realism
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-03-01,Maya Ranganathan,Eelam Online: The Tamil Diaspora and War in Sri Lanka,Hardback,978-1-4438-2691-4,34.99,"This book details the potential of computer mediated technologies, particularly the internet, in creating and nurturing political and cultural identities among the widely dispersed “conflict-generated” Sri Lankan Tamil diaspora and traces the engagement of the disapora in Australia with the online media in the struggle for a homeland. Taking the ethnic issue in Sri Lanka as a given, the book explores the way in which new media has added dimensions to the issue. Although the theoretical framework of the book overflows into the areas of political communication, journalism, media theories and studies, nationalism, and social psychology, it draws heavily from the theories of Ellul’s “social propaganda” and Anderson’s concept of nation as an “imagined community.” Divided into three parts, the first part explores the potential of the internet to lead to the “imagination” of the nation by the Sri Lankan Tamil diaspora; the second part traces the online engagement of the diaspora in the making of the homeland; and the third part contrasts it with the experiences and expectations of the homeland of the second generation of migrants in Australia and the Sri Lankan refugees in India. With the focus shifting to the diaspora after the announcement of the decimation of the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam in Sri Lanka in May 2009, the book aims to contribute to an understanding of the dynamics to underscore the increasingly significant role that communication technologies play in deciding the weave and warp of the fabric of a nation.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-03-01,Hal H. Hargreaves,Nameless God,Hardback,978-1-4438-2707-2,39.99,"Names play pivotal roles in unlocking early Christianity and are interpreted to reveal diverse theological positions. Just how much influence those names wielded cannot be overstated. It triggers this author to suggest the option of a nameless god. The book can be a primer for the person interested in objective observations and willing to consider plausible implications—over orthodoxy. Candor and tough decisions dominate this effort. A fresh view of agnostic thought emerges that is positive and helpful.

","“By far the most comprehensive and penetrating study of the many, sometimes contradictory, depictions of Jesus. Hargreaves assiduously combs the literature, providing penetrating insights into theology, ethnic values and the very course of Christianity. I know of no other work to match it. To discover the meaning of the book’s title, you'll have to read it.”
—Charles Y. Glock, Professor Emeritus, University of California Berkeley; former President, Society for the Scientific Study of Religion; co-author of Religion and Society in Tension and Christian Beliefs and Anti-Semitism

“A philosopher goes on a quest for the Jesus of the early Christians. In this intensive and insightful study of the names given to Jesus in early Christian writings, both canonical and non-canonical, two common characteristics are identified—wide diversity and a drive toward deification. A must-read for all interested in Christian beginnings.”
—Charles P. Anderson, Associate Professor Emeritus, University of British Columbia

“In an era of religious skepticism, Nameless God is a timely contribution. Students of the New Testament, whether evangelical or ‘mainline’ will find this a beautifully written ‘catch-up’ book for those who haven’t seriously studied the New Testament since seminary. This reverent agnostic’s deep faith illuminates the latest evidence uncontaminated by Christian triumphalism in our new globalized world.”
—Stanley Thomas, Affiliate Professor of Religious Studies, University of Idaho (retired)

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-03-01,David Hernández de la Fuente,New Perspectives on Late Antiquity,Hardback,978-1-4438-2718-8,54.99,"Perhaps it is fully justified to think of Late Antiquity (3rd–7th centuries) as the first Renaissance of the Classical World. This period can be considered a fundamental landmark for the transmission of the Classical Legacy and the transition between the ancient and the medieval individual. During Late Antiquity the Classical Education or enkyklios paideia of Hellenism was linked definitively to the Judeo-Christian and Germanic elements that have modelled the Western World.

The present volume combines diverse interests and methodologies with a single purpose—unity and diversity, as a Neo-Platonic motto—providing an overall picture of the new means of researching Late Antiquity. This collective endeavour, stemming from the 2009 1st International Congress on Late Antiquity in Segovia (Spain), focuses not only on the analysis of new materials and latest findings, but rather puts together different perspectives offering a scientific update and a dialogue between several disciplines.

New Perspectives on Late Antiquity contains two main sections—1. Ancient History and Archaeology, and 2. Philosophy and Classical Studies—including both overview papers and case studies. Among the contributors to this volume are some of the most relevant scholars in their fields, including P. Brown, J. Alvar, P. Barceló, C. Codoñer, F. Fronterotta, D. Gigli, F. Lisi and R. Sanz.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-04-01,Pauline Schnapper,British Political Parties and National Identity: A Changing Discourse 1997-2010,Hardback,978-1-4438-2727-0,34.99,"This study is about party political discourses on national identity in Britain under the New Labour governments (1997–2010). Britishness has become a major theme in the British political debate since the end of the second world war, and even more so since the early 1990s, either directly or through discussions of specific issues like immigration, Europe or devolution to Scotland and Wales. Numerous political leaders have publicly worried about the weakness of the common citizenship in the UK and the threat to the survival of Britishness, which has been the only common thread in competing discourses between and within parties. The book examines the four issues which have embodied the different aspects of the debate about national identity in the UK, namely devolution, multiculturalism, European integration and globalisation. It shows that the polarised discourses (especially between the Conservatives and Labour) of the 1990s have given way to a relative rapprochement on these issues, with the notable exception of the European Union, where a real cleavage, in rethoric if not in policy, remains between and sometimes within British political parties.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-04-01,Nicole Nyffenegger and Katrin Rupp,Fleshly Things and Spiritual Matters: Studies on the Medieval Body in Honour of Margaret Bridges,Hardback,978-1-4438-2739-3,39.99,"This book offers fresh insights into the plethora of medieval bodies and the multiple perspectives that can be assumed in their discussion. The ten essays by internationally renowned scholars and young academics encompass diverse approaches to the body such as the function of gestures, the gendered gaze, the body’s spatial and geographical positioning, the (dis)integrity of the body or the connection between linguistic uses of ‘body’ and physical bodies. While most of the contributions of this collection are in the field of medieval English literature, they underline the value of interdisciplinary approaches which connect them with neighbouring disciplines such as modern literature and arts, history, theology and gender studies.

Contributors: Katharina Berger-Meister, Guillemette Bolens, Leslie Dunton-Downer, Laurie Finke, Angelina Keller, Andy Kelly, Fabienne Michelet, R. Allen Shoaf, Lotta Sigurdsson, and Paul Taylor.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-04-01,"James E. Kitchen, Alisa Miller and Laura Rowe ","Other Combatants, Other Fronts: Competing Histories of the First World War",Hardback,978-1-4438-2737-9,44.99,"The First World War is a subject that has fascinated the public as well as the academic community since the close of hostilities in 1918. Over the past thirty years in particular, the historiography associated with the conflict has expanded considerably to include studies whose emphases range between the economic, social, cultural, literary, and imperial aspects of the war, all coinciding with revisions to perceptions of its military context. Nevertheless, much of the discussion of the First World War remains confined to the experiences of a narrow collection of European armies on the battlefields of Northern France and Belgium.

This volume seeks to push the focus away from the Western Front and to draw out the multi-spectral nature of the conflict, examining forgotten theatres and neglected experiences. The chapters explore the question of what ‘total war’ meant for the lives of people around the world implicated in this momentous event, broadening current debates on the First World War as well as developing, reinforcing, and refining the existing categories of analysis. The chapters are grouped into sections that reflect neglected elements of the transnational interpretation of the conflict and aspects of the total war debate. These encompass alternative forms of mobilisation, issues of neutrality, ideas of racial identity, and the scope of violence. The volume thus not only expands First World War studies but also contributes to the wider discourse on the shifting nature of warfare in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

With chapters by leading scholars and early career researchers, this volume draws on a diverse range of original archival research undertaken across disciplinary and national boundaries. The contributions to the volume provide an analysis of the conflict that draws out its full breadth and complexity. The First World War demonstrated the critically important relationship between national mobilisation and total war, and saw multiple mobilisations and re-mobilisations of European populations. This theme is explored at the national, regional, and local levels through examinations of the Sicilian province of Catania, the role of science in France and Britain, and the utilisation of the narrative of maritime heroism surrounding the British sailor Jack Cornwell. For Europe’s neutrals the First World War was often as total in its effects as for those states engaged in military operations. Chapters analyse the diverse range of these experiences of neutrality, from the economy and people of the Netherlands to the attitudes of Switzerland’s intellectuals. Racial interpretations of modern conflict have defined much of the historiography of total war. The complexities of racial analysis with respect to total war are highlighted in chapters dealing with white colonial internees in German East Africa, the treatment of prisoners of war in Europe, and the recruitment of India’s ‘primitive’ peoples for service in labour units. The final section of the volume considers the scale and broad scope of the violence unleashed during the First World War. Chapters on the continuation of German naval war culture after the conflict, the shaping of personal narratives of the war in the Ottoman Empire, and anti-alien violence among veterans in Canada serve to reinforce the extent to which the conflict affected wider aspects of twentieth-century history around the globe.

Other Combatants, Other Fronts sheds light on the diverse experiences of neutral and belligerent states, and their combatants and civilians, during the tumultuous events of 1914-18. This brings to the fore the extent to which the mechanisms of conflict developed during the struggle had a truly global reach, and the impact this has had ever since in defining modern conflict. The collection reinforces the notion that although the First World War was a vast and often bewildering industrial conflict, it was ultimately a very human phenomenon.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-04-01,Fernando Collantes and Vicente Pinilla,Peaceful Surrender: The Depopulation of Rural Spain in the Twentieth Century,Hardback,978-1-4438-2838-3,39.99,"Migration to the cities had been a part of European rural life long before the start of modern industrialisation and urbanisation. In the era of modern development, however, rural-urban migration intensified in an unprecedented way and many rural communities depopulated. While during the pre-industrial period migration had contributed to the economic and social reproduction of rural communities, it now challenged the continuity of the rural lifestyle. This book analyses the topic for the case of Spain, which in the twentieth century experienced one of the most intense processes of rural depopulation in modern Europe. The interaction between Spanish industrialisation and rural migration, the demographic implications of agrarian change, the obstacles to the development of rural non-farm activities, the rural problems of access to infrastructures and services, the role of public policy, and the consequences of depopulation for the rural community are the central elements of this study, which inserts the Spanish case within its European context. Distanced from both the anti-modern stance that idealises paradise lost and the Panglossian mood that welcomes anything that came with modernisation, the book explains how the adaptive strategies put into practice by rural populations led to a “peaceful surrender” of traditional rural society.
","“This is a superbly researched book on an important subject. Almost everywhere industrialization was accompanied by revolutionary demographic transformations that eventually led to a massive depopulation of the countryside. Collantes and Pinilla’s analyses of the causes and consequences of this transformation in Spain are motivated by broader questions of economic development and informed by a rich interdisciplinary literature. Their comparative perspective offers new insights into the rural-urban transitions that occurred across Europe.”
—Alan L. Olmstead, Distinguished Research Professor, University of California at Davis, USA; Author of Creating Abundance: Biological Innovation and American Agricultural Development (Cambridge, 2008)

“Rural depopulation has been one of the most important changes in the history of 20th century. This is the first comprehensive analysis of this process and of its determinants in Spain and Europe and thus it fills a glaring gap in our knowledge of social transformation.”
—Giovanni Federico, Professor of Economic History at the University of Pisa and Senior Research fellow at the European University Institute, Florence, Italy; Author of Feeding the World. An Economic History of Agriculture, 1800-2000 (Princeton, 2005)

“The book by Fernando Collantes and Vicente Pinilla shifts the perspective from which historians generally look at the economic evolution of the countryside. With a perfectly controlled bibliography and a solid statistical base, the book aims at tracking and understanding the demographic decline of rural Spain during the twentieth century. In doing so, it radically innovates with respect to the classical practices of historians. The book does not confine itself to examining the fortunes of agriculture and farmers—it considers rural society as a whole, including those activities and populations outside the agricultural sector. This allows the book to capture a reality that exceeds by far the agricultural variables often emphasised by historians.

In order to analyse, explain and explore the consequences of initially slow but eventually accelerated rural-urban migration, Fernando Collantes and Vicente Pinilla venture into a time period that historians generally look at with fear and respect but carefully avoid to investigate: the twentieth century and, specifically, the second half of the century, the period post-1950. This way they are able to show that the pace of industrialisation and urbanisation, together with the policies implemented by governments, may have been crucial for the emptying of the countryside. They deal with the consequences of this process of rural decline. While the departure from the countryside may have been a painful experience (albeit not a tragic one, as stressed by the book title), it largely contributed to triggering the Spanish process of economic development and improving the standard of living of populations, including those who remained on the countryside.

This book rightly calls for European comparisons. This is an important book that provides keys to understanding today’s society and economy.”
—Gérard Béaur, Directeur de Recherches CNRS & Directeur d’Études EHESS, Centre de Recherches Historiques, Paris, France; President of the Programme for the Study of European Rural Societies  (Cost Action A-35, European Science Foundation, 2005-2009)

“Peaceful Surrender by Fernando Collantes and Vicente Pinilla is a welcome addition to the literature on rural populations in Contemporary Europe. Written with a fluid and accessible style, this book tracks the decline of rural Spain over the past half century with a keen emphasis on the demographic dimensions of the decline and its economic contexts. In their study, the enormous importance of the 1960s emerges in a striking fashion as does the irony of a half century of rural depopulation at a time when economic recession is taking a huge toll on Spain and it is increasingly apparent that agricultural production is the single area where Spain has continues to have a distinct advantage. It is certainly a book well worth reading.”
—David Reher, Professor of Demography at the University Complutense of Madrid, Spain; Author of Perspectives on the Family in Spain. Past and Present (Oxford, 1999)
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-04-01,Nicholas Brownlees,The Language of Periodical News in Seventeenth-Century England,Hardback,978-1-4438-2855-0,39.99,"This volume follows the beginnings and development of seventeenth-century English periodical print news and sees how contemporary news writers shaped their news discourse over the decades. Interdisciplinary in its approach, the volume analyses the different strategies employed by news writers of the day as they determined how best to present and write up both foreign and domestic events for a news-obsessed English readership.

In his examination of the language used in corantos, newsbooks and gazettes—the first forms of periodical news in the English press—Nicholas Brownlees provides innovative analyses regarding a rich variety of topics including: the role of translation in early periodical news; the language of hard news in corantos and news pamphlets; forms and styles of epistolary news; fluctuating editorial strategies used to address and involve the reader; text structure and prototypical headlines; English news discourse within a wider European news context; the language of propaganda in the English Civil War; periodicity and the reporting of the Tuscan crisis in 1653; the language of ‘Advertisements’ in The London Gazette; the changing fortunes and semantics of News, Intelligence and Advice.

In its focus on how news writers worked and experimented with seventeenth-century English language structures and discourse conventions to forge a style of news rhetoric that could inform, persuade and even entertain, this volume is essential reading for all historians, news analysts and historical linguists working in the early modern period.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-05-01,Sylvia M. DeSantis,Academic Apartheid: Waging the Adjunct War,Hardback,978-1-4438-2859-8,34.99,"In response to institutionalized oppression, professional disregard, and overt lack of agency, a silent majority speaks out. Academic Apartheid: Waging the Adjunct War responds to the pervasive “adjunct for hire” trend with a collection of poignant international essays covering a wide depth and breadth of experience (overseas, online, small private colleges, large state institutions) while uncovering the challenges implicit with living and working as an academic on the borders of the ivory tower. Because colleges and universities have continually increased their adjunct workforce over the last decade, turning a once-trend into an explosive and exploitive standard practice in higher education, adjunct employment practices often occur outside the boundaries of professionalism; too commonly are academics hired into teaching positions without the benefits of job security, adequate wages, health benefits, or even minimal professional resources, such as office space, a desk, or even use of a copier. What does this mean for the climate in higher education? Determined to address the ramifications of this shift, Academic Apartheid  documents the agency and experiences of adjuncts always already subsumed by this classist shift. 



","""Many colleges and universities in the United States have increasingly been making ends meet by exploiting low cost labor. These underpaid and overworked employees do not toil in campus kitchens, dorms, or on the grounds; rather their workplace is the classroom. Administrators in higher education have, for years, been taking advantage of a slack labor market for college faculty to cut costs. Academic Apartheid shines a light on the victims of this exploitation—adjunct instructors—and makes the case that this important part of the academy should be viewed as the asset they are and be treated with the respect and dignity they merit.""


- Dr. Paul F. Clark, Head, Dept. of Labor Studies and Employment Relations, Penn State University 

‘The book makes an important contribution to a growing body of international evidence which challenges the general public’s widely held views that universities are ivory towers containing highly paid, securely employed, and privileged workforce.’
--Robyn May, Griffith University, Brisbane, Australia

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-05-01,Marianna D’Ezio,"Claudine Alexandrine Guérin de Tencin, The History of the Count de Comminge, translated by Charlotte Lennox
",Paperback,978-1-4438-2868-0,29.99,"In 1756 Charlotte Lennox, already a celebrated novelist—she had just published her most renowned work, The Female Quixote, a year before—translated from the original French one of the most successful novels written by Madame Claudine Gérin, the marquise de Tencin, Mémoires du comte de Comminge (1735). At the time, Madame de Tencin was a controversial public figure, an intellectual woman and one of the most distinguished salonnières in eighteenth-century France. Although Tencin’s name as the authoress of the novel was kept secret until after her death, notwithstanding the outstanding success of her Mémoires, Charlotte Lennox knew that the novel had been penned by a woman and decided to translate it and later serialize it in her feminist magazine The Lady’s Museum, a periodical wholly devoted to women’s literary and cultural education. Lennox’s translation of Tencin’s short novel is here reprinted for the first time after two centuries with critical notes and an introduction, in an edition that takes into account a close comparison between Lennox’s translation and Madame de Tencin’s original French version, and analyses all the variations and addenda that appeared in Lennox’s own version of The History of the Count de Comminge.


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-05-01,Amar Wahab and Cecily Jones,Free at Last? Reflections on Freedom and the Abolition of the British Transatlantic Slave Trade,Hardback,978-1-4438-2870-3,34.99,"The global commemorative events of 2007 that marked the bicentennial anniversary of the parliamentary abolition of the African slave trade provided opportunity for widespread discussion between politicians, community groups, museums and heritage organisations, the clergy, and scholars, as to the meanings of colonial and post-colonial freedom. As was evident from the tensions emerging from those debates, the subject of the transatlantic slave trade and slavery remains highly charged, as does the extent to which its legacy of racism, predicated on theoretical assumptions of European cultural, social, political and economic superiority, continues to maintain and reproduce complex systems of inequalities between peoples and societies. Free at Last? is an edited collection of interdisciplinary perspectives that critically reflects on the struggles of enslaved peoples and anti-slavery activists to effect the abolition of the British slave trade, as well as the post-abolition global legacies of those diverse struggles for equality. The chapters bring together multiple narratives and discourses about the British abolition to reflect critically and comparatively on: the boundaries between slavery and freedom; the contestations and championing of freedom; and the legacies of slavery and abolition in the contemporary context.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-05-01,Nevio Cristante,Machiavellis Revivus: Slashing a Sword on the Western Classical Tradition,Hardback,978-1-4438-2892-5,39.99,"From an intensive academic study based primarily on Machiavelli’s works, critical arguments arise in this text that undermine not only the current-day political mind-set, framework, and practices, but also the views established academically, up to the point where the “body politic” formed by the Western classical tradition is dissipated and dispersed. Comprised in a contrary unconventional manner similar to Machiavelli, the basic essential factors of history, religion, power, and authority were formulated as the four main chapters in this work by Nevio Cristante. From it, one can readily see the flaws today in the false praise in nostalgic historical hubris, the forgetting of a brand of religion that is essential for healthy politics, the overlooking of coercive forces that reduce politics to power, and the loss of true authority. In this book, Cristante comprises Machiavelli as a virtuous, unprecedented, “extreme humanist,” in stark contrast to the common incessant interpretations of him being a “teacher of evil,” a “diabolical,” “soulless” political advisor. A subversive satirical interpretation of The Prince has been formed herein, extending from the generated knowledge of history and the history of Machiavelli’s own experience. From the vivacious and unraveling Italian Renaissance, a cogent force prompted Machiavelli to create his literary works in order to form an educational cure for the deteriorating human condition, of his time, and any time. There is in Machiavelli, a differing sense of newness from that which is commonly known today, which circumvents its worth in this distinct educative interpretation. Machiavelli goes back in time in order to produce lessons applicable to correct the shortages in his, and every, present-day. With a divergent view of the works of art and literature outlined in this analysis, Machiavelli’s education becomes revived today in creating a virtuous political, spiritual, and cultural dynamism as a battle-cry to repel the ignorance and great misfortunes in our human condition.
","“In this book, Dr. Cristante argues that contemporary times that we are witnessing correspond to one of crisis and chaos. This crisis is largely due to the modern ‘faith’ in reason and the associated belief in the progress in history. However, the events of the 20th and the 21st centuries so far have shown the falsity of these modern assumptions. Thus, we witness the end of modernity. We are at the threshold of a new age the particulars of which are yet unknown. At this critical point, Dr. Cristante persuasively asserts that we can turn to Machiavelli to get inspiration to cope with uncertainties of this new era. Accordingly, Machiavelli lived and contemplated through a similar transitional period, namely, between the medieval and the modern times. As Dr. Cristante indicates, Machiavelli elaborated his views around four themes: history, religion, power and authority. Dr. Cristante powerfully argues that a careful examination of Machiavelli’s thought provides many insights as to the nature of the conflicts and their possible resolutions in our contemporary world as well. As one of the prominent founders of political science, Machiavelli is indispensable to understanding the recurring problems of humanity. Congratulations to Dr. Cristante for having produced such a thought-provoking and enlightening work.”
—Bican Şahin, Assoc. Prof. of Political Science at Hacettepe University, Ankara, Turkey, and the President of Association for Liberal Thinking, Turkey. He is the author of Toleration: The Liberal Virtue (Lexington Books, 2010).

“Being his colleague and friend for a number of years, I must state with confidence that Professor Cristante has displayed academic success in a wide range of academic fields, combining politics, history, literature, and philosophy together in making a productive educational direction. He also has creatively assimilated the experiences of living through various cultural, political, and religious spectrums. Having been present in many of his presentations at various conferences, I can state, with admiration, that his remarkable argumentations, his command of the intricacies of various critical theories he uses, and his eloquence, have always impressed the academic community. His presentation, for example, in Turkey's first international conference on Ecocriticism that I have organized with three other colleagues in 2009 (‘The Future of Ecocriticism: New Horizons’) was highly appreciated and sparked off lively debates.  He uses these diverse experiences to educate fruitfully on the nature of the human condition for the present-day. Professor Cristante has attributed these merits onto his interpretation of Machiavelli, one that is unique and original, invoking a new and relevant understanding of Machiavelli by clarifying a lot of confusion for his proper reading.”
—Prof. Dr. Serpil Oppermann, English Language and Literature, Dept,, Faculty of Letters, Hacettepe University, Ankara, Turkey.

“In this book, Prof. Cristante provides a convincing interpretation of Machiavelli. Re-visiting the primary texts,  Cristante questions the validity of many commonplace readings. From the first chapter on ‘History’, with its intricate understanding of the cyclical and exemplary, readers will see the instrumental value Machiavelli's works have for the present day historian. Subsequent chapters on ‘Religion’ and ‘Power’ present persuasive re-considerations of Machiavelli's thoughts on secular life, religious faith and their connection to the sanctity of the natural world. Moreover, Cristante's chapter on ‘Authority’ discloses a crucial element in Machiavelli's political theory that is too often neglected by readings—especially of the famous and/or infamous text, Il Principe -- which reduce all the nuances of this work to the workings of power politics. Prof. Cristante provides a true revival of the significance of Machiavelli's work for the present day.”
—Prof. Herminio Teixiera, Political Science Department, Nipissing University, North Bay Ontario,Canada
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-05-01,Janet T. Marquardt and Alyce A. Jordan,Medieval Art and Architecture after the Middle Ages,Paperback,978-1-4438-2888-8,19.99,"Medieval Art and Architecture after the Middle Ages explores the endurance of and nostalgia for medieval monuments through their reception in later periods, specifically illuminating the myriad ways in which tangible and imaginary artifacts of the Middle Ages have served to articulate contemporary aspirations and anxieties. The essays in this interdisciplinary collection examine the afterlife of medieval works through their preservation, restoration, appropriation, and commodification in America, Great Britain, and across Europe from the sixteenth to the twentieth century. From the evocation of metaphors and tropes, to monumental projects of restoration and recreation—medieval visual culture has had a tremendous purchase in the construction of political, religious, and cultural practices of the Modern era. The authors assembled here engage a diverse spectrum of works, from Irish ruins and a former Florentine prison to French churches and American department stores, and an equally diverse array of media ranging from architecture and manuscripts to embroidery, monumental sculpture, and metalwork. With applications not only to the study of art and architecture, but also encompassing such varied fields as commerce, city planning, education, literature, collecting and exhibition design, this copiously illustrated anthology comprises a significant contribution to the study of medieval art and medievalism. 
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-05-01,Sophie Oosterwijk and Stefanie Knöll,Mixed Metaphors: The Danse Macabre in Medieval and Early Modern Europe,Hardback,978-1-4438-2900-7,59.99,"This groundbreaking collection of essays by a host of international authorities addresses the many aspects of the Danse Macabre, a subject that has been too often overlooked in Anglo-American scholarship. The Danse was once a major motif that occurred in many different media and spread across Europe in the course of the fifteenth century, from France to England, Germany, Scandinavia, Poland, Spain, Italy and Istria. Yet the Danse is hard to define because it mixes metaphors, such as dance, dialogue and violence.

The Danse Macabre aimed to confront viewers and readers with the prospect of their own demise by showing how Death summons each and every one of us—whether high or low, young or old, rich or poor. It functioned both as a text and as a visual theme, and often in combination, while also lending itself well to performance. Now best known through the satirical woodcuts of Hans Holbein the Younger, the motif was one of several ‘macabre’ themes that developed alongside the moralising tale of the Three Living and the Three Dead and the stark depiction of the cadaver on tomb monuments.

The Danse Macabre was influenced by earlier themes, but thanks to its versatility its own impact went much further. As this corpus of innovative research will show, the Danse inspired sculptors, portrait artists, authors and dramatists such as Shakespeare far more than has been recognised until now. From the mural in 1420s Paris and John Lydgate’s poem to the subsequent dissemination in print, Mixed Metaphors will reveal the lasting influence of the Danse on European culture from the Middle Ages to the present day.


",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-05-01,John-Henry Harter,"New Social Movements, Class, and the Environment: A Case Study of Greenpeace Canada",Hardback,978-1-4438-2863-5,29.99,"New Social Movements, Class, and the Environment explores the history of Greenpeace Canada from 1971 to 2010 and its relationship to the working class. In order to understand the ideology behind Greenpeace, the author investigates its structure, personnel, and actions. The case study illustrates important contradictions between new social movement theory and practice and how those contradictions affect the working class. In particular, Greenpeace’s actions against the seal hunt, against forestry in British Columbia, and against its own workers in Toronto, demonstrate some of the historic obstacles to working out a common labour and environmental agenda.

The 1970s saw an explosion of new social movement activism. From the break up of the New Left into single issue groups at the end of the 1960s came a multitude of groups representing the peace movement, environmental movement, student movement, women’s movement, and gay liberation movement. This explosion of new social movement activism has been heralded as the age of new radical politics. Many theorists and activists saw, and still see, new social movements, and the issues, or identities they represent, as replacing the working class as an agent for progressive social change. This paper examines these claims through a case study of the quintessential new social movement, Greenpeace.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-05-01,Zouheir Jamoussi,Primogeniture and Entail in England: A Survey of Their History and Representation in Literature,Hardback,978-1-4438-2864-2,39.99,"This book examines the history and literary representation of one of the most idiosyncratic aspects of English socio-economic history, namely primogeniture as a rule governing the succession to landed estates. This double approach roughly covers the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries. Although this inheritance custom usually made the elder son sole heir to the whole paternal estate, to the exclusion and sometimes the utter impoverishment of the other children, and was therefore denounced as unjust and against nature, it also had its unflinching supporters. Indeed there was enough weight in the socio-political arguments of the latter to explain why this custom continued to dominate English social life for so long. This fundamental contradiction was at the heart of an ideological debate in which the plight of younger sons and the relationship between the individual, the nuclear and patrilineal family were among the issues permanently discussed. Neither were these issues the only hotly debated primogeniture-related questions. Indeed there was not one major economic, social and political development throughout the period examined to which primogeniture and entail did not directly or indirectly relate. The survey of the ideological debate on primogeniture and entail undertaken here is, to our knowledge, unprecedented.

Moreover, primogeniture and entail were perceived by playwrights and novelists as a major cultural phenomenon and treated as such. The overview of their literary representation attempted here is, we believe, also unprecedented. As may be expected, emphasis throughout this book is laid on the interaction between history and literature.
","“This book will come as a pleasant surprise to those who have long pondered the influence of inheritance customs on English society. For some unexplained reason, English historians are rarely drawn to investigate them. The last considerable volume to be published in England on this score appeared over twenty years ago, in 1978 . . . and had a broader scope than England alone. So this book is special, and in more ways than one. [The author] brings a fresh eye to the scene from a different cultural tradition.”
—Joan Thirsk, Reader Emeritus in Economic History, Kellogg College, Oxford (Literature and History 10, 2 (2001): 98–99)

“The history of primogeniture and entail in England, to say nothing of Scotland, is, unsurprisingly, complicated. . . . It is to Zouheir Jamoussi’s credit that, while devoting almost half his book to describing and explaining this contorted history, he never allows these complexities to overburden what is his real concern, the cultural impact of primogeniture.”
—Allan Ingram, Professor of English Literature, University of Northumbria (British Journal for Eighteenth Century Studies 27, 1 (2004): 140–1)
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-05-01,Alison Holland and Barbara Brookes,Rethinking the Racial Moment: Essays on the Colonial Encounter,Hardback,978-1-4438-2862-8,39.99,"In recent years ‘race’ has fallen out of historiographical fashion, being eclipsed by seemingly more benign terms such as ‘culture,’ ‘ethnicity’ and ‘difference.’ This timely and highly readable collection of essays re-energises the debate by carefully focusing our attention on local articulations of race and their intersections with colonialism and its aftermath. In Rethinking the Racial Moment: Essays on the Colonial Encounter Alison Holland and Barbara Brookes have produced a collection of studies that shift our historical understanding of colonialism in significant new directions. Their generous and exciting brief will ensure that the book has immediate appeal for multiple readers engaged in critical theory, as well as those more specifically involved in Australian and New Zealand history. Collectively, they offer new and invigorating approaches to understanding colonialism and cultural encounters in history via the interpretive (not merely temporal) frame of ‘the moment.’

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-05-01,Carole M. Cusack,The Sacred Tree: Ancient and Medieval Manifestations,Hardback,978-1-4438-2857-4,34.99,"The fundamental nature of the tree as a symbol for many communities reflects the historical reality that human beings have always interacted with and depended upon trees for their survival. Trees provided one of the earliest forms of shelter, along with caves, and the bounty of trees, nuts, fruits, and berries, gave sustenance to gatherer-hunter populations. This study has concentrated on the tree as sacred and significant for a particular group of societies, living in the ancient and medieval eras in the geographical confines of Europe, and sharing a common Indo-European inheritance, but sacred trees are found throughout the world, in vastly different cultures and historical periods. Sacred trees feature in the religious frameworks of the Ghanaian Akan, Arctic Altaic shamanic communities, and in China and Japan. The power of the sacred tree as a symbol is derived from the fact that trees function as homologues of both human beings and of the cosmos.

This study concentrates the tree as axis mundi (hub or centre of the world) and the tree as imago mundi (picture of the world). The Greeks and Romans in the ancient world, and the Irish, Anglo-Saxons, continental Germans and Scandinavians in the medieval world, all understood the power of the tree, and its derivative the pillar, as markers of the centre. Sacred trees and pillars dotted their landscapes, and the territory around them derived its meaning from their presence. Unfamiliar or even hostile lands could be tamed and made meaningful by the erection of a monument that replicated the sacred centre. Such monuments also linked with boundaries, and by extension with law and order, custom and tradition. The sacred tree and pillar as centre symbolized the stability of the cosmos and of society.

When the Pagan peoples of Europe adopted Christianity, the sacred trees and pillars, visible signs of the presence of the gods in the landscape, were popular targets for axe-wielding saints and missionaries who desired to force the conversion of the landscape as well as the people. Yet Christianity had its own tree monument, the cross on which Jesus Christ was crucified, and which came to signify resurrected life and the conquest of eternal death for the devout. As European Pagans were converted to Christianity, their tree and pillar monuments were changed into Christian forms; the great standing crosses of Anglo-Saxon northern England played many of the same roles as Pagan sacred trees and pillars. Irish and Anglo-Saxons Christians often combined the image of the Tree of Life from the Garden of Eden with Christ on the cross, to produce a Christian version of the tree as imago mundi.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-06-01,Jephias Mapuva,Civil Society and the Trials and Tribulations of Zimbabwe’s Post-colonial Period: Is Citizen Participation Under Threat?,Hardback,978-1-4438-2938-0,39.99,"The book is a patchwork of both published articles and other pieces of literary works drawn from similar-minded proactive Zimbabweans. The book would be of interest to students of public administration as well as researchers within the fringes of political science and public policy studies. Human Rights and Civil Society as well as youth activists would benefit from the deliberations in the book as the book seeks to divulge the events and developments that have created the current state of affairs in Zimbabwe. Readers from other countries sharing similar history and even geopolitical positions as Zimbabwe can draw interest from the occurrences as they are divulged in the book.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-06-01,Alastair Wilcox,"Living in Liverpool: A Collection of Sources for Family, Local and Social Historians",Hardback,978-1-4438-2911-3,39.99,"Liverpool was a city whose seemingly boundless opportunities bred wealth for the ambitious few and an often precarious lifestyle for its toiling masses. But how far can we penetrate that lost world of working class life in Liverpool? Is it possible to recreate that bustling, noisy, active city? Fortunately, Liverpool’s working classes were being watched. Recording (often, it must be said, with horror) their lifestyles, were a mixture of social commentators. Chief amongst these was local journalist, Hugh Shimmin, and a fresh selection of his best writings is reprinted here. But the observations of others, such as the nationally famous George Sims and the locally renowned Dr Duncan, are to be found within this selection as well. The work of less well-known, but equally remarkable, writers and statisticians who recorded the habits, health, housing, wages and religious affiliations of Liverpool is also included in this collection of over forty key sources. The sources have been given an introduction to put them into a context which will enable their use for general interest and educational purposes by social, local and family historians.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-06-01,Gypsey Elaine Teague,Presentations of the 2010 Upstate Steampunk Extravaganza and Meetup,Hardback,978-1-4438-2940-3,34.99,"In November 2010, a small but growing group of Victorian Alternate Historians, often referred to as Steampunk, met for the first conference of its kind. There was music, fashion, merchants, and all the other trappings of the Victorian time period set in a venue of “what if.” What set this conference apart was the academic nature of the presentations. Utilizing the internet and scholarly publications, a call for papers was sent out and the response was impressive. Faculty, graduate students, specialists, and general interest writers wrote, prepared, and presented on a wide array of subject matters. This publication is the culmination of those presentations.

Before, during, and after the conference, Steampunk became a much debated and discussed subject on our list servers and emails. While some had no idea what Steampunk was and others had an idea that they thought was correct, there was no “one size fits all” definition to this new genre. It was at that point that a number of us that had been at the conference sat down and tried to describe the phenomenon. This is what we came up with:

Steampunk is a juxtaposition of science fiction, fantasy, and Victorian alternate history. Its roots are in the literature and architecture of the late 19th century while having its branches reach into the future. It is The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen, the music of Abney Park, the engineering of Nikola Tesla, and the aviation of helium and hot air. In the 1980s a subculture of science fiction found a foothold in literature and science fiction conventions. These “paths not taken” alternative histories gave the cyberpunk and Goth followers at the conventions a new path to follow. There were the works of H. G. Wells, the undersea submersible of Captain Nemo in Verne’s 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea, and the Victorian work of Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein to start with. Add to that the architecture of the Victorian age as a gentrification in many of the inner cities of America and England, and you have a breeding ground for something not quite realized but possibly attainable.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-06-01,Pragyan Rath,The “I” and the “Eye”: The Verbal and the Visual in Post-Renaissance Western Aesthetics,Hardback,978-1-4438-2924-3,44.99,"The paradigmatic moment of the opposition between the verbal and the visual arts may be seen in Lessing’s treatise on the Laocoön sculptural group, written in 1766; a moment that is identified within a historical framework of modern aesthetics that begins with Lessing, goes through Pater, and then culminates in Greenberg. The author delineates the opposition as a history of diffusions, displacements and idealist reparations of class division.

","“In The ‘I’ and the ‘Eye,’ Pragyan Rath provides a perceptive analysis of the shifting dialectics of the verbal and visual arts ignited by Lessing’s Laocoön. Rath’s linking of word/image theories to political economy is fine-tuned, and it illuminates the under acknowledged role of intermedial aesthetics in the shaping of cultural attitudes, such as the privileging of mental over manual labor. This is a well-conceived and well executed scholarly work, which will be welcomed by intermedial scholars and cultural historians alike.”
—Kathleen Lundeen, Professor of English, Western Washington University, Bellingham, WA, USA

“Clearly argued and well grounded, this ambitious study is particularly impressive both for its scope and for its ability to coordinate what might otherwise have been seen as “purely” aesthetic issues with the social and political circumstances that they reflect, and that give them their cultural force. Its focus is on the question of identity [relating to] the intersection of visual and verbal representation, but this question is pursued along historical and philosophical lines that disclose the deeper issues at stake.”
—Ernest B. Gilman, Professor of English, NYU Department of English, USA

“Pragyan Rath’s erudite critical examination of the dialogue that exists in the arts, history, and society between poetry and painting, the verbal and the visual, and between labors of the mind and the body is a tour de force of cultural knowledge. The author brings forth into contemporary aesthetics and cultural studies the discourse developed in Lessing’s Laocoön: An Essay on the limits of Painting and Poetry (1776). Lessing’s argument favoring the superiority of poetry over painting is subjected to critical examination and brought into the aesthetic debates of the Twentieth Century as initiated in the writings of the art critic Clement Greenberg and others. Taking the thesis a step further, the author’s analysis extends the discourse on this topic to contemporary Marxist cultural theory as in the writings of Raymond Williams and Terry Eagleton. This comprehensive study is a valuable contribution to contemporary aesthetics and critical theory.”
—Curtis L. Carter, Professor of Aesthetics, Marquette University, USA

“Dr Pragyan Rath’s work, The ‘I’ and the ‘Eye,’ which is a revised version of her doctoral dissertation done at the Indian Institute of Technology Bombay, is a historical exploration of the relationship between the verbal and visual art since the Enlightenment in Europe represented in its philosophical and aesthetic tension in Lessing’s work Laocoon: An Essay on the Limits of Painting and Poetry (1766), which inaugurated a long-drawn debate in the West between the social implications of this relationship based upon the hierarchization of aesthetic categories. By using Lessing’s valorization of the verbal over the visual as a take-off point Dr Rath has explored the intricate trajectory of this distinction to understand the nature of social ideologies that determined such dichotomies. She returns to the question of art as ‘Ut Pictura Poeisis’ celebrated in Horace to suggest the philosophical genesis of that tension. Through her readings of Walter Pater and Clement Greenberg, as representatives of the 19th and 20th centuries of art criticism respectively, she weaves her historical peregrination with critical references to Kant, Adorno, Benjamin, Peter Burger, W. J. T. Mitchell and many others. She tries to understand Lessing’s valorization of the verbal over the visual arts in terms of the 18th century’s privileging of the mind over senses. Through her thorough examination of the various art movements and criticism she tries to understand the reasons for the difficulty in maintaining such a distinction in the face of the ‘loss of cultural hierarchisation of a class in . . . mass commoditization.

“This is an excellent work and deserves publication as a book. I strongly recommend it for publication. You are welcome to use any portion of my comments for endorsement of the book.”
—Prafulla C. Kar, Director, Centre for Contemporary Theory, Baroda, Formerly Professor of English, The Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda, India

“This scholarly study examines the relative valuations made of poetry and painting from the late eighteenth century to the present. It combines aesthetic and social analysis which revolutionises our understanding of both. Pragyan Rath has done what few have achieved: re-written the history of art. A splendid work.”
—Prof. Gary Day, Department of English and Creative Writing, De Montfort University Leicester

“This is an ambitious project that explores some of the most difficult and enduring questions in modern aesthetics and political theory. Rath takes us on a journey that is very much alive to the special signature of an historical context and the way that context informs and cross-references all modes of production, including intellectual and art practices. With Gotthold Ephraim Lessing’s Laocoön as her departure point, we learn how word and image, poetry and painting, the verbal and the visual have been compared and evaluated over several centuries, their differences hierarchised and explained as the ‘natural’ limitations of the art genres themselves. Rath contests these seemingly innocent classifications by illuminating the political prejudice that informs them. Not only is there a valorisation of intellectual work over physical work in these arguments, but an insistence that these categories should not be confused.

“Rath follows the shifting genealogy of this way of thinking into the modern avant-garde movement and discovers a sustained attempt to dehistoricise value judgements so that they appear as universal truths. However the irony here, and it is a difficult one to grasp, is that these arguments tend to endure because they morph over time. Rath’s persistence in explaining how continuity can be maintained through apparent discontinuity is cleverly managed, and the implications of her insights have broad analytical application. In sum, this is an erudite and provocative argument about the cross-fertilisation of historical, economic, political and philosophical forces in all forms of cultural production, especially those that pretend to creative isolation.”
—Vicki Kirby, Associate Professor, Sociology and Anthropology School of Social Sciences and International Studies, The University of New South Wales, Sydney

“I have read this fine manuscript and consider it an original and very smart contribution to studies in aesthetics and the intersection of the verbal and visual arts. I am deeply impressed with the depth of research and the acuity of insight that Professor Rath brings to this discussion. This will be an influential study that will surely be referenced by generations of future scholars. I expect that The ‘I’ and the ‘Eye’ will find a home in many research libraries and scholarly collections across the globe. I am happy to recommend it with great enthusiasm.”
—Donald E. Hall, Jackson Distinguished Professor of English, Chair of the Department of English, West Virginia University
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-06-01,Robert L. Atenstaedt,The Medical Response to the Trench Diseases in World War One,Hardback,978-1-4438-2907-6,39.99,"This book focuses on the trench diseases—trench fever, trench nephritis and trench foot—and examines how doctors responded to them in the context of the Great War. It details the problems that they faced in tackling these conditions, “new” to military warfare.

After an introduction to the subject, the second chapter sketches the socio-economic and scientific context within which the response was mounted. The development of bacteriology, sanitation and medical research in the British Army is examined, as is the structure and role of the wartime RAMC, the main body involved in the response to the trench diseases. Divisions between medical practitioners concerning the aetiology of epidemic disease are also described. The third and fourth chapters present a detailed inquiry into how the diseases were defined, and how these definitions were used to counteract them. The effectiveness of the medical response is evaluated in the conclusion, which also examines the impact that the response to the trench diseases had on military-medical progress and medical specialisation.

An analysis of the medical response to the trench diseases reveals a conflict between clinicians holding views on disease causation along a spectrum—contagionists, contingent-contagionists and con-figurationists. Faced with their inability to treat the trench diseases effectively, the book argues that the extremely diverse initial interpretation of the trench diseases was replaced by a majority view that all three were a product of the trenches. This enabled an effective response to be mounted, using public health methods, reinforced by discipline, close surveillance, administrative organisation, and cooperation between military and medical branches, as well as within the Army Medical Service.


","“This book fills a large historiographical gap. Dr Atenstaedt shows why the trench diseases were considered important at the time and provides a lively account of the work done to elucidate them . . . it will become an important source for all those interested in the war on the Western Front.”
—Mark Harrison, Professor of the History of Medicine, Director of the Wellcome Unit for the History of Medicine, University of Oxford

""Although the grim horrors of the First World War are reknowned for the discovery of shell shock, in this pioneering and highly original study Robert Atenstaedt uncovers a range of other new frontline diseases. Trench fever, trench nephritis and trench foot fought for and won medical recognition. This compelling study shows how these new conditions were recognised by military medical doctors, what they meant for the men who endured them, and how they were treated and coped with. Overall, this study makes innovative use of medical sources to give vivid new insight into the actuality of conditions endured by soldiers in the trenches""
—Professor Paul Weindling: Wellcome Trust Research Professor


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-07-01,Evgenija Garbolevsky,The Conformists: Creativity and Decadence in the Bulgarian Cinema 1945-89,Hardback,978-1-4438-2970-0,39.99,"The complexities and paradoxes of the Bulgarian film industry during the era of Communist rule (1945–1989) are explored in The Conformists: Creativity and Decadence in the Bulgarian Cinema 1945–89. This influential industry was mobilized for the needs of the state. During its creation and development, cultural institutions and those involved in film production operated within a relatively closed system, based on rewards and punishments imposed by the Communist bureaucratic apparatus.

Sub-textual content in films produced in Bulgaria during this period highlights the attitude of the elite towards the regime. Understanding this multifaceted relationship helps explain why so many intellectuals found the film industry to be an attractive field in which to work, and decided to remain loyal to the regime instead of leaving or openly rebelling against it.

This work challenges the historiographical perception that the arts in the Eastern Bloc during the Cold War were largely unsuccessful vehicles of propaganda and dissent. By using a comparative methodological approach, the cinema arts in the East and West are shown following similar paths despite the “Iron Curtain.”
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-08-01,Andrew Scott Crines,Michael Foot and the Labour Leadership,Hardback,978-1-4438-3159-8,39.99,"Michael Foot’s political career can simplistically be characterised by cataclysmic failures within the period between 1979 and 1983, culminating in Labour’s substantial electoral defeat. Developments within political discourse have since sought to perpetuate this characterisation by utilising the defeat as a justification for the subsequent modernisations. However, this analysis does not entirely appreciate the significance of Foot’s leadership.

This book argues that far from being a disaster, Foot’s leadership in fact contributed to the survival of the Labour Party. Foot’s political education, political evolution, and experiences between him joining the Party in 1935 and the end of his ministerial career in 1979 enabled him to emerge as the unity candidate in opposition to the divisive potential of a Denis Healey or Tony Benn leadership.

Foot’s support base included moderate social democrats and moderate left-wing MP’s as well as centrists who opposed radicals from both sides. This subverts the orthodox assumption of Foot’s election being indicative of a sudden and simplistic left-wing domination after 1979.

This book will be of particular interest to those seeking to develop their knowledge of Michael Foot, the Labour Party and their ideological diversity.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-09-01,"Nur Bilge Criss, Selçuk Esenbel, Tony Greenwood and Louis Mazzari","American Turkish Encounters: Politics and Culture, 1830-1989",Hardback,978-1-4438-3205-2,49.99,"Turkey and the United States have been critically important to each other since the beginning of the Cold War. The history of Turkish-American relations includes not only strategic, but also political, social, cultural and intellectual dimensions. While critical to understanding Turkish-American relations, these dimensions rarely surface in today’s discourse, which reduces bilateral relations to issues currently being contested. In reality, the encounter between East and West embodied in Turkish-American interactions ranges from the official and diplomatic, to unofficial and informal exchanges at the social and individual level; while often compatible and friendly, such interactions occasionally have been less so. Authors from both countries developed a variety of perspectives on their interactions through original research that will enable both specialists and general readers to appreciate its many facets.

Most scholarly works on the two nations have been limited to the analysis of US-Turkish relations in the context of Cold War politics. The editors intend that this volume will begin to fill a serious gap and encourage others to study American-Turkish relations from as many aspects as possible. This book shows that when seen in a historical framework, the American Turkish encounter took place beyond the level of formal political and military ties during the Cold War period and has enduringly interacted at the level of educational, social, and cultural realms.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-09-01,Peter J. Atkins,Animated Cities: Urban Historical Insights into Human-Animal Interaction,Hardback,978-1-4438-3180-2,44.99,"The idea for this book was first discussed at the 8th International Conference on Urban History organised by the European Urban History Association in Stockholm in 2006. Three of the chapters started as papers there in a session entitled ‘Animals in the City’ and five others are by participants.

Animated Cities is a book that builds upon a recent surge of interest among historians about animals in the urban context. It follows a four-fold agenda. First, the opening chapters look at working and productive animals that lived and died in nineteenth-century cities such as London, Edinburgh and Paris. The purpose overall is to argue that their presence yields insights into evolving contemporary understandings of the category “urban” and what made a good city. A discussion of the recycling of animal manure and body parts forms one context for this, with commentaries about the purification of the urban environment and the problems associated with diseased meat. Second, there is a consideration of nineteenth-century animal spectacles, which influenced contemporary interpretations of the urban experience, using London Zoo as an example. Third, the theme of contested animal spaces in the city is explored further with regard to back-yard chickens in suburban Australia in the period 1890-1990. In one Melbourne suburb in the late nineteenth century as many as two-thirds of households kept these ‘chooks’ but later this proportion fell steadily under the pressure of regulation and social change. Finally, there is a chapter on dog-walking in Victorian and Edwardian London. This throws light of the problem of the public companion animal and its role in changing attitudes to public space. 

Animated Cities makes an important contribution to animal studies. It will be of interest to urban historians, historical geographers, social and economic historians, cultural historians, and historians of policy and planning. The considerability of animals in urban settings is now firmly established and here were have a number of valuable case studies that illustrate some of the perspectives that may be adopted.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-09-01,Martin Cooper,Brazilian Railway Culture,Hardback,978-1-4438-3191-8,44.99,"Brazilian Railway Culture examines the cultural relationship Brazil has had with its railways since tracks were first laid by British, American and French engineers in the nineteenth century.

‘Railway’ and ‘Brazil’ are words not often found in the same sentence. Yet each year over seven hundred million passengers are carried by train in the major urban centres, and tens of thousands of visitors enjoy heritage steam rides at over a dozen restored lines and museums.

Brazilian Railway Culture starts from the premise that Brazilian society and culture is not just samba, football and sex. The book takes a journey through Brazilian cultural output from 1865 to the present day, examining novels, poetry, music, art, film and television, as well as autobiographies, written histories, and museums to uncover ways in which the railway has been represented.

This interdisciplinary study engages with theories of informal empire and postcolonialism, Latin American studies, cultural studies, film and television studies, literary criticism, art history and criticism, museum and heritage studies, as well as railway studies.

This is a supplementary text for use by students on both undergraduate and postgraduate courses. It will also be of interest to academics, researchers, and railway historians across a range of disciplines.

","“Melding cultural history with an incisive analysis of how today's public engages with railway museums and tourist lines, Martin Cooper takes the study of Brazil's iron roads in new directions. This book is essential reading for anyone interested in how South Americans culturally appropriated a key technology of European imperialism.”
– Prof. Colin Divall, Head of the Institute of Railway Studies & Transport History, run jointly by the University of York and the National Railway Museum, York

“This work carefully analyses the social and cultural impact of the railway on Brazil, moving beyond the familiar tropes of football and carnival. The book is an innovative and wide-ranging study of the many ways in which the railway has worked its way into and helped form the Brazilian imagination. It provides new and exciting perspectives both on Brazilian culture and on the changing role of railways in moulding modernity in different cultures.”
– Dr. Robert Howes, Research Associate in the Department of Spanish, Portuguese and Latin American Studies, King’s College, London
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-09-01,W. Creighton Peden,"Christian Pragmatism: An Intellectual Biography of Edward Scribner Ames, 1870-1958",Hardback,978-1-4438-3198-7,39.99,"Edward Scribner Ames (1870–1958) was raised in the American Midwest as his family moved westward after the Civil War. His father was a minister in the Disciples of Christ, which was later changed to the Christian Church. In between serving several small churches in the Iowa area, his father did various odd jobs. Young Ames joined the Church one Sunday when his father was preaching, and was baptized in the river that afternoon. Ames was able to attend Drake College in Des Moines, Iowa, and did a post-graduate year here. He then went to Yale University’s Divinity School, where he was placed in the senior class because of his previous studies. Following the BD, he spent two years toward a PhD at Yale. In 1894, Dr William R. Harper, whom Ames had known at Yale, was the new president of the new University of Chicago. Harper arranged for a fellowship for Ames to complete his dissertation and become the first PhD student under the departmental leadership of John Dewey. Ames taught the next three years at Butler College, a Disciples institution. He then returned to Chicago to become minister of a very small Disciples Church located near the center of the University. Soon after his return as a minister, Dewey offered him part time teaching in the philosophy department. As the years went by Ames taught more until he carried a full teaching load, ministered to the people of his Church, raised money to build the Disciples Divinity House at the University of Chicago, served as Dean of the DDH, and retired as Chairman of the philosophy department. He continued serving as minister to his Church for five more years. Ames taught for thirty five years at the University of Chicago and served in his final ministry for forty years.

Ames would have nothing to do with theology, which he considered to be a process of looking for a black cat in a dark room that is not there. Being strongly influenced by William James, Ames published Psychology of Religious Experience in 1910, in which he presents a pragmatic view of religious experiences from the perspective of the modern science of his day. If there is a God, this God must be immanent in nature. Humans are relational animals who have evolved like other animals. In considering Christianity, Ames begins with Jesus and seeks a God as good as Jesus. For Ames, Jesus’ greatness is to be found in his ethical and spiritual teachings. God is the total living process, which encompasses our intelligence and conduct. This God is not supernatural but wholly natural.

Ames was a prolific writer. In order to expose the development of his thought, this volume presents his ideas historically by considering his major writings as well as journal articles, which addressed issues not completely considered in other writings. The companion volume, Edward Scribner Ames’ Unpublished Manuscripts, contains important lectures as he relates his pragmatism to John Dewey and other pragmatic thinkers, as well as attempting to lead Disciples’ ministers to expand their thought.
","“One of the central classical pragmatists is finally receiving his rightful attention. Ames was not only a creative philosopher alongside Dewey and Mead at Chicago, but he also was a psychologist and sociologist of religion who understood the religious life intimately. An amazing life indeed! He tireless did it all -- as a university professor, minister of the University Church of Disciples of Christ, founder of the Disciples of Christ's Campbell Institute, and long-time dean of the Disciples Divinity House. Ames was a powerful humanistic voice in the liberal religious world of his day. This volume's superb collection of Ames's most significant and vibrant writings eloquently and persuasively speak to the needs of our own times today.”
—John R. Shook, author of The Companion to Pragmatism, professor at University at Buffalo

“Scholars affiliated with the University of Chicago in the early 20th century played major roles in developing empirical, pragmatic theologies that could hold their own in academic circles. Edward Scribner Ames was a star among those stars. Creighton Peden once again enriches our knowledge of this current of religious modernity. Accompanying his intellectual biography of Ames comes this publication of all of Ames’ unpublished manuscripts. These tools will not only serve future historians but they just might convince more theologians to keep alive this daring form of Christian survival.”
—Robert B. Tapp, Professor Emeritus of Humanities, Religious Studies, and South Asian Studies, University of Minnesota and Dean & Faculty Chair Emeritus, The Humanist Institute, New York City
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-09-01,"Marialuisa Bignami, Francesca Orestano and Alessandro Vescovi",History and Narration: Looking Back from the Twentieth Century ,Hardback,978-1-4438-3163-5,39.99,"The relation between narration and history from the perspective of the twentieth century – the century of criticisms – suggests a new outlook fit for the new millennium. We can no longer look at history and historiography naively, but must be aware of the rhetorical strategies that are at work in the writing. A research group based in Milan has been working on this topic for a few years, discussing authors and texts from different genres and epochs. The essays presented here deal with texts chosen because of their intrinsic relevance to the history of English-speaking cultures and recent critical perspectives – largely, but not exclusively, indebted to Hayden White. Thus the volume considers instances of narrativity and historical discourse in authors as diverse as S. Johnson, E. Chambers, C. Hill, J. Raban, V. Woolf, N. Mitchison, V. S. Naipaul, S. Rushdie, J. M. Coetzee, A. Ghosh.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-09-01,John T. Burridge,Kennedy and Khrushchev: The New Frontier in Berlin,Paperback,978-1-4438-3170-3,19.99,"For the first time in modern history, a regime had to wall itself in to keep from bleeding to death. The masses of refugees that had staked their hopes on the Berlin escape route through the Iron Curtain were cut off from freedom by this wall of death erected by a Soviet puppet and tolerated by the new American president and his administration. The United States had witnessed and permitted, even conspired in, the undoing of those human rights to which it was purportedly committed. Contrary to the inaugural address of the young president, the price was not paid, the burden was not borne, the hardship was not met, the friends were not supported, and the foes were not opposed. As a result the survival and success of liberty was not only not assured; it was destroyed.

This book examines the ‘how’ in an attempt to find out ‘why.’

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-09-01,Carla Pascoe,"Spaces Imagined, Places Remembered: Childhood in 1950s Australia",Hardback,978-1-4438-3176-5,44.99,"With the end of World War II, Australians turned to rebuilding their nation, placing the perceived educational and social needs of children at the forefront of their efforts. Urban planners aimed to protect children from the potential degradation of urban environments through refashioning slums and laying out spacious streets in suburbia. Concomitant with a renewed public emphasis on the domestic life of the family, architects and home magazines promoted the benefits of modernism, which encouraged a stark functionalism and new social relationships within the home. School authorities and architects sought to create educational environments that would foster learning and instil discipline in pupils.

Whilst these were the spatial discourses most dominant in 1950s Australia, closer examination of two Melbourne localities reveals that such ideals were often compromised in practice. Australia was suffering a housing crisis, with building hampered by material and labour shortages that persisted until the mid-1950s. A fertility boom and the influx of migration caused a demographic leap that left urban planners scrambling to provide infrastructure for the rapidly expanding city. Thousands of new homes and scores of new schools were urgently needed. Given these circumstances, many of the neighbourhoods, houses and schools of the 1950s failed to live up to the aspirational ideals of planning and architectural discourses.

The childhood memories of people who grew up in Melbourne during the 1950s reveal a markedly different perspective to the expert spatial notions of this era. In their recollections of the landscapes and buildings of childhood, interviewees recalled emotional resonances, sensory experiences and social interactions associated with particular places. Urban planners and architects viewed physical environments as abstract spaces. But for post-war children, these environments were places imbued with complex personal meanings.


","“In my opinion it is an excellent book and makes clear and important contributions to the history of childhood, architecture, cultural geography, and urban studies. Through the lenses of neighbourhood, home and school, Pascoe argues that the intentions of design experts (architects, planners, psychologists, education bureaucrats) differed substantially from the ways real children understood and remember places of childhood. Whereas experts saw the neighbourhood, home and school as tools for the rationalization and modernization of family life, providing for example adult-controlled parks, multi-purpose family rooms and classrooms emphasizing the hierarchy of the teacher, they showed little concern for or knowledge of children’s real interests in wild, untouched places; spots removed from adult supervision; and spaces of intense student-teacher interaction. Although the focus of the book is on Melbourne, Australia, the lessons drawn by Pascoe in terms of method and conclusion are applicable to these fields in many other countries, including the UK, USA, Canada, and presumably New Zealand. As Pascoe recognizes, the postwar experience, baby boom, immigration, and the primacy of the suburb are universal issues in the 1950s Anglophone world. In conclusion, Spaces Imagined, Places Remembered: Childhood in 1950s Australia is beautifully and clearly written.”
– Annmarie Adams

“Dr Pascoe’s book on memories of Australian childhoods draws on path-breaking research into oral history and children’s play. Engaging with the disciplines of social and cultural history, architecture and urban planning, Dr Pascoe’s research will not only contribute to how we understand the past, but to debates about children’s play and urban design in the present.”
– Kate Darian-Smith

“I know of no other Australian work that has explored the complex relationships between children and their spatial environments with such forensic care and sensitivity. Using the full panoply of historical sources, including oral history, the writer brings new perspectives to an ‘old’ story. At a time when there is growing interest in – not to say concern about – urbanisation on the one hand, and children’s restricted opportunities for play and experiment on the other, this book provides a solid foundation for understanding how we reached this point. It is not a romance about the past – it is full of ‘hard’ evidence, but it doesn’t neglect the role of the emotions in human affairs as seemingly mundane as housing. Such a nuanced approach is a rare pleasure.”
– June Factor

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-09-01,"George R. Dekle, Sr.",The Case against Christ: A Critique of the Prosecution of Jesus,Hardback,978-1-4438-3194-9,44.99,"Some two thousand years ago, in a small province of the Roman Empire, an obscure Roman governor ordered the execution of a peasant leader. It went virtually unnoticed at the time. No official report of the event has survived, and we would have no memory at all of it except for the efforts of a handful of followers of the condemned man. Those followers who kept that memory alive changed the course of history, and the results of their efforts continue to reverberate to this day.

Conventional interpretation says that the execution of Jesus of Nazareth came on the heels of a series illegal trials before a number of different tribunals, and at the culmination of that series of trials a moral coward by the name of Pontius Pilate ordered Jesus’ execution despite being satisfied that he was innocent. Revisionist interpretation says that there was no trial at all, that Pilate simply executed Jesus because he was a nuisance, and that Jesus’ followers invented the story of his execution as a means of shifting the blame from the Roman government to a group of people whom they despised – the Jews.

Are the Gospels good history or bad propaganda? Does a fair reading of the Gospel accounts support either the conventional or the revisionist interpretation of the trial of Jesus? Who, if anyone, should shoulder the blame for the crucifixion of Jesus? The Case against Christ seeks to answer these questions by treating the matter as a forensic death investigation and answering the questions as they might be answered by a prosecutor attempting to determine who should be held criminally responsible for the death of Jesus.



","""This sweeping study brings the eye of a prosecutor to the events of Jesus' last week. He has read the literature, considered the options, and writes to take us through all those possibilities. This is a fascinating study, full of many observations from which those curious about these events can profit.""

- Darrell L Bock, Research Professor of New Testament Studies, Dallas Theological Seminary

""As an experienced prosecutor and law professor, Dekle sets out to analyze whether the proceedings against Jesus were fair. He also tackles the question of who was responsible for Jesus’ death, a question that still haunts much of the world today. The book is a fascinating read, and the in-depth analysis is well researched and reasoned.""
 
- Deacon Michael Riggio, J.D., LL.M., Adjunct Professor of Law, Seattle University School of Law, Seattle, WA July 2011


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-10-01,Michelle Ying Ling Huang,Beyond Boundaries: East and West Cross-Cultural Encounters,Hardback,978-1-4438-3294-6,39.99,"Beyond Boundaries: East and West Cross-Cultural Encounters is a collection of essays which span several countries, centuries and disciplines in their exploration of East-West cultural exchanges and interactions. The chapters are arranged in chronological and thematic order, and encompass the cutting edge research of a diverse group of international scholars. The subjects range from archaeology, art history and photography, to conservation, sociology and cultural studies, with cross-disciplinary examples of classical, modern and contemporary periods. The book seeks to inspire new ideas and stimulate further scholarly debate on the convergence, dissimilarities and mutual influences of the visual arts and material culture of Asia, the Middle East, Europe and the United States.

The volume will be of interest to scholars and students working in the fields of art and cultural history as well as intercultural studies. It will be equally useful to collectors, artists and curators of global art and world cultures.
","“This is a fascinating theme, of growing interest to readers world-wide. Hitherto certain aspects of it have been fairly thoroughly explored . . . but the papers in this volume range far more widely, and open up topics in the East-West dialogue that are quite unfamiliar to anyone not in that particular field of study . . .”
– Prof. Michael Sullivan, Emeritus Fellow of St Catherine’s College, University of Oxford

“With its broad chronological, geographical and material scope, this book will be essential reading for all who are interested in the role of cross-cultural activity in artistic production and interpretation, as well as the critical discourses of interconnectivity which are becoming such an important part of cultural studies the world over.”
– Dr Stacey Pierson, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-10-01,Jason Zorbas,Diefenbaker and Latin America: The Pursuit of Canadian Autonomy,Hardback,978-1-4438-3276-2,34.99,"John Diefenbaker’s Latin American policy was based on his vision of Canada’s national interest, which placed a strong emphasis on the achievement of greater autonomy in foreign policy for Canada vis-à-vis the US and the expansion of Canadian exports to the region. Though Diefenbaker was often accused of being driven by anti-Americanism, instead his Latin American policy was based on his vision of Canada’s national interest.

For Diefenbaker, an enhanced relationship with Latin America had the potential to lessen Canada’s dependency on the US, while giving Latin American countries an outlet for their trade, commercial and financial relations other than the US. This new approach implied that Canada would formulate and implement policy that focused more on Canadian political interests and goals. It was not a matter of charting a totally independent policy from the US in Latin America – true policy independence was impossible to achieve. Nor was it the case that Canada would necessarily set itself in opposition to the US when it disagreed with its policies. For Diefenbaker the goal was to pursue a foreign policy that was aligned with, but not subservient to, the US.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-10-01,Marius Rotar and Adriana Teodorescu,Dying and Death in 18th-21st Century Europe,Hardback,978-1-4438-3208-3,44.99,"This book features a selection of the most representative papers presented during the international conference Dying and Death in 18th-21st Century Europe (ABDD). It invites you on a fascinating journey across the last three centuries of Europe, with death as your guide. The past and present realities of the complex phenomena of death and dying in Romania, the United Kingdom, Bulgaria, Serbia, the Czech Republic, the Netherlands, and Italy are dealt with, by authors from varying backgrounds: historians, sociologists, priests, humanists, anthropologists, and doctors. This is yet more proof that death as a topic cannot be confined to one science, the deciphering of its meanings and of the shifts it effects requiring a joint, interdisciplinary effort.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-10-01,Helène Whittaker,"In Memoriam: Commemoration, Communal Memory and Gender Values in the Ancient Graeco-Roman World",Hardback,978-1-4438-3290-8,34.99,"References to the past play a significant role on many levels in both modern and ancient societies. What societies choose to remember and how they do it can be seen in relation to their social, religious, and moral world view. Ancient societies invested heavily in remembrance, and the memory of remarkable individuals and significant events was deliberately perpetuated through both literature and material culture.

The papers in this volume discuss the topic of the deliberate creation of memory in relation to both literary and material evidence from the Graeco-Roman world. They range in time from the Greek Archaic period to Late Antiquity. A major aim of the collection as a whole is an attempt to cast light on the relationship between an individual’s gender and social status and the existence of opportunities for ensuring that he or she would be remembered after death.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-10-01,Kamille Stone Stanton and Julie A. Chappell,Transatlantic Literature of the Long Eighteenth Century,Hardback,978-1-4438-3288-5,34.99,"In 1789, before the abolition of slavery in Great Britain or the United States of America, poet William Blake quietly appealed to the public’s sense of humanity in Songs of Innocence with the poem, “The Little Black Boy.” In that same year, a former slave named Olaudah Equiano was catapulted to fame as a sympathetic face for the abolitionist movement with the publication of his autobiography. Olaudah Equiano became an internationally sought after public speaker and enjoyed the remarkable success of nine editions of his book within the five year span between 1789 and 1794, making him the wealthiest black man in the English-speaking world.

Transatlantic Literature of the Long Eighteenth Century, edited by Kamille Stone Stanton and Julie A. Chappell, contributes to that growing body of nuanced textual criticism seeking to prove that the progress of the anti-slavery movement was actually no single-authored sensation but rather part of a broader transatlantic discourse spanning the entirety of the long eighteenth century.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-11-01,R.C. Richardson,"Receptions and Re-visitings: Review Articles, 1978-2011 and Social History, Local History, and Historiography: Collected Essays, in Two Volumes",Hardback,978-1-4438-3347-9,59.99,"Receptions and Re-visitings: Review Articles, 1978-2011

The shorter pieces reproduced here are drawn chiefly from the author’s large output of review articles and reviews of the last fifteen years. Though there is some shared subject matter with R.C. Richardson’s new collection on Social History, Local History and Historiography (Cambridge Scholars Publishing, 2011), this volume significantly enlarges the range of the other in addressing, for example, issues relating to politics and political thinking, London, gendered worlds, servants and servant-keeping, the writing of diaries, and early modern reading habits. Many of the essays have a pronounced historiographical dimension, and a number of them focus on the period of the English Revolution. The two final essays – on ‘Epic Historiography’ and ‘Historians, History Brokers and English Historical Culture’ – extend the coverage to modern times. General readers, not just specialists, will find this book a helpful and accessibly written guide to the subjects under review.

Social History, Local History, and Historiography: Collected Essays

This wide-ranging volume collects together twelve of the author’s longer essays, mainly drawn from those first published in the last two decades. Chiefly consisting of micro-studies of a variety of different aspects of early modern English history, the book concerns itself with social and economic change, the period of the English Revolution and its long-lasting impact, with Puritanism, with the family as a social institution, and with historical consciousness and different forms of historical writing. Some of the essays focus on a particular individual, not all well known – William Camden, John Milner, and Ralph Dutton – to open up a broader theme. One boldly attempts a comparison over three centuries of the evolution of local history as a subject on both sides of the Atlantic. Two other essays reach out into the nineteenth and twentieth centuries but do so with echoes of the subject matter of some of those dealing with the early modern period. The inter-connectedness of social history, local history, and historiography is stressed and illustrated throughout. Both specialists and non-specialists will find much to interest them in this varied and rewarding volume.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-11-01,R.C. Richardson,"Social History, Local History, and Historiography: Collected Essays",Hardback,978-1-4438-3340-0,39.99,"This wide-ranging volume collects together twelve of the author’s longer essays, mainly drawn from those first published in the last two decades. Chiefly consisting of micro-studies of a variety of different aspects of early modern English history, the book concerns itself with social and economic change, the period of the English Revolution and its long-lasting impact, with Puritanism, with the family as a social institution, and with historical consciousness and different forms of historical writing. Some of the essays focus on a particular individual, not all well known – William Camden, John Milner, and Ralph Dutton – to open up a broader theme. One boldly attempts a comparison over three centuries of the evolution of local history as a subject on both sides of the Atlantic. Two other essays reach out into the nineteenth and twentieth centuries but do so with echoes of the subject matter of some of those dealing with the early modern period. The inter-connectedness of social history, local history, and historiography is stressed and illustrated throughout. Both specialists and non-specialists will find much to interest them in this varied and rewarding volume.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-12-01,John R. C. Martyn ,From Queens to Slaves: Pope Gregory’s Special Concern for Women,Hardback,978-1-4438-3386-8,39.99,"The book is based on the author’s very careful study of all the women who were involved with the normally extremely busy and painfully sick Pope Gregory the Great, many of them staying with him in Rome while he sorted out their mainly legal cases, and one of them, Theoctista, the learned sister of the Emperor Maurice, receiving the longest letter that he ever wrote to any individual. The consular son of the great Boethius, Flavius, was the father of Lady Rusticiana, who received several letters from her very dear friend, Pope Gregory, as did all of her family. After a preface, the book is divided into seven main sections, the first on Pope Gregory himself, with an historical setting, and a short first chapter dealing with his female relatives. Chapters 2 and 3 cover the royal and aristocratic women, including four queens, and then the abbesses and nuns are discussed, including several who were missed in the precursor to this book, Pope Gregory and the Brides of Christ. Then the widows and marriages are discussed, followed by women cohabiting with clerics and escaping from slavery to join convents. Finally, a bibliography provides the main works on the Pope and the period when he lived, about 600 AD, with an index to help scholars find the main characters and places in the book.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2011-12-01,Gabriel Rosenstock,Haiku Enlightenment,Paperback,978-1-4438-3379-0,24.99,"A renowned poet shares his experience of haiku and its potential to surprise us again and again into a sudden awakening and thus to a deeper sense of what it is to be truly alive. His remarkably refreshing insights have delighted confreres around the world.





","“Gabriel Rosenstock offers us a marvellous path into the essence of haiku and the state of being in harmony with the laws of the universe.”	
-Ion Codrescu, Romania

“A learned, imaginative and profound commentary on haiku with many outstanding examples from around the globe, demonstrating the form’s universal appeal. Persons with little knowledge of haiku will be captivated, while those with expertise will feel renewed …”
-George Swede, Canada

 “Rosenstock is an excellent teacher, wise enough to realise that in describing haiku (as in so many other things) examples are worth a million words. He spreads before us a variegated tapestry of haiku, by poets in all places and at all times since haiku began, as well as from his own ingenious pen, in which ‘the spirit of play and the play of spirit are simultaneous and one.”
-David Cobb, England

“From the wealth of his experience, Rosenstock gives profound advice and useful tips for the wanderer on the haiku path, showing us how sudden enlightenment can happen in our ordinary life.”
- Ruth Franke, Germany

“With edifying purpose, the author subtly introduces examples of haiku’s apocalyptic potential of transfiguration, known in haiku and Zen as ‘spiritual interpenetration’ and, by so doing, offers the reader an opportunity to witness – through numinous haiku moments – the entwining of the Universal Spirit with Its Self.”
- James W. Hackett, Hawaii



",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-01-01,Pat Rogers,"Documenting Eighteenth Century Satire: Pope, Swift, Gay, and Arbuthnot in Historical Context",Hardback,978-1-4438-3211-3,44.99,"Documenting Eighteenth Century Satire provides a historicized view of Augustan satire, through detailed readings of individual works. It aims to show how these satires can be “documented” in various ways to reveal richer meanings. The book ranges across different modes of satire, in poetry, prose and drama. It covers some of the best known works of eighteenth-century British literature, including The Rape of the Lock, The Dunciad, and The Beggar’s Opera. In addition it deals with less familiar but important texts, including Gay’s Trivia, Pope’s Epistle to Miss Blount, and Swift’s poem on Sid Hamet, as well as works of great literary merit which have been unduly neglected, including Pope’s Duke upon Duke and Swift’s The Bubble. One essay offers the first full interpretation and edition of a poem that surfaced in the 1970s, still virtually unknown, written by Pope and/or Gay. Another describes a previously unsuspected hoax by the Scriblerians on the quest for the longitude, while one more finds an unsuspected, but close, link between poems by Pope and Pushkin. Sources are drawn from numerous unpublished documents (wills, private letters, inventories, estate deeds, marriage contracts and private correspondence). Extensive use is made of contemporary newspapers, magazines and pamphlets. Most of these have not been quarried heavily (if at all) before. Some essays are completely new while others have been extensively revised for this book.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-01-01,Susanna Fellman and Marjatta Rahikainen,"Historical Knowledge: In Quest of Theory, Method and Evidence",Hardback,978-1-4438-3451-3,39.99,"Historical Knowledge approaches the topic of historical knowledge in depth and from various angles. It seeks to offer theoretical and methodological building blocks for the use of anyone pursuing historical research.

This book brings novel insights into classic and topical issues currently under debate: the importance of theory in historical thinking, the dialectic of “text” and “annotation”, the actor and observer levels, the relationship between the general and the individual, the issue of comparison, and the problem of sporadic sources and of understanding the singularity of each one.

The overall theme of the book, the possibility of historical knowledge, reflects the very issue that makes historical research distinctive: the challenges of evidence and the problems, both concrete and conceptual, with deciphering and interpreting remnants of the past. This book refreshes the discussion about sources and proper evidence, two issues that the linguistic turn and the postmodern challenge pushed into the background.

The book addresses these issues in an easily accessible way and serves as an introduction and guide to the role of theory, method and evidence in historical research not only for students and scholars of history, but also for anyone outside the field with an interest in the topic.

Historical Knowledge is the first book to include texts by the three eminent historians, Professors Natalie Zemon Davis, Carlo Ginzburg and Giovanni Levi. The other contributors, Professors Risto Alapuro, Janken Myrdal and Matti Peltonen, are active debaters in current theoretical and methodo-logical discussion.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-01-01,Samantha L. Bird,"Stepney: Profile of a London Borough from the Outbreak of the First World War to the Festival of Britain, 1914-1951",Paperback,978-1-4438-3506-0,29.99,"This book is the first single volume history of Stepney in modern times. It sets out to provide a vivid and yet scholarly portrait of an iconic London borough situated in the heart of the East End. Stepney is an area with very many well known associations and images, from the horrifying murders of “Jack the Ripper” to the soaking up of the heavy bomb damage during the Blitz, from the classical confrontation between Mosley’s fascists and the socialist left at the “Battle of Cable Street,” to the dramatic “Siege of Sidney Street” when Liberal Home Secretary Winston Churchill rooted out an anarchist cell. Beyond these dramatic episodes, Stepney witnessed the perennial struggle for subsistence among the many poor, the rise and fall of the great local docks, the immigration of large numbers of Jewish refugees from Eastern Europe and elsewhere, the growth of the Labour Party and the surprising local ascendancy of the Communists, the desperate drive to improve public housing, the evacuation of a large proportion of its children at the start of World War II, and much more besides.

This is a truly ground-breaking, very readable book that fills a surprising gap in our knowledge and greatly enhances our understanding of London, urban, working-class, inter-ethnic, industrial and British 20th century history.
","“[Dr Bird’s] thesis on the London Borough of Stepney is a fine piece of work, incorporating much original research and genuinely opening up new vistas in our understanding of this iconic part of the East End.”
—Professor Denis Judd, BA (Oxford), PhD (London), FRHistS; Professor Emeritus, London Metropolitan University; Professor in History, New York University in London

“Like many of the best local histories, this book combines enthusiasm and dedicated local research with a shrewd knowledge of wider contexts. Samantha has written a book which is both learned and very interesting to read.  Anyone with an interest in Stepney, London history or labour movement history will want to read this book.”
—Chris Wrigley, Professor of Modern British History, Nottingham University

“. . . it is surprising that no single volume history of Stepney has existed until now. Samantha Bird's fine book, however, has put that to rights.

Dr. Bird has done a tremendous amount of valuable and original research into both the archives and the secondary literature.

This is a much needed, very readable and refreshing book, and both author and publisher should be delighted with this product.”
—Dennis Judd, Professor Emeritus in History, London Metropolitan University and Professor at New York University, London
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-01-01,Ziva Shavitsky,"The Mystery of the Ten Lost Tribes: A Critical Survey of Historical and Archaeological Records relating to the People of Israel in Exile in Syria, Mesopotamia and Persia up to ca. 300 BCE",Hardback,978-1-4438-3502-2,39.99,"There have been many legends and traditions regarding the ten lost tribes of the Northern Kingdom of Israel. This book draws upon extensive discoveries and information published regarding the movement of the People of Israel and Judah from Davidic times to the dawn of the Hellenistic period. The author has tested the biblical records against archaeological evidence, testimony and inscriptions found in Syria, Assyria, Babylon and Persia. In very many cases, the inscriptions excavated in these places coincide almost word for word with the biblical record.

The early chapters also investigate evidence of migrations and movement by people to neighbouring countries by reason of seeking sanctuary, trade, marriage or in times of famine. Evidence has been found supporting the theory that many of the Northern Captives joined the tribes of the South who continued to live independently until the destruction of the First Temple.  Hence it is not just a matter of investigating the transfer of captives out of Judah and the Northern Kingdom but also additional evidence found in the Bible or documents that bear evidence to Jewish people who lived, traded or served in various capacities in other lands. There is also some clear indication that many of the later captives joined their brethren who had been exiled to other lands earlier. The later chapters mention some traditions and legends that exist among many tribes that to this day trace their origins to the Exiles who belonged to the twelve tribes of Israel and Judah.


","“In The Mystery of the Ten Lost Tribes, Ziva Shavitsky takes us on a fascinating and unusual journey. Strikingly, this book deals with Jews in exile from the early times of the Davidic dynasty down to the Community of the return. We are accustomed to [studying] the growth of Jewish Diasporas from the Persian period [onwards], but Shavitsky’s focus on the earlier times provides fresh insights. We learn about Jews in Aram, we find their traces in Assyrian monuments, and in cuneiform documents, in the Temple of Elephantini in Egypt. Intriguingly, her research proceeds as a conversation between the biblical documents, the Ancient Near Eastern sources, and the archaeological record. The picture she draws so competently will captivate all scholars of Ancient Israel. This work opens up and highlights a neglected dimension of the history of the Jewish people in the early first millennium. Its contribution is most significant.”
– Michael E. Stone, Professor Emeritus of Comparative Religion,
Hebrew University of Jerusalem

“In this one-volume work, well written in a lively and enthusiastic manner, Ziva Shavitsky engages the reader in a search for ancient Jewish communities who lived outside Israel. Straddling several disciplines – biblical studies, Near Eastern studies and archaeology – Shavitsky carefully sifts both textual evidence and material culture to reveal a fascinating story of the Jews in exile before the end of the Achaemenid Empire. It is the chronological focus of this narrative that makes the story so fascinating. Beginning with the Davidic period, we are at once drawn into a multitude of cultural interactions between the southern Levant and the neighbouring lands. As such, we are treated not only to a story of the ancient Israelites in exile, but are also provided with snapshots of ancient Near Eastern history.”
– Antonio Sagona, Professor of Archaeology, The University of Melbourne


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-02-01,Robert Matthews,"‘A Storme Out of Wales’: The Second Civil War in South Wales, 1648",Hardback,978-1-4438-3521-3,39.99,"The Second Civil War (1648) began in south Wales. The present study is the first detailed contextual narrative and analysis of the revolt in Wales, covering the originating mutiny at Pembroke Castle, its development into a rebellion that spread through south Wales, the Battle of St. Fagans (the biggest battle ever fought in Wales), and Cromwell’s successful Welsh campaign involving the sieges of Chepstow, Tenby and Pembroke. The consequences of the revolt, involving the emergence of new local ruling elites and the cementing of a closer relationship with London central government, are examined.

The study thus places the revolt in the context of events beyond the region, and is based on extensive original research of contemporary documents.

The revolt has traditionally been seen as a Royalist uprising. This study offers a radical reinterpretation, viewing the episode instead as an expression of localist dissatisfaction at the post-First Civil War settlement, which was seen as disregarding local interests in favour of administrative and ideological centralisation focused on a concept of national government. The failure of the revolt thereby marked a subjugation of local by national interests – implemented by new ruling elites, and underpinned by a national army, the New Model – that fostered the closer integration of Wales into the Interregnal state.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-02-01,Benjamin Mark Allen and Dahia Messara,The Captivity Narrative: Enduring Shackles and Emancipating Language of Subjectivity,Hardback,978-1-4438-3525-1,34.99,"The Captivity Narrative offers a collection of scholarly treatises that assess the phenomenon of captivity and the nuanced methods captives have used to express their psychological duress and the manner in which they coped with bondage and its aftermath. The essays reflect a multidisciplinary interest in the subject by offering historical, literary, and philosophical analyses. Topics include 17th-century captivity in Spanish Texas and Puritan New England, 19th-century slavery, Indian captivity in works of fiction, and the poetry, literature, and narratives of prisoners in the United States and England from the 19th to 21st century.

The studies originated in a conference hosted in San Antonio, Texas (2011) by the Southwest/Texas Popular Culture and American Culture Association. Contributors include Anne Babson, Jennifer Oakes Curtis, Lanta Davis, Steven Gambrel, Anne Matthews, Alan Smith and Elisabeth Ziemba.
","“This welcome collection of essays showcases the exciting work that has come out of the Southwest/Texas Popular Culture and American Culture Association’s focus groups on captivity narratives. It illuminates important moments in the development of this dynamic genre, from accounts of early contact to 19th-century fictional captivities to contemporary prison writings, offering a diverse array of approaches both to captivity itself and to its literary legacies.”
– Jennifer S. Tuttle, University of New England; Co-editor of Legacy: A Journal of American Women Writers

“Captivity studies scholars will find much to admire and engage with in The Captivity Narrative: Enduring Shackles and Emancipating Language of Subjectivity. The present volume organizes a rich array of scholarship analyzing accounts from the 16th century to the present day, from the history of the Talon children, members of the failed French colony established by LaSalle, to 19th-century slave narratives, to oral storytelling by contemporary imprisoned Englishmen. This multidisciplinary, transnational anthology considers captivity novels and poetry; two scholars use primary documents to reveal captivity accounts hidden in the archives. The anthology explores the relation of this protean genre to sensationalist and sentimental literature, as well as the ways in which these texts reveal the effects of trauma, displacement, redemption, and reconciliation on survivors. These essays will compel researchers in literature, sociology, history, cultural studies, psychology, and criminal justice, as well as gender, race, and ethnic studies.”
– Jeanne Holland, Associate Professor of English and author, University of Wyoming
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-02-01,"Lisa Peterman, Kerry Sun and Frank W. Stahnisch","The Proceedings of the 18th Annual History of Medicine Days Conference 2009: The University of Calgary Faculty of Medicine, Alberta, Canada",Hardback,978-1-4438-3570-1,44.99,"This volume is the first one in a peer-reviewed series of Proceedings Volumes from the Calgary History of Medicine Days conferences, which are now produced with Cambridge Scholars Publishing. The History of Medicine Days are two-day Nation-wide conferences held annually in spring at the University of Calgary (Canada), where undergraduate and early graduate students from across Canada, the United States, United Kingdom and Europe give paper and poster presentations on a wide variety of topics from the history of medicine and health care. The selected 2009 conference papers that are assembled in this volume, particularly comprise the history of Ancient Medicine, Canadiana, Eugenics, Military Medicine, Public Health, Surgery, Diseases, as well as Sex and Gender perspectives. Distinguished Professor of Biology and Chair of the History of Biology Program at Washington University in St. Louis (USA), Dr. Garland E. Allen, held the 2009 keynote address at the conference. His topic “Evolution, Genetics and Eugenics: The Misuse of Biological Theory, 1900–1945” was largely based on an earlier article in the scholarly journal Endeavour. With the permission of the author and editors-in-chief of Endeavour, this article could be reprinted in the current volume where it represents the 2009 keynote address. This volume also includes the abstracts of all 2009 conference presentations and is well-illustrated with diagrams and images pertaining to the history of medicine.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-03-01,Shirleene Robinson and Julie Ustinoff,"The 1960s in Australia: People, Power and Politics",Hardback,978-1-4438-3639-5,39.99,"The 1960s is one of the most heavily mythologised decades of the twentieth century. More than 50 years on, the era continues to capture the public’s imagination. The 1960s in Australia: People, Power and Politics recognises the complexity of social and cultural change by presenting a broad range of contributions that acknowledge an often overlooked fact – that not everyone experienced the 1960s in the same way. The diversity of the time is confirmed by contributions from a number of expert Australian historians who each provide an insight into Australia in the 1960s, offering an understanding of the social realities of this period as well as the ebbs and flows of transnational influence.

This collection includes a featured contribution by prominent Australian historian, Raymond Evans, who provides a personal insight into the 1960s. Other contributors also place ‘the lived experience’ at the centre of their analysis by considering the growth of modern flats, the impact of cosmopolitanism, and sex and sexuality in the ‘Sixties’. The book also highlights the way power was deployed and deconstructed during this era by considering the psychiatric profession, the agenda of the counter-culture, and the role that women’s magazines played in reinforcing dominant gender paradigms. The complex politics of the era are also explored through the transnational impact of figures such as Anthony Crosland, the impact of the Vietnam War, and the multiplicity of motivations behind the anti-war protest and the Aboriginal rights movement of the era.

The 1960s in Australia: Power, People and Politics is a fresh focus on a significant time in Australia’s history. It brings together a collection of innovative and engaging explorations into the Australian ‘Sixties’, which underline the complexity of the time.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-03-01,Maria Isabel Romero Ruiz,Women’s Identities and Bodies in Colonial and Postcolonial History and Literature,Hardback,978-1-4438-3627-2,34.99,"Since the second half of the twentieth century, there has been a commitment on the part of women writers and scholars to revise and rewrite the history and culture of colonial and post-colonial women. This collection intends to enter a forum of discussion in which the colonial past serves as a point of reference for the analysis of contemporary issues.

This volume will examine topics of women’s identities and bodies through literary representations and historical accounts. In other words, the aim is to reconstruct women’s identities through the representations of their bodies in literature and to analyse women’s bodies historically as sites of abuse, discrimination and violence on the one hand, and of knowledge and cultural production on the other.

The chapters of this book will contribute to the formation of a new representation of women through history and literature which fights traditional stereotypes in relation to their bodies and identities. Focusing on female bodies as maternal bodies, as repositories of history and memory, as sexual bodies, as healing bodies, as performative of gender, as black bodies, as migrant and hybrid bodies, as the objects of regulation and control, and as victims of sexual exploitation and murder, the different articles contained in this book will examine issues of space, power/knowledge relations, discrimination, the production of knowledge, gender and boundaries to produce new identities for women which contest and respond to the traditional ones.

The volume is addressed to a wide readership, both scholars and those interested in investigating the dynamics of the female body, and the social and cultural conceptualizations of our multicultural and multiethnic contemporary societies in relation to it, without forgetting the historical and colonial roots of these new representations.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-04-01,"Sara Graça da Silva, Fátima Vieira and Jorge Bastos da Silva",(Dis)Entangling Darwin: Cross-disciplinary Reflections on the Man and His Legacy,Hardback,978-1-4438-3732-3,39.99,"Charles Darwin’s curiosity had a remarkable childlike enthusiasm driven by an almost compulsive appetite for a constant process of discovery, which he never satiated despite his many voyages. He would puzzle about the smallest things, from the wonders of barnacles to the different shapes, colours and textures of the beetles which he obsessively collected, from flowers and stems to birds, music and language, and would dedicate years to understanding the potential significance of everything he saw. 
Darwin’s findings and theories relied heavily on that same curiosity, on seeking and answering questions, however long these would take to clarify. His son Francis Darwin often recalls how “he would ask himself ‘now what do you want to say’ & his answer written down would often disentangle the confusion”. In fact, “disentangling confusions” seems to have been the driving force behind Darwin’s scientific pursuits, as he was struck with bewilderment when contemplating the luxuriousness of life. It was also the impetus for this book. 
The true implications of Darwin’s legacy remain as controversial to the critics of our time as they were to his contemporaries. Darwin’s impact within and beyond the biological sciences is both daunting and exhilarating, and attests to the need for an interdisciplinary approach by remaining a challenge to many scholars in the most diverse fields. The recent revival of his theories has opened a Pandora’s box of different theoretical studies that are particularly receptive to exploring new and exciting angles of research.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-04-01,Stephen Hodkinson and Dick Geary,Slaves and Religions in Graeco-Roman Antiquity and Modern Brazil,Hardback,978-1-4438-3736-1,44.99,"Slaves have never been mere passive victims of slavery. Typically, they have responded with ingenuity to their violent separation from their native societies, using a variety of strategies to create new social networks and cultures. Religion has been a major arena for such slave cultural strategies. Through participation in religious and ritual activities, slaves have generated important elements of identity, shared humanity, and even resistance, within their lives.

This volume presents selected papers from a conference organised by the University of Nottingham’s Institute for the Study of Slavery—the only UK research centre to cover the comparative study of slavery from antiquity to the present. The volume breaks new ground by bringing into juxtaposition slave religious activities in Graeco-Roman antiquity and in modern Brazil: societies where slaves performed a similar range of economic functions but under very different religious systems.

After a wide-ranging historiographical introduction, eleven international experts discuss diverse aspects of slaves’ engagement in religion. The volume sheds new light on slaves’ religious behaviour—especially on the neglected subject of Graeco-Roman slave religiosity. In both societies slave participation, alongside free persons, in religious institutions beyond their masters’ households involved certain constraints but provided distinctive opportunities for personal agency.


","“Comparisons sharpen the mind for similarities and differences that otherwise might escape attention.  That is why it was a excellent idea of the editors of these collected essays to study the relationship between slaves and religion in two very different societies. The ancient world of Greece and Rome was geographically, politically and religiously a far cry from that of Modern Brazil. Yet the two worlds had one thing in common: both were slave societies. Although there have been studies of slavery and religion in Greece and Rome, none of the recent handbooks and studies of Greek and Roman religion shows much interest in the religious world of the slaves. This is different regarding Modern Brazil where the plurality of religions is nearly overwhelming in the case of slaves and often studied. It is the unusual and unique juxtaposition of these two cultures that gives this book a special importance. Looking at Modern Brazil, one realises that the origin of the slaves was so much less important in shaping the religious world of Greek and Roman slaves. Looking at Greece and Rome, one suddenly sees the importance of the connection between religion and manumission. In both worlds, though, the most important feature that arises from this book is the shift from studying slavery as an institution in connection with religion to focusing on the agency of slaves in determining their own religious worlds in order to create space for their religious and social needs. Religion offered possibilities outside the political and public sphere to interact with free and freed persons on a more egalitarian level and its pluralism could suit all kinds of personal preferences. Thus this book is an important contribution to a deeper insight into the operation of both slavery and religion.” 
—Jan N. Bremmer, Professor Emeritus of Religious Studies, 
Faculty of Theology and Religious Studies, University of Groningen, Netherlands 

“The essays in this book highlight the significant role of religion for the enslaved. The chapters focusing on modern slavery pay particular attention to the role of African religions in the lives of the slaves as well as how those religions were transformed in the New World. Focusing on Brazil, these essays ably demonstrate the importance of religion for slave agency, for manumission and for resistance. This wide-ranging and innovative volume is a highly welcome addition to the literature.” 
—Gad Heuman, Emeritus Professor, Department of History, University of Warwick, Editor, Slavery and Abolition




",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-04-01,"Ivan Biliarsky, Ovidiu Cristea and Anca Oroveanu",The Balkans and Caucasus: Parallel Processes on the Opposite Sides of the Black Sea,Hardback,978-1-4438-3652-4,44.99,"The overall character of the Black Sea region has been defined over time in various ways. For specialists in economy and trade, it has represented a region at the crossroads of the trade routes between Europe and Asia; for political scientists and historians, it has been a space of confrontation between the great terrestrial and naval powers; for the scholars attentive to its cultural dimensions, it has been a contact zone, a space of interaction between different peoples, religions and cultures. These attempts at a definition all revolve around an essential (and ambivalent) feature of the Black Sea as a factor of connection, a bridge, and at the same time a border, a dividing line between Europe and Asia, between the Baltic and the Mediterranean region. In this fluctuation between the two, the predominance of one over the other (“bridge” or “border”) has depended on a number of factors, first among them the distribution of power relations in the region.

This volume, which originated in a symposium hosted by the New Europe College – Institute for Advanced Study in Bucharest, brings together contributions coming from scholars within the Black Sea region and outside it, in an attempt to look at the Balkans and Caucasus from a comparative and multi-disciplinary perspective, highlighting their differences, as well as their common features. The overarching question this volume and the papers included in it address – and leave open – is to what extent we are dealing with a coherent zone, whose past, present and future can legitimately be considered as being traversed by meaningful interrelations, suggesting a shared destiny.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-04-01,Stratos Myrogiannis,The Emergence of a Greek Identity (1700-1821),Hardback,978-1-4438-3646-3,39.99,"This book examines the role of Greek-speaking intellectuals in nation-formation processes during the Greek Enlightenment. The author explores how scholars invoked the concept of the ‘nation’ and issues closely related to it in order to enforce their demands either for educational reform or for national independence. To be more specific, he studies the construction of a Modern Greek identity in relation to the Greek and European Enlightenment from 1700 up to the outbreak of the Greek War of Independence in 1821. The theoretical framework the author deploys is twofold. On the one hand, he exploits the methodological tools provided by the ‘history of concepts’, as formulated by Koselleck, Pocock and Skinner. On the other hand, he deploys specific concepts from current approaches on nation-formation processes in history, drawn especially from the works of Anthony Smith, Benedict Anderson and Eric Hobsbawm. He examines the discursive strategies but also the ideology of relevant works, mainly geographies, histories and political treatises. The corpus of works he studies includes both well-known texts (e.g. by Koraes, Katartzis and Rigas), but also much ignored and so far unexamined works (e.g. by Stanos and Alexandridis).

Three arguments are intertwined in the present study. The first issue that this thesis claims to address is the exploration of the incorporation of Byzantium into a Greek historical schema. During the eighteenth century Greek intellectuals attempted to rewrite the history of the Greeks and their main problem was integrating in their narrative the Greek Middle Ages. This period was viewed by them as a historical gap. In their attempt to bridge this gap, the answer they gradually came up with was the invention of what Koraes first named, earlier than is previously thought, ‘Byzantine history’. Secondly, the present study clarifies the particularities of a transformation process regarding the self-image of the Greeks as a political community. This process is evident in the writings of Greek-speaking intellectuals. Influenced by modernity and the emergence of the new political paradigm of the ‘nation’ these scholars imagined Greek-speaking people in terms of a national community. The third argument this book aims to develop is the historical link between the Enlightenment as a philosophical movement and nationalism as an ideology. The author suggests a reinterpretation of the last stage of the Greek Enlightenment. He argues that Greek-speaking scholars transmuted enlightening doctrines into a nationalist ideology in order to satisfy the new political needs of the Greek nation for the creation of an independent state. This enlightened nationalism, however, was not related to the subsequent Romantic ideology, but it was based on the liberal ideas of the Enlightenment.

All in all, this book aims to contribute to the study of the Greek Enlightenment by throwing further light on the complex issues of self-image and identity.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-05-01,Laura Cleaver and Ayla Lepine,Gothic Legacies: Four Centuries of Tradition and Innovation in Art and Architecture,Hardback,978-1-4438-3740-8,44.99,"As this exciting contribution to interdisciplinary studies in the arts shows, the art and architecture of the Middle Ages were reworked, reframed and reinterpreted in diverse ways from as early as the sixteenth century. In addition, the definition of “Gothic” art and architecture was used, questioned, and challenged in a range of literature from the Renaissance onwards. The diverse essays in Gothic Legacies: Four Centuries of Tradition and Innovation in Art and Architecture demonstrate that the Gothic spirit manifested itself in many visual forms, including furniture, set design, cathedrals, book illustration, and urban architecture. Edited by Laura Cleaver and Ayla Lepine, Gothic Legacies showcases new research by scholars who are united by an interest what “Gothic” could mean in particular contexts, and how it was used across different periods, cultures, and media.

The book’s twelve essays are divided into thematic sections, which identify recurring themes in discussions of the “Gothic”. The authors explore debates around the understanding and use of spolia and ideas about heritage, the relationships between “Gothic” art and literature, and the invocation of concepts of the “Gothic” in opposition to other categorisations (notably Classicism and Modernism). In doing so they shed light on rich dialogues between the present and the past (real or imagined). Featuring interdisciplinary and international contributions from medieval and modern period scholars with fresh academic perspectives, this volume constitutes a valuable resource for anyone with an interest in how and why the art of the Middle Ages was to play such an important role in forming and revising personal, national, and international identities in subsequent works of art and architecture.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-05-01,Paula Olmos,Greek Science in the Long Run: Essays on the Greek Scientific Tradition (4th c. BCE-17th c. CE),Hardback,978-1-4438-3775-0,44.99,"Greek traditions relating to both the arts and sciences of life and health and those regarding the systematic development of theories of measurement and quantification enjoyed an incredibly long reputation and showed a kind of versatility that challenges any simplistic, dogmatic or a priori viewpoint about the meaning and social function of systematic knowledge. In this sense, they allow us to focus on very specific traits of the multiple processes of production, textual arrangement and transmission of the sciences.

Greek Science in the Long Run: Essays on the Greek Scientific Tradition (4th c. BCE–17th c. CE) offers a collection of essays in which renowned international experts in ancient, medieval and early modern history and culture and the history of science, together with young researchers in these same fields, reflect upon different aspects of this long-standing prominence of Greek models and traditions in the changing configuration of the sciences. The main aim of the volume is to revisit the different processes by which such doctrinal traditions originated, were transmitted and received within diverse socio-cultural contexts and frameworks. The specialized scholars and academics contributing to the volume embrace advanced standpoints regarding these issues and ensure a successful and substantial contribution to one of the lines of research that has recently attracted the most attention within the field of humanities: the interdisciplinary project of a historical epistemology seriously informed by an advanced history of epistemology or the sciences.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-05-01,"Artur K. Wardega, SJ, and António Vasconcelos de Saldanha","In the Light and Shadow of an Emperor: Tomás Pereira, SJ (1645–1708), the Kangxi Emperor and the Jesuit Mission in China",Hardback,978-1-4438-3755-2,54.99,"The present collection was written to commemorate the third centenary of the death of the Portuguese Jesuit, Tomás Pereira (1645–1708). Dealing with some of the most decisive and controversial moments in the history of the Jesuit mission in China during the Kangxi era (1662–1722), these essays were produced by an international team of scholars and cover a wide range of topics that reflect a permanent academic interest, in Europe and America as well as in China, in the history of the Catholic mission in China, Sino-Russian diplomacy, the history of Western science and music in China, intercultural history, and history of art.
While the names of such missionaries as Matteo Ricci, Adam Schall and Ferdinand Verbiest are well known, Pereira has been relatively neglected, and this volume seeks to redress that imbalance. Pereira was important as a musician and diplomat and was closer to the Kangxi emperor than any other Westerner, something that enabled him to exert considerable influence for the protection of the Chinese Christians and also to further the interests of Portugal in China. However, towards the end of his life he saw his efforts undermined by the damaging consequences of the papal legation to China led by Charles-Thomas Maillard de Tournon.



",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-05-01,Jana Verhoeven,"Jovial Bigotry: Max O’Rell and the Transnational Debate over Manners and Morals in 19th Century France, Britain and the United States",Hardback,978-1-4438-3758-3,39.99,"This book revisits the debate over manners and morals that raged in France, Britain and the United States in the late nineteenth century. It was in essence a debate about gender and sexuality, and one of the foremost figures in the transnational discussions was the French writer and lecturer Paul Blouet, alias Max O’Rell (1847-1903). Although largely forgotten today, O’Rell deserves remembering as a major phenomenon of the fin-de-siècle publishing and entertainment world. A Frenchman living in England but catering primarily to the American market, he disseminated national and gender stereotypes in an unprecedented way. Admired for the wit deployed in his lectures and his many best-selling books, he is a colorful exemplar of the many bourgeois commentators, male and female, most of them with mainstream political, social and cultural views, who engaged in these discussions, producing dense webs of assertion and opinion across countries and even continents.
The elegant French salonnière, the independent but trustworthy English girl, the bitter American spinster activist meddling in public affairs: these are just a few examples of the many caricatural representations of women thrust into the debate. Max O’Rell and his fellow observers commented on women’s position in family and society, their partnership in the couple, their education, their sexual fulfilment, their right to paid work, aspects of social etiquette, feminism, domestic abuse, adultery and prostitution. There were frequent disagreements and sometimes hostile exchanges, but this analysis of the debate reveals a fundamentally common outlook among its participants: an agreement on patriarchy as the foundation of bourgeois society, and on the necessity to confine women in carefully stereotypes roles.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-05-01,John Cameron,Narrative is the Essence of History: Essays on the Historical Novel,Hardback,978-1-4438-3776-7,34.99,"The historical novel has had a very interesting history itself.  During the 19th century the historical novels of Scott, Hugo, Thackeray, Dickens, Tolstoy and a host of other writers enjoyed both popular success and critical admiration.  Success has never really died out, but admiration has been another matter.  During the 20th century, historical fiction began to be disparaged by critics who looked down on the genre and its elements of romance, adventure and swashbuckling.  This disparagement reached such a pitch that Robert Graves, author of I, Claudius and Claudius the God, felt compelled to say that he wrote these novels only because of pressing financial needs.  As the century wore on, the genre began to move in a variety of interesting ways and reached even larger audiences.  Some critics have continued to look down on the genre, but a growing number of historical novels have begun to receive wide critical praise.  For example, the 2009 winner of the Man Booker Prize was Hilary Mantel’s Wolf Hall, a historical novel depicting the life of Thomas Cromwell.  The Roman historian Ronald Syme once wrote that narrative is the essence of history.  What is the essence of historical fiction?  Why does it continue to be such a popular and resilient genre?  What is the history of historical fiction?  What is its future?

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-05-01,Kate Fullagar,The Atlantic World in the Antipodes: Effects and Transformations since the Eighteenth Century,Hardback,978-1-4438-3744-6,44.99,"This collection of essays stems from a John E. Sawyer Seminar on the Comparative Study of Cultures. Held over two years, the seminar investigated the effects and transformations of ideas, peoples, and institutions from the Atlantic World when carried into the Antipodes. The papers presented in this volume distil some of the key themes to emerge from discussion, each demonstrating the complexity with which discourses and practices operated in the Indo-Pacific oceanic region. Some had unexpected effects, others underwent profound transformation. Always they were changed by the ideas, peoples, and institutions of the Antipodes. Combined, the chapters underscore the ways in which both oceanic worlds were co-produced through a variety of intellectual and practical interactions over the modern period. Essays by leading Pacific scholars such as Margaret Jolly, Anita Herle, and Katerina Teaiwa are joined by essays from key scholars of various regions in the Atlantic World such as Simon Schaffer, Iain McCalman, Sheila Fitzpatrick, and Michael McDonnell, as well as interventions by the new transnationalist breed of Australian historians, led by Alison Bashford and Ann Curthoys.

","“On the principle that the Pacific is always good to think with, leading scholars take us on a revelatory historical tour of Oceania, showing us time and again how southern encounters made us modern. In these essays, we keep finding key figures of the Atlantic world bobbing up on vast Pacific swells, revealing far more of themselves than they dared in northern climes. Importantly, The Atlantic World in the Antipodes conveys the conflict and intimacy, the rapacity and remorse, of Pacific interactions and entanglements, giving voice to the scattered inhabitants on the islands and along the shores, and demonstrating their global influence. [It] brilliantly realizes the promise of the dispersive and deconstructive logics of the new global, or trans-oceanic, history.”
– Warwick Anderson, Author of The Collectors of Lost Souls

",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-05-01,Sue Matheson and John Butler,The Fictional North: Ten Discussions of Stereotypes and Icons Above the 53rd Parallel,Hardback,978-1-4438-3769-9,34.99,"Western culture may have enshrined North as a touchstone by which all other directions are defined, but the North is not one but a number of Netherlands; like all frontiers, the North is, in its essence, imaginative, magicked out of ice and snow, muskeg and tundra. Storytelling is its generative principle, the activity through which the North and Northerners call themselves into being.

In essays on topics ranging from the Aboriginal justice system in Canada to the search for the Northwest Passage to the cultural paradigms of medieval Iceland, The Fictional North examines stereotypes and iconic images of the North, the relationship of North to South, and ethnographic and fictional models of “Northerness.” This diversity of subjects and methodologies not only introduces readers to the diversity found above the 53rd Parallel, but also reflects the catholicity of the North itself. Interdisciplinary and timely, The Fictional North offers insights into the North’s past as well as its present to those interested in circumpolar issues and the areas of culture, literature, history, film, sociology, and education.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-05-01,Peter Baofu,The Future of Post-Human History: A Preface to a New Theory of Universality and Relativity,Hardback,978-1-4438-3768-2,64.99,"Is history really so universalistic (even when similar events happen in different contexts) that, as George Santayana (1905) once famously wrote, “[t]hose who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it”?

This more universalistic view of history can be contrasted with an opposing view which is more relativistic in orientation, as shown by the equally known remark by Winston Churchill that “[h]istory is written by the victor,” to the extent that what is regarded as true in history today may not be so in another era when a new victor comes into power. (THEX 2011)

So, which of the two views is correct here? Contrary to these opposing views (and other ideas as will be discussed in the book), history, in relation to both universality and relativity, is neither possible or impossible, nor desirable or undesirable to the extent that the respective ideologues on different sides would like us to believe.

Of course, this challenge to the opposing views about history does not suggest that the study of history is controversial at best, or that those fields (related to the study of history) like political science, economics, military studies, anthropology, sociology, psychology, philosophy, theology, literature, ethics, and so on should be rejected too. Needless to say, neither of these extreme views is reasonable.

Rather, this book offers an alternative, better way to understand the future of history, especially in the dialectic context of universality and relativity—while learning from different approaches in the literature but without favoring any one of them or integrating them, since they are not necessarily compatible with each other. Instead, this book offers a new theory (that is, the multifold theory of history) to go beyond the existing approaches in a novel way.

If successful, this seminal project is to fundamentally change the way that we think about history, from the combined perspectives of the mind, nature, society, and culture, with enormous implications for the human future and what the author originally called its “post-human” fate.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-05-01,Hanna Orsolya Vincze,The Politics of Translation and Transmission: Basilikon Doron in Hungarian Political Thought,Hardback,978-1-4438-3772-9,39.99,"This book is a study on the beginnings of Hungarian political thought, as set out by two 17th century mirrors of princes, the first attempts at political theorising in the Hungarian vernacular. The unlikely source text for these treatises was an advice book by King James the VIth and Ist to his son, Basilikon Doron. As an analysis of the translation and re-reading of a widely circulated text by the king of England and Scotland, the book is also a study in early modern cross-cultural dialogue, situated in the context of recent discussions on transculturalism, and more specifically on the intellectual connections between Britain and the world.

The various contemporary translations of King James’s book to diverse contexts and languages enlisted it to different agendas, making it difficult to cast the process of translation and transmission as a story of a reception of an idea. They rather call attention to the importance of the local stakes involved in translation. How ideas originally formulated in a Scottish context came to be re-articulated in a Central European one is a particularly interesting story that provides us with a possibility to paint a picture of the various political languages in use at the time, from divine right arguments to elements of civic humanism, neostoicism, political Calvinism in its magisterial version, Old Testament biblicism and millenarianism.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-05-01,Bal Gopal Shrestha,"The Sacred Town of Sankhu: The Anthropology of Newar Ritual, Religion and Society in Nepal",Hardback,978-1-4438-3770-5,64.99,"This book presents a detailed view of Newar society and culture, and its socio-economic, socio-religious and ritual aspects, concentrating on the Newar town of Sankhu in the Valley of Nepal. The foundation of the town of Sankhu is attributed to the goddess Vajrayoginī, venerated by both Buddhists and Hindus in Nepal and beyond. Myths, history, and topographical details of the town and the sanctuary of the goddess Vajrayoginī and her cult are discussed on the basis of published sources, unpublished chronicles, and inscriptions.

The book deals with the relation between Hinduism and Buddhism, with the interrelations between the Newar castes (jāt), caste-bound associations (sī guthi), and above all with the numerous socio-religious associations (guthi) that uphold ritual life of the Newars. All major and minor Newar feasts, festivals, dances, fasts and processions of gods and goddesses are discussed.
","“The whole history and culture of the town of Sankhu are covered with encyclopedic thoroughness, detail, and local knowledge. The book will be an indispensable reference for all those who study the Newars and who are interested in the social organization, culture, and history of the Kathmandu Valley.”
– Prof Dr David N. Gellner, University of Oxford, UK

“The book is a perceptive ethnography of Sankhu focused on its social structure, religion and culture, lately in the throes of change. Dr Shrestha has done extensive fieldwork to collect data, which are supplemented by a close and critical assessment of available textual material relating to the local myths, legends and historical traditions. This book is exemplary ethnography of the social, cultural and religious practices of the Newars written by an insider who is a promising scholar well-versed in the social sciences.”
– Dr Kamal P. Malla, Professor of English, Emeritus, Tribhuvan University, Nepal

“We have this unique, rich, marvelously complete and balanced book . . . This book is the first complete systematic description of the religious year of any town in Nepal, and it may well serve as an example for more similar studies.”
– Dr D. H. A. Kolff, Professor of South Asian History, Emeritus, University of Leiden, The Netherlands

“It is a very valuable book, full of very interesting ethnographic data, based on a long fieldwork in this Newar town located in the Valley of Kathmandu, Nepal. This piece of work is in my opinion one of the best theses submitted by a Nepalese student in anthropology in Europe these last decades.”
– Prof Dr Gérard Toffin, Director of Research, CNRS, France
",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-06-01,Edith Bruder and Tudor Parfitt,African Zion: Studies in Black Judaism,Hardback,978-1-4438-3802-3,44.99,"Over the last hundred years, in Africa and the United States, through a variety of religious encounters, some black African societies adopted ― or perhaps rediscovered ―a Judaic religious identity. African Zion grows out of a joined interest in these diversified encounters with Judaism, their common substrata and divergences, their exogenous or endogenous characteristics, the entry or re-entry of these people into the contemporary world as Jews and the necessity of reshaping the standard accounts of their collective experience.
In various loci the bonds with Judaism of black Jews were often forged in the harshest circumstances and grew out of experiences of slavery, exile, colonial subjugation, political ethnic conflicts and apartheid.  For the African peoples who identify as Jews and with other Jews, identification with biblical Israel assumes symbolical significance.  
This book presents the way in which  the religious identification of African American Jews and African black Jews―“real”, ideal or imaginary, has been represented,  conceptualized and reconfigured over the last century or so.  These essays grow out of a concern to understand Black encounters with Judaism, Jews and putative Hebrew/Israelite origins and are intended to illuminate their developments in the medley of race, ethnicity, and religion of the African and African American religious experience. They explore and review the major characteristics of the external and internal variables that shaped these group religious identities in Africa and the United States and reflect the geographical and historic mosaic of black Judaism, permeated as it is with different “meanings” both contemporary and historical.  

","""'African Zion: Studies in Black Judaism' traces a vast network of black associations with Judaism from across the African continent and beyond, a welcome, multi-discipinary contribution to a long neglected topic.""
—Kay Kaufman Shelemay, G. Gordon Watts Professor of Music and of African and African American Studies, Harvard University

“Tudor Parfitt and Edith Bruder have gathered a collection of articles that explore the historical, political and racial themes that have influenced Africans and their descendants' understanding of Judaism. The articles
range from novel reconstructions of ancient Jewish populations moving into Africa, through the creation of Jewish practices by a variety of African and American groups. This approach puts African Zion at the head of a wide range of engagements with Jewish, African and African American history and religion that includes genetic research, linguistic analysis, textual studies and religious history. It should attract readers from Jewish communities around the world as well as students and scholars of religion and culture generally.”
—John Thorton, Professor of History and African American Studies, Boston University, author of Africa and Africans in the Making of the Atlantic World  and Linda Heywood, Director African American Studies, Boston University


",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-06-01,"Javier Martín Arista, Roberto Torre Alonso, Andrés Canga Alonso and Inmaculada Medina Barco ",Convergent Approaches to Mediaeval English Language and Literature: Selected Papers from the 22nd Conference of SELIM ,Hardback,978-1-4438-3877-1,44.99,"The present volume is intended as a scientific conversation between pioneering research and the traditionally leading disciplines of medievalism. With that aim, the following collection presents a selection of crucial essays in the contemporary discussion which, however convergent and synchronous in approach, also pull in heterogeneous distinct ways, enhancing the multiple perspectives which are currently embraced in the study of English medievalism. The chapters, fifteen in all, constitute a peer-reviewed selection of papers presented at the 22nd International Conference of the Spanish Society for Mediaeval English Language and Literature (SELIM), which brought together a large number of scholars worldwide, and was held at the Department of Modern Languages of the University of La Rioja in 2010. A brief glance at the book’s contents evinces the manifestly plural ways in which the English Middle Ages, the mesmerising media tempestas, are being addressed in current critical debate, from the diverse areas of linguistics, literature, teaching methodology and translation. In all, the book becomes exceptional witness to all these developments, being not foolhardy to predict that the dark old ages provide as ever, foundations for new stimulating highlights.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-06-01,Jennifer Erica Sweda,Exploring Travel and Tourism: Essays on Journeys and Destinations,Hardback,978-1-4438-3794-1,39.99,"Exploring Travel and Tourism: Essays on Journeys and Destinations offers a broad treatment of topics in global travel/tourism studies through articles presented at Travel and Tourism panels at Mid-Atlantic Popular/American Culture Association conferences between 2008 and 2010. Through archival research, close readings and case studies, the authors examine the significance of travel and the tourist experience over the last two hundred years, from Borneo to Cuba to Niagara Falls, and places in between. The contributions seek to unpack the meanings of nationality, postcolonialism, place, gender, class and the Self/Other dyad as they bump up against the framework of travel studies. Taken together, the articles speak to central issues in current scholarly debates about travel, tourism and culture from various historical, geographical and disciplinary perspectives. The contributions are grouped thematically into three sections. Part I, “The Personal Travel Narrative: Constructing the Self through Encounters with the Other,” offers close readings of travelogues, both published and unpublished. Part II, “Constructing a National Identity through Tourism,” details the ways that nations and states market/present themselves to tourists. Part III, “The Meaning of Journey; The Meaning of Destination,” investigates places, both real and created, and the ways people travel to get to them.
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-06-01,Jeffrey M. Leatherwood,Nine from Aberdeen,Hardback,978-1-4438-3786-6,44.99,"In Tunisia with II Corps, Lt. John Randall locates a downed German plane and demolishes two live bombs still mounted on the wreckage…  In Italy, Capt. Ronald Felton’s team contends with dreaded “Butterfly Bombs” left behind to menace the U.S. 5th Army…  Landing with the 6th U.S. Special Engineers Brigade, Capt. Jesse Donovan’s squad braves deadly 88mm shells in pursuit of enemy rockets on Utah Beach…  Serving with the 9th Army Air Force, Capt. Thomas Reece survives a close encounter with a German landmine in France…  Capt. Joseph Pilcher joins in the 78th Infantry’s final assault on a dam guarding the approaches to Germany…  Sweeping the 11th Airborne Division’s trail on Luzon, Lt. Carl Cirocco’s team is ambushed by the Japanese…  Capt. Richard Metress is dispatched by the U.S. 6th Army to tackle enemy depth charges on Mindanao…  Capt. Clifford Sarauw covers the U.S. 10th Army’s fateful landing on Okinawa…
These aforementioned exploits are among the notable events contained in Nine from Aberdeen, the first academic history solely devoted to the U.S. Army’s Ordnance Bomb Disposal Branch from World War II.  Shortly after Pearl Harbor, nine U.S. Army officers and sergeants were sent from Aberdeen Proving Ground to war-torn England in order to learn the invaluable technical skills pioneered by the British Royal Engineers.  Led by the colorful Thomas J. Kane, these nine men inaugurated the new Ordnance Bomb Disposal School.  Conceived initially for homeland defense, Col. Kane’s branch eventually fielded over two hundred Army and Air Force bomb squads for overseas service.  These courageous officers and men were forerunners of today’s Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) specialists, responsible for supporting the U.S. military during combat operations and for preserving the lives of noncombatants at all other times.
Using documents and photographs – many from personal collections – as well as oral interviews, this work presents a cross-section of U.S. Army and Air Force operations spanning three major theaters; Mediterranean, European, and the Pacific.  Special emphasis is given to the European Theater, where Col. Kane served as Eisenhower’s chief ETO bomb disposal officer.  Nine from Aberdeen also contains charts detailing campaign participations, ordnance statistics, and other significant data.  Retired Army Command Sergeant Major James H. Clifford, military consultant for the award-winning film, The Hurt Locker, provides an afterword on EOD continuity.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-06-01,John R. C. Martyn ,Pope Gregory’s Letter-Bearers: A Study of the Men and Women who carried letters for Pope Gregory the Great,Hardback,978-1-4438-3886-3,34.99,"This book covers a very interesting and informative subject, that has never been studied 
by any scholar before, namely, the letter-bearers of the medieval period, who carried most 
of Pope Gregory's letters, which would have been carried by the Post-Office or by Email today. While serving as Pope from 590 to 604, Gregory sent off about 850 letters that have survived, to both clerical and secular recipients, world-wide, and we have names for 150 or so of the letter-bearers, 15 female and 125 male. 

With the Lombards invading Italy, and Slavs invading Illyria, and very active slave-dealers at work, the number of men and of women who reached Rome and carried a papal letter, to sort out a legal or personal problem at home, is quite surprising, considering the slowness and the very real dangers of often long journeys in boats or on horseback. The risk was greatest for the women. Many of these visitors were invited to stay in the pope's quarters, often for a week or longer, while he looked into their cases. It is also notable that these welcome visitors included farmers, one nearly blind, builders and a Jewish businessman. For the women, the Pope show most support for the widows. 

The Pope also received many petitions and reports, and those who brought them to him will be examined. There were groups of letter-bearers too, from Sicily and Istria, and some brought letters but were not named. But a great number who made these journeys, mostly clerics, spoke for themselves in the surviving letters, and they came from all over the civilized world, many briefly appearing on the stage, their mission quite often not reported later on. 

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-07-01,Mike Pincombe and Zsolt Almási,New Perspectives on Tudor Cultures,Hardback,978-1-4438-3906-8,44.99,"This volume presents a selection of papers from the 6th International Conference of the Tudor Symposium, held at the University of Sheffield in 2009. It brings together new explorations of Tudor literature from scholars based all over Europe: France, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Norway, and the United Kingdom. The papers cover the long mid-Tudor period, from Skelton and More to the young Shakespeare, but with a central emphasis on the middle decades of the sixteenth century. Topics range widely from philosophy and social commentary to more traditionally literary kinds of writing, such as lyric and tragedy (both dramatic and non-dramatic). The volume as a whole offers an attractively kaleidoscopic image of the variety of new work being carried out in the area in the new millennium
",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-07-01,Patricia Midgley,"The Churches and the Working Classes: Leeds, 1870-1920",Hardback,978-1-4438-3982-2,44.99,"Contrary to our perception of the centrality of the churches in English life in the nineteenth century, the disappointing results of the 1851 Religious Census led religious leaders to seek a variety of ways to increase religious allegiance as the century progressed.   The apparent apathy and lack of interest in formal religion on the part of the working classes was particularly galling, and the various denominations tried hard to attract them through evangelical missions as well as social and charitable ventures which sometimes competed with religious concerns, to the latter’s detriment.   This book traces the motivations, concerns and efforts of the churches, particularly in the period between 1870 and 1920, and the ambivalent responses of ordinary people.   The Education Act of 1870 led to the churches losing their hold on the education of the young, a consequence foreseen by many church leaders, but unable to be prevented.   By 1920 it was apparent that the churches’ optimism regarding an increased role with a war-weary population would not be fulfilled.  The focus is on the city of Leeds, representative of the industrialised urban areas with burgeoning populations which proved to be such a challenge to the churches, at the same time stimulating them to ever-greater efforts. 

","“The churches of Victorian England were deeply conscious of their failure to reach the working classes in London and the towns of industrial England. This important study of Leeds in the second half of the nineteenth century and later provides the first detailed analysis for over fifty years of the efforts made in a large northern town to remedy this defect. Dr Midgley assesses sympathetically the successes and failures of the different styles of mission attempted by the various churches, through education and youth work, leisure and evangelism, setting their efforts in the context of the rapidly expanding and changing city.  Though the churches did not ultimately succeed, they did create a religious culture which extended beyond the lives of regular church-goers and which survived to shape the outlook and values of many ordinary people throughout the first half of the twentieth century. The insights developed in this study enhance our understanding of English society in the generation ending with the First World War and will appeal to students whose interests range far beyond Leeds and the concerns of merely institutional religion.”
—Edward Royle,  Emeritus Professor of History, University of York



",Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-08-01,Annette Shiell,"Fundraising, Flirtation and Fancywork: Charity Bazaars in Nineteenth Century Australia",Hardback,978-1-4438-3986-0,44.99,,,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-08-01,Chiara Nasti,Images of the Lisbon Treaty Debate in the British Press: A Corpus-based Approach to Metaphor Analysis,Hardback,978-1-4438-3991-4,44.99,"In her book Chiara Nasti analyses the distribution of metaphor scenarios and patterns in the public discourse on the European Lisbon Treaty. Her study on a specialized corpus reveals differences and/or similarities in the argumentation and attitudes of the main UK quality and popular newspapers. She summarizes the main theories and identification procedures for metaphor investigation commenting some developments in the field of metaphor studies. Following Charteris-Black’s Critical Metaphor Analysis, she starts from the premises that metaphors need to be explored in the context where they occur. Her analysis in fact reveals that context investigation is useful to better understand the complexity of metaphors – their pragmatic and cognitive function – and their role in the political debate. Moreover, the analysis reveals that metaphors are useful tools for identifying stereotyped roles of the participants in the ratification process and are also functional to explore both political and journalistic attitudes towards the debate on the Lisbon Treaty. 
Her book addresses readers from various academic backgrounds who are interested in linguistics, cognitive linguistics and in particular in the application of corpus linguistics to metaphor investigation. It also might be of interest to academic students dealing with the debate over the Lisbon Treaty.

",,Cambridge Scholars Publishing
2012-08-01,Saheed Aderinto and Paul Osifodunrin,The Third Wave of Historical Scholarship on Nigeria: Essays in Honor of Ayodeji Olukoju,Hardback,978-1-4438-3994-5,54.99,,,Cambridge Scholars Publishing